Skip to main content

Full text of "The revelation of the risen Lord"

See other formats


.,.- 


f;|iSiiiaSi^iiS-y;- 


tMMflROB? 


THE  LIBRARY 

of 
VICTORIA  UNIVERSITY 

Toronto 


THE   REVELATION 


OF   THE 


RISEN    LORD. 


THE    EEVELATION 


OF    THE 


RISEN    LORD. 


BROOKE  FOSS  WESTCOTT,  U.D.,  D.C.L., 

KEGIUS   PBOFESSOR   OP  DIVINITY,    CAMBRIDGE, 

CANON    OF    PETERBOROUGH, 
AND     CHAPLAIN     IN     ORDINARY     TO     THE     QUEEN. 


nnfc 

MACMILLAN      AND      CO. 

1881 


V/477 


TI   ZHreire  TON   ZOONTA  MGTA  TO:>N   NeKpooN  ; 
ecriN   0)Ae 


Wiy  seel-  ye  the  Living  among  the  dead?    lie  is  not 
here  but  is  risen. 

LUKE  xxiv.  6. 


CAMBRIDGE  :    PRINTED  BY  C.   J.   CLAY,   M.A.,  AT  THB  UNIVERSITY  PEK38. 


PAGE 

CONTENTS    ........  — 

PREFACE  - 


INTRODUCTORY. 

THE  GENERAL  CHARACTER  OF  THE  REVELATION 
AND  OF  THE  RECORD. 

The  fact  of  the  Kesurrection  assumed           ...  4 

1.  The  Eecord  of  the  Eevelation  of  the  Eisen  Christ 

fragmentary   ......  5 

yet  comprehensive          .....  (j 

2.  The  Eevelation 

(a)  discloses  a  new  life  ,  ,  .  .  7 

Christ  changed  .....  3 

yet  the  same  .....  .  .  9 

(yS)  made  to  believers  .....  10 

and  this  of  necessity  .  .  .  .  .  10 

I. 

THE  REVELATION  THROUGH  LOVE. 

Two  groups  of  the  Manifestations  of  the  Eisen  Lord  .        .  .18 

The  discipline  of  human  love       .....         .  20 

The  confession  of  love  welcomed  and  interpreted         ...      22 

The  message  of  the  Eesurrection  I  ascend  .        .                 .  .24 

Present  importance  of  this  first  revelation  .....      26 

APPENDIX  TO  I. 

The  appearances  to  the  women  and  to  Mary  Magdalene      .  33 


vi  Contents. 

II. 

THE  REVELATION  THROUGH  THOUGHT. 

PAGE 

The  general  relation  of  the  appearance  to  the  disciples  to  that 

to  Mary  Magdalene       ........  43 

The  two  disciples  unknown 45 

Their  spiritual  position 40 

Their  thoughts  called  out  and  answered 48 

The  lesson  of  the  manifestation           ...         ...  50 

fulfilled  in  our  own  experience 52 

The  Insurrection  interprets  all  life 54 


III. 

THE  CONVICTION  OF   FAITH. 

The  manifestation  of  the  Risen  Christ  to  the  Society          .         .  G2 

The  presence  of  disbelief      ........  64 

Belief  gained  with  difficulty; 65 

but  once  gained  it  became  the  power  of  a  new  life         .         .  CO 

The  Risen  Christ  truly  man         .         ...         ...  68 

A  vision  of  St  Martin  .         ...         .         .         .         .         .70 

The  permanent  lesson  of  the  Revelation     .....  72 


IV. 

THE  GREAT  COMMISSION. 

The  record  of  St  John  the  complement  of  the  record  of  St  Luke  80 

The  great  Commission  the  charter  of  the  Church         ...  82 
The   relation  of  the  mission  of  the  Church  to  the  mission  of 

Christ 84 

The  work  of  the  Church  in  fulfilment  of  Christ's  mission    .         .  86 


Contents.  vii 

V. 

SPIRITUAL  SIGHT. 

PAGE 

The  test  proposed  by  incredulity 9(5 

A  pause  for  thought 98 

Christ's  return  .  ...         .  .         .         .99 

The  discovery  of  Faith  the  blessing  of  the  later  Church       .         .  100 

The  starting-point  and  the  end  of  Faith 102 

Doubts  affected  and  faced 104 

Hearing  and  sight       ........  106 


VI. 

THE  REVELATION  IN  THE  WORK  OF  LIFE. 

Character  of  the  second  group  of  revelations  of  the  Risen  Lord  111 

Work  and  experience  old  and  new 114 

The  revelation  gained  by  the  interpretation  of  acts    .         .        .  116 

Christ  seen  in  His  acts  by  Faith          ......  118 

The  conditions  of  waiting   .                  119 

working  and  obedience         ....  120 


VII. 

THE  REVELATION  THROUGH  ACTIVE  WORK. 

Two  forms  of  service 128 

The  charge  to  St  Peter 130 

The  trial  of  the  last  question 131 

St  Peter's  life  the  type  of  active  service 132 

in  love,  thoughtfulness  and  self-surrender    ....  134 

St  Peter's  martyrdom  ........  136 


Vlll 


Contents. 


VIII. 
THE  REVELATION  TIIEOUGH  PATIENT    WAITING. 

PAGE 

The  Coming  of  the  Lord 142 

Following  and  waiting 143 

The  silence  of  St  John's  life 144 

Waiting  a  true  service 146 

needed  at  present 148 

IX. 

THE  REVELATION  OF  THE  KINGDOM. 

The  '  Mountain '  the  scene  of  the  revelation        ....  156 

A  Kingdom  of  all  nations    .                 158 

Teaching  interprets  the  first  gift 160 

Christ  present  all  the  days 161 

The  lessons  of  His  abiding  Presence 162 

Power  to  be  used 164 

Note  on  [St  Mark]  xvi.  15—18 ;  St  Luke  xxiv.  44—49  .        .         .169 

X. 

DEPARTURE  IN  BLESSING. 
The  period  of  forty  days 176 

The  intervals  after  the  Baptism  and  the  Eesurrection  .  .  177 
The  Resurrection  shewn  in  its  glory  by  the  Ascension  .  .178 
The  Ascension  an  end  and  a  beginning  .  .  .  .  .  180 

Last  words *    .         .         .        .182 

Gone  yet  given  for  ever       ....         ....     183 

XL 

THE  REVELATION  FROM  HEAVEN  AND  ON  EARTH. 

The  personal  appearances  of  the  Eisen  Lord  come  to  a  decisive  close  192 

till  the  unique  appearance  to  St  Paul        ....  193 

This  appearance  a  revelation :  Christ  in  heaven  and  on  earth    .  194 

A  revelation  of  power  in  weakness 196 

The  type  of  the  common  miracle  of  life 198 


following  short  studies  are  intended  to 
-*-  serve  as  an  Introduction  or  a  Supplement 
to  The  Gospel  of  the  Resurrection.  It  has  been 
my  aim  in  writing  them  to  realise  as  distinctly 
as  I  could  the  characteristic  teaching  of  each 
manifestation  of  the  Risen  Christ  both  in  rela 
tion  to  the  first  disciples  and  in  relation  to  our 
selves.  The  result  is,  I  think,  to  place  in  a  fuller 
light  the  circumstances  under  which  the  fact  of 
the  Resurrection  was  apprehended  and  the  nature 
of  the  fact  itself.  The  different  narratives  when 
examined  together  leave  no  room  for  the  growth 
of  faith  in  a  delusion ;  and  they  shew  adequately 
how  the  import  of  the  new  Truth  was  grasped. 
They  enable  us  to  understand  historically,  and 
this  we  may  expect  to  have  made  clear,  how  the 
Apostles,  starting  from  the  views  of  the  Person 
and  Work  of  Christ  which  they  had  gained  while 
they  followed  His  earthly  ministry,  checked  for 


a  brief  space  by  the  unexpected  blow  of  the 
Passion,  had  their  conceptions  transfigured;  and 
how  the  Christian  Church  was  founded  on  the 
belief  in  the  Ascended  Lord. 

At  the  same  time  a  patient  endeavour  to 
enter  into  the  meaning  of  the  several  recorded 
incidents  brings  out  the  absolute  originality  and 
the  prevailing  power  of  the  Truth  which  they 
combine  to  make  known.  The  idea  of  the  Resur 
rection  was  a  new  thing;  and  it  is  seen  to  pro 
duce  the  effects  of  a  new  force. 

The  Fact  of  the  Resurrection  as  thus  set 
before  us  explains  the  Life  of  the  Church ;  and 
the  Fact  itself,  or  the  belief  in  the  Fact,  is  not 
explicable  by  any  antecedent  conditions  apart 
from  its  truth.  A  careful  study  of  the  evan 
gelic  records  shews  that  there  were  no  elements 
present  in  the  society  of  the  believers  to  produce 
such  an  idea  as  they  slowly  realised.  There  was 
no  enthusiastic  hope  to  create  visions;  still  less 
to  create  visions  which  involved  the  sacrifice  of 
cherished  expectations.  Everywhere  it  appears 
that  a  new  thought  is  kindled  by  the  successive 
manifestations  of  the  Lord,  for  which  earlier  be 
lief  offered  a  sufficient  foundation  but  no  more. 

In  this  connexion  the  remarkable  limitation 
of  the  manifestations  of  the  Risen  Lord  must  be 
noticed.  When  the  lesson  of  the  new  Life  was 


XI 

once  given  it  was  not  repeated.  The  revelation 
to  St  Paul,  the  revelation  of  '  Jesus'  as  ' the  Son 
of  God',  completes  the  whole  series.  The  visions 
of  St  Stephen  and  St  John  were  of  a  different 
order. 

The  mode  in  which  this  new  thought  is  pre 
sented  strengthens  the  conviction  that  it  could 
not  have  arisen  spontaneously  among  the  disci 
ples.  The  Lord  is  revealed  without  any  outward 
accompaniments  of  glory,  and  yet  He  brings  with 
Him  the  effect  of  glory.  There  are  no  descrip 
tions,  as  in  later  legendary  histories,  of  any  excep 
tional  exercise  of  His  power.  All  that  He  does 
is  presented  as  the  manifestation  of  a  true,  uni 
form,  life.  The  contrasts  which  mark  His  en 
trance  into  the  conditions  of  earthly  existence 
are  uniformly  noticed  without  emphasis  and 
without  surprise.  We  are  led  to  see  that  when 
the  disciples  reflected  upon  the  scriptural  pro 
mises  of  the  Christ,  and  on  their  own  earlier 
experience,  the  revelation  of  Jesus,  alive  after 
death  for  evermore,  wholly  changed  and  wholly 
the  same,  was  in  the  truest  sense  of  the  word 
natural,  a  clear  fulfilment  of  the  one  will  of 
God. 

It  is  not  strictly  correct  therefore  to  say  that 
the  first  disciples  believed  simply  on  the  testi 
mony  of  their  senses.  What  they  were  able  to 


xii 

see  was  the  occasion  of  their  belief,  which  rose 
beyond  conclusions  capable  of  being  brought  to 
such  a  test.  And  in  the  same  way  it  is  not 
strictly  correct  to  say  that  we  believe  simply  on  the 
testimony  of  the  Gospels.  The  narratives  which 
have  been  handed  down  to  us  furnish  us  with 
a  record  of  external  phenomena  which  we  exa 
mine  in  connexion  with  the  unfolding  of  that 
which  is  seen  to  be  a  vast  discipline  of  the  world, 
and  with  the  experience  of  individual  souls.  The 
idea  of  the  Resurrection  once  given  justifies  it 
self.  It  is,  it  may  be  said,  an  interpretation, 
but  it  is  the  only  adequate  interpretation  of 
the  manifold  phenomena  which  are  set  before  us, 
confirmed  by  the  life  of  Christ,  by  the  life  of  men, 
by  the  life  of  man. 

The  presupposition  of  Faith  is  that  there  is  a 
Divine  goal  and  progress  in  life. 

In  the  case  of  the  first  disciples  this  presup 
position  took  the  form  of  a  belief  in  the  Messianic 
promises  embodied  in  the  Jewish  Scriptures  and 
the  Jewish  history.  At  present  it  embraces  a 
wider  scope,  and  acknowledges  that  a  'growing 
purpose'  can  be  seen  in  the  whole  discipline  of 
the  world.  The  conviction  that  the  Messianic 
hope  was  fulfilled  in  Jesus  of  Nazareth  enabled 
the  apostles  to  enter  into  the  meaning  of  the 
Cross,  and  through  that  of  a  spiritual  kingdom. 


Xlll 

The  conviction  that  signs  of  a  providential  guid 
ance  are  visible  in  the  past  records  of  humanity, 
pointing  to  man's  capacity  for  divine  fellowship, 
enable  us  to  grasp  the  fact  of  the  accomplish 
ment  of  man's  destiny  in  the  Mission  of  the  Son 
of  God. 

This  wider  view  of  the  bearings  of  the  Re 
surrection  places  its  essential  character  in  a  true 
light.  It  is  not  properly  an  overwhelming  fact 
attesting  doctrines  separate  from  itself,  but  a 
revelation  which  illuminates  the  whole  range  of 
human  experience,  all  that  we  hear  and  see  and 
feel.  In  this  respect  the  Resurrection,  like  the 
Incarnation,  must  be  regarded  in  relation  to  the 
divine  idea  of  man  as  created  in  the  image  of 
God  to  gain  the  likeness  of  God,  as  well  as  in 
relation  to  the  actual  condition  of  man  as  fallen. 
It  is  in  the  latter  connexion  a  beginning,  a  new 
creation,  and  in  the  former  a  consummation.  The 
Incarnation  gives  the  absolute  pledge  of  the 
fulfilment  of  man's  destiny :  the  Resurrection 
shews  that  fulfilment  already  attained,  as  far  as 
our  present  powers  enable  us  to  realise  the  truth. 
So  it  is  that  Christ,  as  raised  from  the  dead, 
is  spoken  of  as  'the  second  Adam',  in  whom  men 
are  reborn,  and  also  as  'the  head  of  the  body, 
the  Church '.  The  Resurrection,  as  answering  to 
death,  so  far  depended  on  the  Fall ;  but  the  glory 


XIV 

of  the  Kisen  Lord,  answering  to  the  accomplish 
ment  of  the  idea  in  which  man  was  created,  is 
independent  of  it.  We  see  in  the  Risen  Christ 
the  end  for  which  man  was  made  and  the  as 
surance  that  the  end  is  within  reach.  The  Resur 
rection,  if  we  may  so  speak,  shews  us  the  change 
which  would  have  passed  over  the  earthly  life  of 
man,  if  sin  had  not  brought  in  death. 

This  view  of  the  significance  of  the  Resur 
rection  throws  light  upon  problems  which  are 
now  coming  into  sight.  In  the  Risen  Christ 
we  see  a  type  of  humanity  which  is  free  from 
the  accidents  of  time  and  place,  while  it  em 
braces  with  living  sympathy  each  fragmentary 
type.  By  dwelling  upon  such  a  spectacle  we 
come  to  see  the  practical  consequences  of  the 
truth  which  is  guarded  (though  with  imperfec 
tions  which  cling  to  human  thoughts)  by  the 
doctrine  that  the  personality  of  the  Lord  lies  in 
His  divine  nature,  so  that  in  His  humanity  the 
separate  individualities  of  men  find  a  supreme 
unity. 

A  further  advantage  is  likely  to  follow  from 
a  closer  study  of  the  manifestation  of  Christ  thus 
brought  before  us.  It  will  forcibly  remind  us 
that  our  belief  is  in  a  Risen  and  glorified  Saviour. 
The  earliest  form  of  confession  which  was  simply 
'  Jesus  is  Lord',  embodies  the  truth  which  we  are 


XV 

in  danger  of  forgetting.  Our  endeavour  must  be 
not  to  recal  the  past  work  of  Christ  with  the 
most  vivid  power,  but  to  realise  His  present 
union  with  His  Church.  The  fact  of  the  Resur 
rection  passes  into  the  personal  fellowship  which 
He  has  established  through  His  Spirit. 

No  one  can  study  with  concentrated  attention 
any  particular  aspect  of  the  revelation  contained 
in  Holy  Scripture,  influenced  it  may  be  by  per 
sonal  tendencies,  without  fearing  that  he  may 
have  limited  in  some  degree  the  breadth  and 
freedom  of  the  original  record.  As  far  as  this 
is  the  case  he  will  be  the  first  to  deplore  the 
error  and  to  warn  others  against  supposing  that 
a  clear  and  harmonious  view  of  the  elements  of 
truth  is  necessarily  a  complete  view.  He  will 
certainly  have  learnt  and  be  anxious  to  affirm 
that  what  he  endeavours  to  set  forth  is  the  result 
of  listening  to  the  very  words  of  the  Bible,  and 
that  his  power  of  apprehension  is  no  measure  of 
the  fulness  of  the  divine  message. 

I  am  the  more  anxious  to  insist  upon  this 
truth,  and  to  claim  its  application  to  all  that 
I  have  written,  because  at  the  present  stage  in 
the  progress  of  religious  thought  we  seem  to  need 
above  all  things  to  enter  with  a  living  sympathy 
into  the  whole  teaching  of  the  Bible,  in  its  many 


XVI 

parts  and  many  forms ;  to  realise  with  a  histori 
cal,  no  less  than  with  a  spiritual  insight,  what 
lessons  it  conveys  and  in  what  shape ;  in  order 
that  so  we  may  be  trained  to  recognise  and  to 
interpret  the  fresh  lessons  which  the  One  Spirit 
is  offering  to  us  in  other  ways. 

The  earliest  scene  of  the  first  Easter  Day 
finds  not  unfrequently  a  parallel  in  our  own 
experience.  We  go,  perhaps  with  costly  offer 
ings,  to  seek  the  Lord  in  the  sepulchre.  Happy 
shall  we  be  if  we  welcome  the  reproof  which 
lifts  our  thoughts  to  the  realities  of  a  higher 
world:  Why  seek  ye  the  living  among  the  dead? 
Re  is  not  here,  but  is  risen. 


BUXTON, 

Sept.  6,  1881. 


INTRODUCTORY. 


THE    GENERAL    CHARACTER    OF    THE 
REVELATION  AND   OF  TEE  RECORD. 


w. 


"En  MiKpoN  K<\I  6  KOCMOC  Me  oyKeTi  Geoope?,  y 
At  6eoope?Te  Me,  OTI  ep<i)  zoo  KA'I  yMe?c  znceje. 


Yet  a  little  while,  and  the  world  beholdeth  me  no  more  ; 
but  ye  behold  me:  because  I  lice,  yc  shall  live  also. 

JOHN  xiv.  19, 


THE    GENERAL    CHARACTER    OF    THE 
REVELATION  AND   OF  THE  RECORD. 

TN  the  following  chapters  I  propose  to  consider  INTRODUC. 
-*-  the  various  records  of  the  manifestations 
of  the  Risen  Christ  which  have  been  preserved 
in  the  Gospels,  so  far  as  they  give  us  a  revela 
tion  of  His  Being  and  His  Work,  so  far  as  they 
help  us  to  gain  a  right  view  of  His  unchanged 
Person ;  to  apprehend,  according  to  the  measure 
of  our  powers,  the  conditions  of  that  glorified 
human  life  on  which  He  has  entered;  to  under 
stand  more  vitally  the  fact  and  the  mode  of  His 
abiding  Presence ;  to  rise,  if  it  may  be,  to  a  more 
energetic  conception  of  the  real  union  of  the 
seen  and  the  unseen  which  He  has  established 
and  made  known.  In  doing  this  it  is  not  my 
object  primarily  to  meet  difficulties  or  to  attempt 
to  prove  an  article  of  our  common  faith.  I  wish 
at  first  to  go  back  in  feeling  to  the  first  Easter 
Morning,  and  then  to  trace  again,  as  the  Evan 
gelists  have  traced  for  us,  the  growth  of  the  new 
great  thought  of  life  which  was  on  that  day  given 
to  the  world  till  it  was  held  in  its  fulness.  I 
wish  to  learn,  and,  as  I  may  be  enabled,  to  point 

1—2 


TORY. 


4  The  Record  of  the  Reve- 

INTRODUC-  out,   the  meaning  of  each  detail  in  the  several 

TATJV  °  T  .      , 

narratives  of  the  Lord's  appearance.  L  wish  to 
ponder  and  to  wait  where  light  has  not  yet  come. 
Such  a  course  of  patient  reflection  brings  an 
assurance  deeper  and  more  abiding  than  any 
answer  to  isolated  objections.  It  places  the 
whole  history  before  the  student  in  the  power 
of  life ;  and  the  sense  of  life  carries  him  beyond 
the  limits  of  the  letter. 

But  before  entering  upon  the  examination  of 
the  separate  Evangelic  records,  it  will  be  neces 
sary  to  notice  some  of  the  features  which  mark 
the  whole  history.  And  it  must  never  be  for 
gotten  that  the  history  is  not  a  history  of  the 
Resurrection,  but  a  history  of  the  manifestation 
of  the  Eisen  Christ.  The  fact  of  the  Resurrection 
is  assumed,  but  it  is  nowhere  described.  A  veil 
lies  over  all  beginnings.  When  this  original 
limitation  of  the  subject  is  firmly  held,  we  have 
still  to  endeavour  to  apprehend  the  general 
conditions  under  which  the  revelation  was  made, 
and  the  general  form  in  which  it  has  been  pre 
served,  in  order  that  we  may  be  able  afterwards 
to  understand  better  the  constituent  parts  of  it. 

We  have,  then,  to  consider  the  character  of 
the  revelation  itself,  and  the  character  of  the 
record  of  the  revelation. 

1.    It  will  be  most  convenient  to  take  the 


lotion  fragmentary,  5 

second  point  first.     And  in  regard  to  the  record  of  INTRODUC- 
the  revelation,  we  cannot  but  be  struck,  as  every 
where    in   the   memorials    of    Christ's   work,   by 
observing   how  little  is  told  us  of  all  that  was 
known.     Of  the  forty  days  during  which  the  Lord 
was  seen,  how  few,  five  or  six   perhaps,  can  be 
connected   with  any   vision.      Of  all   the   things  Acts  i.  3. 
which  He  spake  concerning  the  Kingdom  of  God, 
how  few  sentences,  so  far  as  we  know,  have  been 
committed  to  writing.      Of  the  light  which  He 
poured  upon  the   Scriptures  concerning  Himself,  Luke  xxiv. 
beginning  from  Moses  and  from  all  the  prophets, 
how  few  rays  have  been  preserved  for  the  illu 
mination  and  kindling  of  our  hearts. 

Or  again,  if  we  seek  to  make  a  connected 
picture  of  the  events  of  the  first  Easter  Day,  and 
to  arrange  the  several  scenes  in  due  connexion 
of  time  and  place,  it  is  at  once  evident  that  there 
are  great  chasms  in  our  knowledge,  and  we  learn 
patience  in  regard  to  that  which  is  uncertain  or 
perplexing.  We  perceive  that  the  difficulties  by 
which  the  outward  history  is  beset  spring  from 
the  abundant  fulness  of  circumstances  of  which 
we  know  only  isolated  fragments.  Here  and  there 
glimpses  are  given  of  facts  which  are  not  de 
scribed,  of  an  appearance  to  St  Peter,  of  an  ap-  Luke  xxiv. 
pearance  to  St  James.  And  elsewhere  we  feel  xv.';. 
that  silence  was  almost  a  necessity.  It  was  not, 


6  yet  comprehensive. 

IXTIJODUC-  for  example,  for  us  to  read  how  the  Divine  Son 
in  His  glory  met  the  Mother  who  had  watched 
His  long  agony  on  the  Cross. 

But  while  the  record  of  the  earthly  manifesta 
tions  of  the  Risen  Lord  is  thus  fragmentary,  each 
fragment  is  at  the  same  time  found  to  be  in 
structive  with  its  peculiar  lesson.  This  will  be 
seen  more  plainly  afterwards.  Now  it  will  be 
enough  to  observe  that  there  is  the  greatest 
variety  in  the  circumstances  of  the  recorded 
manifestations.  The  Lord  appears  to  one  and  to 
many :  to  the  loving,  the  waiting,  the  desponding, 
the  doubtful :  in  the  garden,  on  the  way,  in  the 
room,  on  the  shore,  on  the  hill-side.  Now  He  is 
recognised  at  once,  now  slowly  and  with  growing 
conviction.  But  with  every  variety  of  circumstance 
there  is  one  effect.  The  natural  impression  is— 
not  to  go  further  now — that  the  revelation  was 
given  according  to  the  need  and  the  power  of  those 
who  received  it ;  and  hence  we  are  encouraged  to 
conclude  that  by  this  means  the  record  corre 
sponds  with  the  needs  and  powers  of  all  Christians 
to  the  end  of  time.  As  the  revelation  was  a 
discipline  and  preparation  then,  so  the  record 
is  a  discipline  and  preparation  now.  The  record 
is  fragmentary,  but  it  is  also  divinely  typical. 
That  which  is  incomplete  as  a  history  is  com 
plete  as  a  Gospel. 


The  Revelation  of  a  new  life.  7 

2.  If  we  now  turn  to  the  Revelation  itself,  INTRODUC- 
two  characteristics  will  at  once  strike  us.  It  is 
a  revelation  of  new  modes  of  human  life:  it  is 
a  revelation  made  only  to  believers.  It  is  not 
the  exhibition  of  the  continuance  of  an  existence 
with  which  we  are  already  acquainted,  but  the 
indication  of  an  existence  for  which  we  look. 
It  is  for  the  Church  and  not  for  the  world,  to 
strengthen  not  to  overpower. 

The  Revelation  of  the  Risen  Christ  is  indeed, 
in  the  fullest  sense  of  the  word,  a  Revelation ; 
an  unveiling  of  that  which  was  before  undis 
covered  and  unknown. 

Nothing  perhaps  (if  we  may  anticipate  results 
yet  to  be  established)  is  more  surprising  in  the 
whole  sum  of  inspired  teaching  than  the  way 
in  which  the  different  appearances  of  Christ  after 
His  Resurrection  meet  and  satisfy  the  aspirations 
of  man  towards  a  knowledge  of  the  unseen  world. 
As  we  fix  our  thoughts  steadily  upon  them  we 
learn  how  our  life  is  independent  of  its  present 
conditions ;  how  we  also  can  live  through  death ; 
how  we  can  retain  all  the  issues  of  the  past  with 
out  being  bound  by  the  limitations  under  which 
they  were  shaped.  Christ  rose  from  the  grave 
changed  and  yet  the  same ;  and  in  Him  we  have 
the  pledge  and  the  type  of  our  rising. 

Christ  was  changed.     He  was  no  longer  sub- 


8  Christ  changed, 

INTKOIUC-  iect  to  the  laws  of  the  material  order  to  which 
TOKY.     J 

His  earthly  life  was   previously  conformed.     As 

has  been  well  said :  "  What  was  natural  to  Him 

before    is     now    miraculous ;    what    was    before 

miraculous    is    now   natural."      Or    to   put    the 

thought  in  another  form,  in  our  earthly  life  the 

spirit   is   manifested   through  the   body;   in  the 

life  of  the  Risen  Christ  the  Body  is  manifested 

(may  we  not  say  so  ?)  through  the   Spirit.     He 

"  appears "  and  no   longer   is   seen  corning.     He 

is   found   present,   no   one   knows  from  whence ; 

He   passes   away,   no   one   knows   whither.      He 

stands   in   the   midst   of   the   group  of  Apostles 

John  xx.    when  the  doors  were  shut  for  fear  of  the  Jews. 

Lukexxiv  ^e  van^ies  out  of  the  sight  of  the  disciples  whose 

3'-  eyes  were  opened  that  they  should  know  Him. 

Acts  i.  10.  And  at  last  as  they  were  looking  He  ivas  taken 

up,  and  a  cloud  received  Him  out  of  their  sight. 

The    continuity,    the    intimacy,    the    simple 

familiarity  of  former  intercourse  is  gone.     He  is 

seen  and  recognised  only  as  He  wills,  and  when 

Luke  xxiv.  He  wills.     In  the  former  sense  of  the  phrase,  He 

Joh^xivf  ig  no   longer  with  the  disciples.     They  have,  it 

appears,  no  longer  a  natural  power  of  recognising 

Him.     Feeling  and  thought  require  to  be  purified 

and  enlightened  in  order  that  He  may  be  known 

under  the  conditions  of  earthly  life.     There  is  a 

mysterious   awfulness   about   His   Person    which 


yet  the  same.  9 

first   inspires    fear    and    then    claims    adoration.  INTRODUC- 
TT  .       ,  TORY. 

He   appointed    a    place    of    meeting   with    His 

Apostles,  but  He  did  not  accompany  them  on 
their  journey.  He  belongs  already  to  another 
realm,  so  that  the  Ascension  only  ratifies  and 
presents  in  a  final  form  the  lessons  of  the  forty 
days,  in  which  it  was  included. 

Thus  Christ  is  seen  to  be  changed,  but  none 
the  less  He  is  also  seen  to  be  essentially  the  same. 
Nothing  has  been  left  in  the  grave  though  all  has 
been  transfigured.  He  is  the  same,  so  that  the 
marks  of  the  Passion  can  become  sensibly  present 
to  the  doubting  Thomas:  the  same,  so  that  He 
can  eat  of  the  broiled  fish  which  the  disciples  had 
prepared:  the  same,  so  that  one  word  spoken 
with  the  old  accent  makes  Him  known  to  the 
weeping  Magdalene :  the  same,  so  that  above  all 
expectation  and  against  the  evidence  of  death, 
the  Apostles  could  proclaim  to  the  world  that 
He  who  suffered  upon  the  Cross  had  indeed 
redeemed  Israel ;  the  same  in  patience,  in  tender 
ness,  in  chastening  reproof,  in  watchful  sympathy, 
in  quickening  love.  In  each  narrative  the  mar 
vellous  contrast  is  written — Christ  changed  and 
yet  the  same — without  effort,  without  premedi 
tation,  without  consciousness,  as  it  appears,  on 
the  part  of  the  Evangelists.  And  if  we  put 
together  these  two  series  of  facts  in  which  the 


10  The  Revelation  made  of 

IXTRODUC-  contrast   is   presented,   we    shall   see    how   they 
TORY.  r  J 

ennoble  and  complete  our  prospect  of  the  future. 
It  is  not  that  Christ's  soul  lives  on  divested  of 
the  essence  as  of  the  accidents  of  the  earthly 
garments  in  which  it  was  for  a  time  arrayed.  It 
is  not  that  His  body,  torn  and  wounded,  is 
restored,  such  as  it  was,  to  its  former  vigour  and 
beauty.  But  in  Him  soul  and  body,  in  the  in 
dissoluble  union  of  a  perfect  manhood,  are  seen 
triumphant  over  the  last  penalty  of  sin.  In  Him 

i  Cor.  xv.  first  the  corruptible  puts  on  incorruption,  and  the 
mortal  puts  on  immortality,  without  ceasing  to 
'  be,'  so  far  as  it  has  been,  that  in  Him  we 
may  learn  something  more  of  the  possibilities  of 
human  life,  which,  as  far  as  we  can  observe  it 
with  our  present  powers,  is  sad  and  fleeting ; 
that  in  Him  we  may  lift  our  eyes  to  heaven  our 
home  and  find  it  about  us  even  here ;  that  in 
Him  we  may  be  enabled  to  gain  some  sure  con 
fidence  of  fellowship  with  the  departed;  that  in 
Him  we  may  have  our  hope  steadfast,  unmove- 
able,  knowing  that  our  labour  cannot  be  in  vain. 

Now  if  this  be  so,  if  the  Lord  after  His 
Resurrection  laid  open  to  men,  as  they  could 
bear  it,  a  new  life,  it  will  be  evident  upon  reflec 
tion  that  this  knowledge  could  only  be  given  to 

Acts  x.  4i.  the  faithful :  God  gave  Him  to  be  made  manifest 
not  to  all  the  people  lut  unto  witnesses  that  were 


necessity  to  believers.  11 

chosen  before  by  God.  The  Kevelation  was  a  INTRODUC- 
Revelation  to  believers.  This  is  the  second  cha 
racteristic  which  we  have  marked.  If  we  com 
pare  the  scenes  of  the  Passion  with  the  scenes 
of  the  Resurrection,  we  shall  realise  the  signifi 
cance  of  the  contrast.  If  we  compare  the  teach 
ing  of  the  Life  of  humiliation  with  the  teaching 
of  the  Life  of  glory  we  shall  realise  its  Divine 
necessity.  That  which  is  of  the  earth  can  per 
ceive  only  that  which  is  of  the  earth.  Our  senses 
can  only  grasp  that  which  is  kindred  to  them 
selves.  We  see  no  more  than  that  for  which  we 
have  a  trained  faculty  of  seeing.  If  then  the 
Life  of  the  Risen  Lord  had  been  simply  a  reno 
vation  or  a  continuance  of  His  former  life,  subject 
to  the  same  conditions,  and  necessarily  destined 
to  the  same  inevitable  close,  then  the  experience 
of  unbelievers  would  have  been  sufficient  to  test, 
the  witness  of  unbelievers  would  have  been  ade 
quate  to  establish  the  reality  of  the  Resurrection. 
But  if  it  was  a  foreshadowing  of  new  powers  of 
human  action,  of  a  new  mode  of  human  being, 
then  without  a  corresponding  power  of  spiritual 
discernment  there  could  be  no  testimony  to  its 
truth.  The  world  could  not  see  Christ,  and  Christ 
could  not — there  is  a  Divine  impossibility — shew  Markvi.  5. 
Himself  to  the  world.  To  have  proved  by  in 
contestable  evidence  that  Christ  rose  again  as 


12  The  condition  of  knowledge. 

IXTRODUC-  Lazarus  rose  again,  would  have  been  not  to  con- 
*  TORY.  .     .         . 

firm   our   faith,  but   to   destroy   it   irretrievably. 

Only  the  believer,  who,  however  imperfectly,  yet 
vitally  had  felt  Christ's  power  and  known  Him, 
could  grasp  and  harmonise  the  two  modes  of 
the  Revelation  of  His  Person.  On  the  eve  of 
His  Passion  He  had  Himself  shewn  the  condition 
John  xiv.  of  this  future  knowledge.  Lord,  what  is  come  to 
pass,  said  one,  that  thou  wilt  manifest  Thyself  to 
us  and  not  unto  the  world  ?  and  the  answer  was 

given   for   all   time:    If  a  man  love  me my 

Father  will  love  him,  and  we  will  come  unto  him. 

The  answer  was  given  for  all  time.  The  law 
which  held  in  the  Apostolic  age  holds  still.  The 
revelation  of  the  Risen  Christ,  the  revelation  of 
that  life  which  shall  be,  is  of  necessity  a  revelation 
to  believers.  Sympathy  is  the  imperative  con 
dition  of  apprehending  the  Divine  Presence.  The 
knowledge  of  Him  who  is  perfect  God  and  per 
fect  man,  the  conqueror  of  death,  the  unfailing 
Advocate,  is  reserved  for  those  who  love  Him 
and  strive  to  attain  to  His  likeness. 

Yet  a  little  while  and  the  world  beholdeth  me 
no  more;  but  ye  behold  me:  because  I  live,  ye 
shall  live  also. 


I. 

THE  REVELATION  THROUGH  LOVE. 


'AnfiAGoN  oyN  HA'AIN  npdc  AyToyc  01  MAGHTAI. 
iA  Ae  IcTHKei  npdc  TO>  MNHMGICO  lloo  KAAI'OYCA. 
ooc  OYN  ekAAieN  TTApeKyyeN  eic  TO  MNHM€?ON,  KAI 
Geoope?  Ayo  AfNAoyc  €N  AGYKO?C  KAOezoMeNoyc,  INA 
npoc  TH  Kec})AAH  KA)  CNA  npdc  TO?C  noci'N,  onoy  eKeuo 
TO  CCJOMA  Toy'lncoy.  KA)  AepoyciN  AYTH  eKe?NOi  FYNAI, 
TI'  KAAi'eic  ;  Aepei  AYTO?C  oTi^HpAN  TON  KypioN  Moy,  KAI 
oyK  O?AA  noy  C'GHKAN  AYTON.  TAYTA  einoycA  ecTpA(J)M 
eic  TA  dni'coo,  KAI  Geoope?  TON  'IncoyN  ICTCOTA,  KA)  OYK 
HAei  OTI 'Incoyc  ecTiN.  Aepei  AYTH'!HCOYC  FYNAI,  TI 
KAAi'eic  ;  TI'NA  ZHTelc  ;  IKGI'NH  AoKoycA  OTI  6  KHnoypdc 
ecTiN  Aepei  AYTOJ  Kypie,  ei  cy  CBACTACAC  AYTON,  eine 
MOI  noy  eGHKAc  AYTON,  KAf<i>  AYTON  Apex).  Aerei 

AYTH   'iHCOyC  MAplAM.        CTpAC})e?CA    eK6INH    Aef€l    AYT03 

EBpAi'cTi  'PABBoyNei'  (o  AereTAi  AtAACKAAe).  Aepei 
AYTH  Mncoyc  MH  Moy  AnToy,  oynoa  r<^p  ANABeBHKA 
npdc  TON  nATepA'  nopeyoy  Ae  npdc  Toyc  AAeA^oyc 
Moy  KA'I  eine  AYTO?C  'ANABAI'NCO  npdc  TON  nATepA  MOY 
KA'I  nATepA  YMCJON  KA'I  GSON  MOY  KA)  GGON  YMOON. 
epxeTAi  MAPIAM  H  MAPAAAHNH  Arr^AAoycA  ro?c  MAGH- 

TA?C  OTl'EoapAKA  TON    KyplON    KA^I   TAyTA  6?neN   AyTH. 

'ANACTAC  Ae  npoo'i  npooTH  CABBATOY  CC^ANH  npooTON 
MApiA  TH  MAPAAAHNH,  nAp'  HC  eKBeBAHKei  enTA  AAI- 
MONIA.  eKeiNH  nopeyGeTcA  AnnrreiAeN  TO?C  MCT' 
Ayroy  r^NOMeNoic  neNGoyci  KA'I  KAAi'oyciN4  KAKe?NOi 

AKOyCANTGC  OTI  ZH   KA^I  eG€A6H   fn    AYTHC  Hni'cTHCAN. 


15 


So  the  disciples  went  away  again  unto  their  own  home. 
But  Mary  was  standing  without  at  the  tomb  weeping :  so,  as 
she  wept,  she  stooped  and  looked  into  the  tomb;  and  she 
beholdeth  two  angels  in  white  sitting,  one  at  the  head,  and 
one  at  the  feet,  where  the  body  of  Jesus  had  lain.  And  they 
say  unto  her,  Woman,  why  weepest  thou?  She  saith  unto 
them,  They  have  taken  away  my  Lord,  and  I  know  not 
where  they  have  laid  him.  When  she  had  thus  said,  she 
turned  herself  bacJc,  and  beholdeth  Jesus  standing,  and  knew 
not  that  it  was  Jesus.  Jesus  saith  unto  her,  Woman,  why 
weepest  thou  ?  whom  seekest  thou  ?  She,  supposing  him  to  be 
the  gardener,  saith  unto  him,  Sir,  if  thou  hast  borne  him 
hence,  tell  me  where  thou  hast  laid  him,  and  I  will  take  him 
away.  Jesus  saith  unto  her,  Mary.  She  turneth  herself, 
and  saith  unto  him  in  Hebrew,  Rabboni ;  which  is  to  say, 
Master.  Jesus  saith  to  her,  Touch  me  not ;  for  I  am  not  yet 
ascended  unto  the  Father :  but  go  unto  my  brethren,  and  say 
to  them,  I  ascend  unto  my  Father  and  your  Father  and  my 
God  and  your  God.  Mary  Magdalene  cometh  and  telleth 
the  disciples,  I  have  seen  the  Lord ;  and  how  that  he  had 
said  these  things  unto  her. 

JOHN  xx.  10 — 18. 


Now  when  he  was  risen  early  on  the  first  day  of  the  week, 
he  appeared  first  to  Mary  Magdalene,  from  whom  he  had 
cast  out  seven  devils.  She  went  and  told  them  that  had  been 
with  him,  as  they  mourned  and  wept.  And  they,  when  they 
heard  that  he  was  alive,  and  had  been  seen  of  her,  dis 
believed. 

[MARK]  xvi.  9—11. 


C0  Ae  Ar<yrr(x>N  MG  AnMTH0HceT<M  YTTO  TOY 

MOY,   KA[-OC>  AfATTHCOO    AYTON    KM  eM(J)ANICCO 
TON. 


He  that  loveth  me  shall  be  loved  of  my  Father,  and  1  'will 
love  him,  and  will  manifest  myself  unto  kirn. 

JOHN  xiv.  21. 


THE  REVELATION  THROUGH  LOVE. 


E  have  seen  in  a  summary  review  that  the 
record  of  the  appearances  of  the  Risen  Lord 
is  fragmentary  and  yet  divinely  significant  :  that 
the  revelation  which  it  contains  of  One  changed 
and  yet  the  same  enables  us  to  realise,  so  far  as  it 
is  needful  or  possible  for  us  to  do  so,  new  forms  of 
human  existence,  and  to  pass  in  faith  to  the  realm 
of  being  beyond  the  grave.     As  a  Revelation  the 
incidents  preserved  in  our  Gospels  are  complete  : 
as  a  history  they  are  most  imperfect.     The  former 
truth  will,  as  I  trust,  be  established  by  the  fuller 
examination  of  them   which  we   have   to  make. 
The  latter  truth  I  simply  restate  with  the  object  of 
cautioning  those  who  study  the  Gospels  for  them 
selves  against  the  perilous  assumption  that   we 
are  in  possession  of  all  the  circumstances  of  the 
several  events,   so   that  we  are  bound  either  to 
arrange  them  in  a  harmonious  whole  or  to  con- 
w.  2 


i. 


18  Two  groups  of  Manifestations 

i.  fess  that  differences  which  we  cannot  completely 
reconcile  must  be  fatal  to  the  accuracy  of  the 
Evangelists.  Much,  I  believe,  will  always  remain 
uncertain;  and  the  truest  wisdom,  the  truest 
reverence,  is  to  admit  the  difficulties  which  thus 
remain,  sure  of  this  that  a  fuller  knowledge  if  it 
had  been  given  us  would  have  removed  them. 

We  have  already  spoken  of  the  general  charac 
ter  of  the  manifestations  of  the  Risen  Christ.     If 
we  go  a  step  farther  we  shall  see  that  they  fall 
both  historically  and  spiritually  into  two  groups, 
those  of  the   first  Easter  Day  and  those  of  the 
days  which  followed.     The  appearances  on  Easter 
Day  seem  to  be  mainly  directed  to  the  creation  of 
an  immediate  present  belief:   those  which  took 
place  afterwards  to  the  establishment  of  a  belief 
in  Christ's  future  and  abiding  Presence.    All  alike 
in    different  ways   lay  open  the  reality  and  the 
power  of  the  spiritual  life.     But  at  first  the  trjue 
personal  Resurrection  of  Christ  in  the  fulness  of 
divine  power  is  the  one  fact  which  is  variously 
revealed  to  the  loving,  the  desponding,  the  doubt 
ing.      Then    the   permanent   connexion    between 
Christ  and  His  disciples  is  unfolded  in  successive 
scenes.     The  teaching  of  the  one  group  culminates 
Luke  xxiv.  in  the  words :  Handle  me  and  see,  for  a  spirit  hath 
39'  not  flesh  and  bones  as  ye  behold  me  having  ;  and 

As  the  Father  hath  sent  me  even  so  send  I  you. 


John  xx. 
it. 


of  the  Risen  Lord.  19 

The  other  in  the  words :  Go  ye  and  make  disciples        i. 
of  all  the  nations... and  loy  I  am  with  you  all  the  XXYiiL  19! 
days,  even  unto  the  end  of  the  world. 

Bearing  this  distinction  in  mind  we  pass  to 
the  consideration  of  the  separate  revelations  of 
the  Risen  Lord.  And  while  there  is  much  that 
is  difficult  to  fix  with  precision  in  the  recorded 
incidents  of  the  first  Easter  Morning,  the  main 
features  of  the  events  stand  out  plainly  in  all  the 
records.  Women  who  had  attended  the  Lord  and 
wished  to  offer  to  Him  the  last  ministry  of  love 
visited  the  sepulchre  early  on  the  first  day  of  the 
week,  and  found  the  stone  rolled  away  from  its 
mouth  and  the  sepulchre  empty.  They  heard 
then  the  tidings  of  the  Resurrection  by  an  angelic 
message  and  bore  the  news  to  the  disciples.  So 
it  was  that  love  first  sought  the  lost  Lord ;  and  in 
answer  to  love  He  also  first  revealed  Himself. 
The  brief  summary  which  has  been  preserved  at 
the  end  of  St  Mark's  Gospel,  gives  the  testimony 
of  the  early  Church:  Jesus  when  He  was  risen  [Mark] xyi. 
early  on  the  first  day  of  the  week  appeared  first  to  9* 
Mary  Magdalene.  Thus  we  know  that  the  narra 
tive  of  St  John,  which  lies  now  before  us,  contains 
the  first  manifestation,  the  first  words,  the  first 
command,  of  the  Risen  Lord.  In  this  light  every 
detail  gains  a  fresh  interest ;  and  there  is  indeed 

2—2 


20  The  discipline  of 

i.        hardly  a  word  in  the  record  which  if  we  ponder  it 
does  not  add  to  the  power  of  the  lesson. 

The  Apostles,  St  Peter  and  St  John,  who  had 
been  called  to  the  sepulchre  by  Mary  Magdalene, 
John  xx.    had   returned   to   their    own   home.      They   had 
I0"  verified  her  strange  tidings,  and  then  they  waited 

no  longer.     But  Mary  herself  could  not  leave  the 
spot.     She  thought  only  of  what  she  apprehended 
as  her  loss;    and  stood  there  weeping.     She  did 
not  venture  to  enter  the  sepulchre  as  the  Apostles 
had   done,    but    as    she   wept   she  took   courage 
just  to  look  in  (7rapeKv^ev).     Even  then  the  one 
object  on  which  she  could  dwell  was   her  Lord. 
The  vision  and  the  inquiry  of  angels  were  unable 
to   surprise  or  to  rouse  her.     In  reply  to  their 
question  she  repeats  with  two  slight  but  signifi 
cant  changes  (my  Lord  for  the  Lord,  I  know  for 
we  know)  the  words  which   she  had  before   ad- 
John xx.,.  dressed   to  the  Apostles.     She   pays   no   further 
regard  to  their  presence :  she  makes  no  petition 
for   their  help:   They  have   taken   my  Lord,  she 
replies  shortly,  and  I  know  not  where  they  have 
laid  Him.     It  is  as  if  this  was  the  one  burden  of 
her  thoughts.     To  all  else  she  is  blind  and  deaf. 
Half  mechanically  her  grief  found  expression  and 
then  she  turned  lack.     She  may  have  felt,  as  we 
often  do  feel  without  seeing,  that  some  one  had 
come  near.     She  turned  back  and  leholdeth  Jesus 


human  love.  21 

standing,  and  knew  not  that  it  was  Jesus.  How  r- 
indeed  could  she  know  ?  For  her  Jesus  was  the 
dead  Body  which  she  had  seen  laid  in  the  grave, 
and  which  she  had  come  to  embalm.  '  Her  Lord ' 
was  just  that  which  symbolised  and  recalled  His 
intercourse  with  her  in  old  time.  She  could  look 
back,  but  she  could  not  look  forward.  Even  so, 
Jesus  saith  unto  her,  Woman,  why  weepest  thou? 
whom  seekest  thou  ? 

His  first  words  are  thus  an  echo  of  the  words 
of  the  angel:  an  echo  and  something  more;  for 
He  does  not  pause  at  their  inquiry.  He  adds  a 
clause  which  half  interprets  the  mourner's  sorrow, 
and  the  mourner's  error.  The  question  'Why 
weepest  thou  ? '  is  deepened,  explained,  invested 
with  a  power  of  sympathy  by  the  further  ques 
tion:  Whom  seekest  thou?  Such  sorrow,  so  the 
words  imply,  must  be  for  a  person  and  not  for 
a  thing:  rightly  understood  for  the  living  and 
not  for  the  dead.  And  the  words  were  not  wholly 
without  effect.  Mary  Magdalene  no  longer,  as 
before,  simply  sets  forth  her  loss :  that,  she  feels, 
is  understood:  and  so  she  implies  in  the  ques 
tion  which  follows  that  the  supposed  gardener 
had  divined  her  secret.  Starting  from  the  sense 
of  fellowship  she  is  so  far  moved  as  to  look  for 
some  relief  to  her  suspense.  She,  who  had  made 
no  request  to  the  angels,  makes  a  request  to  the 


22  The  confession  of  love 

i.        stranger.     Sir,  if  thou — if   thou    a   friend — hast 
borne  Him  hence  tell  me  where  thou  hast  laid  Him, 
and  I  will  take  Him  away.  There  is  no  need  of  ex 
plaining  who  that  'He'  is.     There  is  no  reckoning 
for  the  future.     Love  makes  her  strength  appear 
sufficient  for  any  effort.     I  will  take  Him  away. 
I,  a  weak  and  lonely  woman,  will  provide  that  our 
most  sacred  treasure  shall  hereafter  be  exposed  to 
no  risk.     At  this  point  we  must  suppose  that  a 
brief  pause  followed.     Mary  received  no  answer, 
and  fell  back  to  her  former  attitude  of  mourning. 
Simple  human  love  had,  as  it  seemed,  done  its 
uttermost  and  done  its  uttermost  in  vain.     Then, 
in  the  crisis  of  her  hopelessness,  Jesus  saith  to  her 
John  x.  3.  Mary.    He  calleth  her  by  name  as  the  Good  Shep 
herd,  and  in  that  personal  address  He  awakens 
her  true  self,  as  when  before  He  had  cast  out  from 
her  seven  demons.     The  blinding  veil  of  a  self- 
chosen  grief  is  torn  off.     She  feels  at  once  what 
she  is  and  what  the  Speaker  is  to  her.     Simply, 
decisively,  in  word  and  act  she  expresses  her  new 
born  faith,  and  turning  once  again  saith  to  Him  in 
the  Hebrew  tongue — in  the  language  of  sacred  con 
verse — Mabboni — my  Master. 

Word  and  act  express  her  faith,  and  express  it 
both  in  its  strength  and  in  its  failure.  She  wel 
comes  Him  whom  she  had  lost,  but  she  welcomes 
no  more.  She  has  no  loftier  title  for  Him  than 


welcomed  and  interpreted.  23 

that  which  past  experience  had  made  precious, 
Master,  Teacher,  applied  here  only  to  the  Lord 
after  His  Resurrection.  She  substitutes,  as  we 
can  see,  a  knowledge  of  His  true  humanity  for  a 
knowledge  of  His  whole  Person,  Divine  as  well  as 
human.  She  thinks  that  she  can  now  enjoy  His 
restored  Presence  as  in  time  past.  She  assumes 
that  the  return  to  the  old  life  exhausts  the  sum  of 
her  Master's  victory  over  death.  Just  as  she 
would  have  been  content  before  if  only  she  could 
have  found  the  dead  Body  which  she  had  come  to 
anoint,  that  Body  which  she  called  her  Lord,  so 
now  she  would  be  content  if  she  could  retain  Him, 
as  she  seemed  to  see  Him,  in  a  corruptible  or 
mortal  body. 

Therefore  in  His  reply  Christ  disciplines  and 
raises  her  love.  Touch  me'  not,  He  says,  or  rather 
Take  not  hold  of  me,  for  I  am  not  yet  ascended  to 
the  Father.  Do  not,  that  is,  cling  to  me,  as  though 
you  could  know  me  as  I  am  through  that  which 
falls  under  the  senses.  Do  not  embrace  that 
which  is  partial  as  though  it  were  complete.  For 
I  am  not  yet  ascended  to  the  Father :  I  have  not 
yet  entered  upon,  or,  as  the  idea  may  perhaps  be 
better  expressed,  I  have  not  yet  revealed  under 
the  forms  of  time  that  perfect  communion  with 
God  in  heaven  which  will  give  more  than  you  can 
yet  understand.  There  was  indeed  something 


24  The  message  of 

beyond  the  outward  restoration  to  earth  which 
had  to  be  realised  before  that  fellowship  towards 
which  Mary  reached  could  be  established  as  abiding. 
When  the  Ascension,  the  last  triumph,  was  appre 
hended,  then,  and  not  till  then,  she  would  be  able 
to  enjoy  uninterruptedly  the  intercourse  which 
was  as  yet  impossible.  Christ  had  come  back,  not 
for  one,  but  for  many.  Meanwhile  therefore  there 
was  an  office  for  her  to  fulfil.  Her  love  did  not 
lose  its  reward.  As  she  had  been  the  first  to  bear 
to  the  disciples  the  tidings  of  that  which  seemed 
to  be  her  loss  and  theirs,  so  she  was  appointed  to 
be  the  first  to  announce  to  them  the  coming  and 
glorious  change  which  crowned  Christ's  work  and 
established  theirs.  Go  to  my  brethren,  He  con 
tinued,  and  say  unto  them,  I  ascend  unto  my 
Father  and  your  Father,  and  my  God  and  your 
God. 

In  this  one  brief  sentence  the  final  relation  of 
Christ  to  His  people  is  determined,  that  relation 
which  holds  for  us.  The  thought  of  the  Resurrec 
tion  as  a  mere  outward  fact  is  swallowed  up  in  the 
thought  of  the  Ascension,  which  is  its  spiritual 
interpretation.  The  message  is  not  '  I  have  risen,' 
but  '  I  ascend ' :  and  not  '  I  shall  ascend,'  but  '  I 
ascend.'  The  revelation  was  in  part  a  promise 
as  well  as  a  fulfilment.  The  Lord's  work  was 
done;  but  its  import  had  to  be  progressively 


the  Resurrection  I  ascend.  25 

apprehended  by  men.  For  Christ  Himself  the  i. 
change  from  death  to  life,  from  humiliation  to 
glory,  was  complete ;  but  its  fulness  had  to  be 
made  known  to  the  Apostles.  The  ascent  to  the 
Father  was  the  condition  of  the  greater  works  John  xiv. 
which  they  were  to  do.  Accordingly  the  transform 
ation  which  was  at  last  symbolised  by  the  visible 
taking  up  into  heaven  was  being  brought  home  to 
them  during  the  forty  days,  as  they  gradually 
became  familiarised  with  the  nature  of  their 
Master's  higher  life.  And  as  Christ  binds  His  John  xs. 
followers  to  Himself  in  this  His  first 'greeting  of1 
victory,  so  at  the  same  time  He  makes  clear  for 
ever  the  difference  of  being  by  which  He  is  sepa 
rated  from  them.  They  are  '  brethren/  sons  with 
Him  of  one  Father,  but  sons  otherwise  than  He 
is :  they  by  adoption,  He  by  essence  :  they  in  Him, 
He  in  Himself.  Their  Father  is  His  Father,  their 
God  is  His  God,  yet  in  different  relations.  The 
words  sound  to  us  from  that  first  Easter  message 
harmonising  the  contrasts  and  conflicts  of  our 
divided  being,  proclaiming  earth  to  be  heaven's 
ante-chamber,  uniting  without  confounding  the 
Divine  and  human.  /  ascend,  Christ  says,  not  to 
our  Father,  as  if  one  term  could  embrace  Him 
and  His,  not  to  my  Father  alone,  not  to  your 
Father  alone,  but — to  my  Father  and  your  Father, 
and  my  God  and  your  God. 


26  The  present  importance 

i.  Such   appear  to   be   the  stages  in   this   first 

manifestation  of  the  Risen  Christ,  in  which  He 
John  xiv.  fulfilled  His  promise,  '  I  will  manifest  myself  to 
"'  him  that  loveth  me.'  It  was  through  the  love  of 

the  weak  that  the  Resurrection  was  announced  to 
the  Apostles.     We  can  at  once  acknowledge  the 
fitness  of  the  divine  order ;  and  if  we  observe  in 
the  unfolding  of  the  marvellous  history  the  blind 
ness  of  self-concentrated  sorrow,  the  haste,  I  had 
almost  said,  the  wilfulness  of  love,  and  on  the 
other  hand  the    tenderness    of   Christ's   personal 
voice,  His  disciplining  of  mistaken  devotion,  His 
raising  of  imperfect  faith,   His  injunction  of  an 
Evangelic  charge,  we  shall  see  how  we  have  in  it  a 
clear  exhibition  of  the  significance  of  the  Resur 
rection  as  a  beginning,  a  preparation,  a  pledge  of 
our  fellowship  even  now  with  a  spiritual  order,  to 
which  we  are  trained  to  strive  forward,  and  which 
we  are  bound,   according  to  our  powers,  to  seek 
and  to  shew  about  us.     We  shall  see  how  we  have 
in  it  lessons  which  can  never  be  out  of  date,  a 
manifestation  luminous  for  our  own  days. 

Not  on  the  first  Easter  Morning   only  have 

[Mark]       those  who  have  truly  loved  Christ,  those  who  have 

Ivi'  9'        felt  His  healing  power,  those  who  have  offered  up 

all  to  His  service,  been  tempted  to  substitute  the 

dead  Body  for  the  living  Lord:  not  on  the  first 


of  the  first  Revelation.  27 

Easter  Morning  only  have  devout  and  passionate 
worshippers  sought  to  make  that  which  is  of  the 
earth  the  centre  and  the  type  of  their  service  :  not 
on  the  first  Easter  Morning  only  have  believers 
been  inclined  to  claim  absolute  permanence  for 
their  own  partial  apprehension  of  Truth :  not  on 
the  first  Easter  Morning  only,  but  in  this  later  age 
I  will  venture  to  say  more  than  then.  For  it  is 
impossible  when  we  look  at  the  subjects  and 
methods  of  current  controversy  not  to  ask  our 
selves  sadly  whether  we  ourselves  are  busy  in 
building  the  tomb  of  Christ,  or  really  ready  to 
recognise  Him  if  He  comes  to  us  in  the  form  of  a 
new  life;  whether  we  are  fruitlessly  mourning  over 
a  loss  which  is,  in  fact,  the  condition  of  a  blessing, 

o> 

or  waiting  trustfully  for  the  transfigurement  of  the 
dead  past.  It  is  impossible  to  open  many  popular 
books  of  devotion,  or  to  read  many  modern  hymns, 
without  feeling  that  materialism  has  invaded  faith 
no  less  than  science,  and  that  enervating  senti- 
mentalism  is  corrupting  the  fresh  springs  of  manly 
and  simple  service.  It  is  impossible  not  to  fear, 
when  in  the  widespread  searching  of  hearts  men 
cling  almost  desperately  to  traditional  phrases  and 
customs,  that  we  may  forget  the  call  of  Christ  to 
occupy  new  regions  of  thought  and  labour  in  His 
Name. 

The  dangers  are  indeed  most  pressing,  but  the 


28  Faith  hears  the 

narrative  on  which  we  have  just  dwelt,  while  it 
reveals  their  essential  character  brings  to  us  hope 
in  facing  them.     If  the  love,  in  virtue  of  which 
alone  they  are  formidable,  narrow,  misguided,  in 
tolerant,  as  it  is,  is  also  sincere,  it  cannot  finally 
miss  its  true  object.     The  love  of  Mary  which  at 
first  hid  Christ,  none  the  less  brought  her  to  Him 
and  Him  to  her.      He  appeared  to  her  first,  as  we 
must  believe,  because  she  was  most  conscious  of 
her  need  of  Him.     He  in  due  time  interpreted 
her  need  though  she  misunderstood  it.     She  saw 
no   more    than    she    expected    to    see,    but    He 
opened  her  eyes  to  a  truer   vision.      He    made 
Himself   known    through     sympathy.      Such    is 
the   law   of    His   working.      His    earliest    words 
to     every    suffering    child    of    man    will    always 
be  'Why  weepest  thou?    Whom   seekest  thou  ?' 
The  sorrow  which  partly  veils  the  Presence  quick 
ens  the  search.     And  if  the  voice,  when  it  comes 
to  each  one  of  us,  awakens  in  the  silence  of  our 
souls  the  true  conviction  that  we  do  want  a  living 
Friend  and  Saviour  and  not  a  dead  Body,  some 
relic  which  we  can  decorate  with  our  offerings  or 
some    formula   which   we  can   repeat   with   easy 
pertinacity,    then    we     in     our     turn     shall    be 
strengthened    to    bear   the    discipline   by   which 
Christ  in  His  glory  leads  us  to  a  fuller  and  truer 
view  of  Himself  and  of  His  kingdom.     We  shall 


command  Sursum  corda.  29 

endure  gladly  the  removal  of  that  which  for  the 
time  would  only  minister  to  error:  we  shall  be 
privileged  to  announce  to  others  that  He  whom 
we  have  found  through  tears  and  left  in  patient 
obedience,  is  moving  onwards  to  loftier  scenes  of 
triumph:  we  shall  learn  to  understand  why  the 
Lord's  own  message  of  His  Kesurrection  was  not 
'I  have  risen'  or  <I  live/  but  'I  ascend:'  we  shall 
listen  till  all  experience  and  all  history,  all  that  is 
in  the  earth  of  good  and  beautiful  and  true,  grows 
articulate  with  one  command,  the  familiar  words 
of  our  common  service,  Sursum  corda,  'Lift  up 
your  hearts ;'  and  we  shall  answer  in  humble  de 
votion,  in  patient  faith,  in  daily  struggles  within 
and  without,  'We  lift  them  up  unto  the  Lord,' 
to  the  Lord  Risen  and  Ascended. 


APPENDIX  TO   I. 


KAI  AneAGoYCAi  TAXY  <*no  TOY  MNHMGI'OY  M€TA  c])6BoY 

KAI  X^P^C  MefAAHC  eApAMON  ATTAfre'lAAl  TOIC  MA0HTA"lC 
AYTOf.  KAI  lAOY  'iHCOfc  YTTHNTHC6N  AYTA?C  Afcf^N 
XAl'peTG"  A!  Ae  npOCeAGofCAl  eKpATHCAN  AYTOf  TOYC 
ndAAC  KAI  npOCGKYNHCAN  AYTW.  T()T€  AefGI  AYTAk 

6  '|HCOYC  MH  c})oBe?c0e'  YnArere  AnAffeiAATe  TO?C 
AAeAc})o?c  MOY  I'NA  ArreAGoociN  eic  THN  FAAIAAI'AN,  KAKe? 

M6 


And  they  departed  quickly  from  the  tomb  with  fear  and 
great  joy,  and  ran  to  bring  his  disciples  word.  And  behold, 
Jesus  met  them,  saying,  All  hail.  And  they  came  and  took 
hold  of  his  feet,  and  worshipped  him.  Then  saith  Jesus  unto 
them,  Fear  not  :  go  tell  my  brethren  that  they  depart  into 
Galilee,  and  there  shall  they  see  me. 

MATT,  xxviii.  8  —  10. 


IT  is  difficult  to  determine  the  relation  in  which 
this  narrative  stands  to  John  xx.  10 — 18.  It 
has  been  held  that  St  Matthew,  giving  a  summary- 
account  of  the  manifestations  of  the  Lord,  has 
described  the  appearance  to  Mary  Magdalene  as  given 
to  the  women  generally,  of  whom  Mary  was  the 
representative.  Others  again  have  maintained  that 
the  appearance  to  '  the  women '  was  distinct  from 
the  appearance  to  Mary  Magdalene,  and  granted 
to  them  on  their  way  from  the  sepulchre  while  Mary 
still  lingered  there.  In  support  of  the  first  view  it 
is  urged  that  the  narratives  of  St  Matthew  and 
St  John,  while  they  differ  in  details,  agree  in  the 
most  important  features.  In  both  cases  homage  is 
offered  to  the  Lord  in  the  same  way  (Matt,  xxviii.  9; 
John  xx.  17):  in  both  cases  He  abruptly  cuts  it 
short  by  enjoining  the  deliverance  of  a  message  to 
the  Apostles :  in  both  cases  He  calls  the  Apostles  by 
the  unique  title  of  'brethren'  (Matt,  xxviii.  10; 
John  xx.  17). 

On  the  other  hand  it  may  be  replied  that  such 
coincidences  correspond  with  the  similarity  of  cir 
cumstances:  that  the  feelings  of  the  women  would 

w.  3 


S-i  TJte  appearances  to  the  women 

be  in  a  great  degree  like  the  feelings  of  Mary,  and 
so  would  be  disciplined  by  the  Lord  in  the  like 
manner:  that  there  is  no  improbability  in  two  such 
revelations:  that  this  being  so,  it  is  more  reasonable 
to  maintain  the  full  natural  sense  of  the  two  narra 
tives,  which  implies  two  incidents. 

It  is  not  material  to  our  present  purpose  to  choose 
between  these  two  different  views.  The  narrative 
of  St  Matthew  adds  nothing  to  that  of  St  John 
in  respect  to  the  appearance  of  the  Lord  as  a  reve 
lation  of  Himself.  The  general  phrases  'All  hail' 
(Xcupere,  v.  9),  and  'Fear  not '  (v.  10),  have  a  more  em 
phatic  expression  in  the  personal  addresses  *  Woman, 
why  weepest  thouT  (John  xx.  15),  and  'Mary' 
(John  xx.  1C).  So  also  the  connexion  of  the  vision 
of  the  Lord  with  Galilee,  suggests  the  idea  which  is 
presented  in  its  most  complete  form  in  the  announce 
ment  of  the  Lord's  Ascension  in  St  John. 

The  corresponding  details  which  have  been  pre 
served    in  the    two    narratives    must  be  taken  toge 
ther.      When    so   studied    the    message    recorded    by 
St    John    throws    light    upon    that    recorded    by    St 
Matthew.     In   this   connexion   it   cannot    but   seem 
strange  that  many  writers  should  have  supposed  that 
the   command,    Go    tell  my  brethren  that   they  depart 
into  Galilee,  and  there  shall  they  see  me  (Matt,  xxviii. 
10),  excludes  the  idea  of  manifestations  of  the  Lord 
at    Jerusalem.      It   would  be  equally  just    to  argue 
that  the  message  in  St  John,  Go  unto  my  brethren 
and   say  to  them  I  ascend  unto  my  Father...    (John 
xx.    17),    excludes  all    further   manifestations   what 
soever.     In  each  case  a  decisive  truth  was  indicated. 


and  to  Mary  Magdalene.  35 

Jerusalem  was  set  aside  from  being  the  spiritual 
centre  of  the  new  kingdom  (comp.  Matt.  iv.  15  f.), 
though  the  disciples  tarried  there  that  all  the  teach 
ing  of  the  Law  might  find  fulfilment  (Luke  xxiv. 
48  f.).  So  it  was  that  Christ  was  revealed  in  Galilee 
as  the  universal  sovereign,  although  the  disciples 
started  from  Jerusalem  on  the  fulfilment  of  their 
world-wide  mission  (Acts  i.  8).  And  again  Christ 
was  to  be  proclaimed  in  His  Divine  exaltation :  His 
return  to  the  Father  was  the  condition  of  the  greater 
works  which  the  disciples  were  to  accomplish. 
Thus  the  vision  in  Galilee  and  the  ascent  to  the 
Father  served  to  characterise  the  revelation  which 
was  to  be  given. 

It  is  worthy  of  notice  that  the  Hebrew  (Naza- 
rene)  Gospel  recorded  (so  far  as  there  is  direct  in 
formation)  only  appearances  of  the  Lord  at  Jerusalem, 
to  James  (comp.  1  Cor.  xv.  7),  and  'to  those  with 
Peter'  (Luke  xxiv.  36  if.). 


3—2 


II. 

THE  REVELATION  THROUGH  THOUGHT. 


38 

KAI  lAoy  Ayo  e2  AYTOON  IN  AYTH  TH  HMe 
HCAN  nopeyoMeNoi  eic  KOGMHN  AnexoycAN  CTAAI'OYC 
tlHKONTA  And  'lepoycAAHM,  H  ONOMA  'EMMAOYC 
KA'I  Ayro'i  OC>MI'AOYN  npdc  AAAnAoyc  nepi  TIA'NTOON 
TOON  cyMBeBHKOTOoN  TOY'TOON.  KA)  epeNGTO  EN  TCO, 
oMiAe?N  Ayroyc  KAI  cyN2HT6?N  [KAI]  Ayrdc  'Incoyc 
'  cyNenopeyero  AyroTc,  oi  Ae  oc^eAAMO!  AyrwN 
Toy  MH  enifNooNAi  AYTO'N.  emeN  Ae  npoc 
Ayioyc  TINGC  oi  Ao'roi  oyjoi  oyc  ANTiBAAAere  npoc 
AAAnAoyc  nepinAToyNrec  ;  KAI  ICTAGHCAN  CKyGpoonoi'. 
AnoKpiGeic  Ae  eic  ONOMATI  KAednAC  eineN  npoc  AYTON 
£yx  MO'NOC  HApoiKeTc  NepoycAAHM  KAI  oyK  e'rNooc  TA 
peNOMeNA  eN  AYTH  IN  TA?C  HMepAic  TAY'TAIC  ;  KA'I  elneN 
AyroTc  TTo?A ;  oi  Ae  eirrAN  AYTCO  TA  nep'i  'Incoy  Toy 

NAZApHNOY,   OC    efeNGTO    ANHp    TTp04)HTHC    AyNATOC    €N 

eppco  KA'I  Aor^o  INANTI'ON  Toy  0eoy  KA'I  nANjdc  Toy 
AAoy,  onwc  re  HApeAooKAN  AYTON  oi  Ap)(iepe?c  KA)  oi 
Ap)(ONTec  H'MOON  eic  KpiMA  OANATOY  KAI  ecTAypoocAN 
AYTON.  HMe?c  Ae  HAHIZOMCN  OTI  AYTOC  ICTIN  6  MeAAcjON 

AyTpOyC0AI  TON  'IcpAHA'  AAAA  ^  KAI  CYN  TTACIN  TOyTOIC 
TplTHN  TAYTHN  HMepAN  AfCI  AC})'  of  TAyTA  efeNCTO. 
AAAA  KAI  ryNA?KeC  TIN€C  kl  HMOON  lieCTHCAN  HMAC, 
reNOMCNAI  OpGplNA)  €TTI  TO  MNHMe?ON  KAI  MH  efpOyCAl 

TO  COOMA  AYTOY  HA0AN  AefoycAi  KAI  onTACiAN  Arre'AooN 
eoopAKeNAi,  of  Ae'royciN  AYTON  ZHN.  KAI  ATTHAOAN  TINCC 

T03N    CYN    HM?N     €TTI     TO     MNHM€?ON,     KAI     efpON     OyTOOC 

KAGobc  Ai  fYNA?Kec  eTnoN,  AYTON  Ae  oyK  e?AoN.  KA) 

AYTOC  eTrreN  npoc  AyVoyc  'H  ANOHTOI   KAI   BpAAeTc  TH 

KApAiA   Toy   nicTeyeiN    eni    HACIN    o'ic    IAAAHCAN  oi 

Trpo4)HTAr   OYX'    TAYTA   eAei    nA0e?N  TON  XRICTON  KAI 


39 

And  behold,  two  of  them  loere  going  that  very  day  to  a 
village  named  Emmaus,  which  was  threescore  furlongs  from 
Jerusalem.     And  tliey  communed  with  each  other  of  all  these 
things  which  had  happened.     And  it  came  to  pass,  while  they 
communed  and  questioned  together,  that  Jesus  himself  drew 
near,  and  went  with  them.     But  tJwir  eyes  were  holden  that 
they  should  not  know  him.     And  hz  said  unto  them,  What 
communications  are  these  that  ye  have  one  with  another,  as 
ye  walk?    And  they  stood  still,  looking  sad.     And  one  of 
them,  named  Cleopas,  answering  said  unto  him,  Dost  thou 
alone  sojourn  in  Jerusalem  and  not  know  the  things  which 
are  come  to  pass  there  in  these  days  ?    And  he  said  unto 
them,    What  things?     And  they  said  unto  him,  The  things 
concerning  Jesus  of  Nazareth,  which  was  a  prophet  mighty 
in  deed  and  word  before  God  and  all  the  people :  and  how 
the  chief  priests  and  our  rulers  delivered  him  up  to-  be  con 
demned  to  death,  and  crucified  him.     But  we  hoped  that  it 
was  he  which  should  redeem  Israel.     Yea  and  beside  all  this, 
it  is  now  the  third  day  since  these  things  came  to  pass. 
Moreover  certain  women  of  our  company  amazed  us,  having 
been  early  at  the  tomb ;  and  when  they  found  not  his  body, 
they  came,  saying,  that  they  had  also  seen  a  vision  of  angels, 
which  said  that  he  was  alive.     And  certain  of  them  that  were 
with  us  went  to  the  tomb,  and  found  it  even  so  as  the  women 
had  said:  but  him  they  saw  not.     And  he  said  unto  them, 
0  foolish  men,  and  slow  of  heart  to  believe  in  all  that  the 
prophets  have  spoken!    Behoved  it  not  the  Christ  to  suffer 
these  things,  and  to  enter  into  his  glory  ?    A  nd  beginning 


40 

eiceA0e?N  eic  THN  AO^AN  AYTOY  ;  KAI  APJAMGNOC  ATTO 
Mooyceooc  KA'I  ATTO  TTANTOON  TOON  npoc^HTooN 
NGYCGN  AY'TO?C  EN  TTA'CAIC  TA?C  rpAc})A?c  TA  nep)  G 
KA'I  HpricAN  eic  THN  KOOMHN  of  snopeYONTo,  KA'I  AYTOC 
npocenoiHCATO  noppooTepoN  nopeVecOAi.  KA)  nApe- 
BIACANTO  AY'TON  AepONTec  Me?NON  MG0*  HMOON,  OTI  npoc 
ecnepAN  GCTIN  KAI  KCKAIKGN  HAH  H  HMepA.  KAI  eic- 
hA8e.N  TOY  Me?NAi  CYN  AYTO?C.  KA)  treNeTO  IN  TO> 

KATAI<A|0HNAI     AYTON     MGT'      AYTOON     AABoON     TON     ApTON 

KAI    KAA'CAC    eneAiAoY    AYTO?C'    AY'TOON    Ae 

01    04)6AAMOI    KAI    enefNOOCAN    AYTON'    KAI 

AYTOC  A'4)ANTOc  epeNGTo  ATT  AY'TWN.     KA'I  elnAN   npdc 
OY'X'     H    KApAiA    HMCON    KAIOMGNH    HN    (i>c 

HM?N  GNI  JH  OA(|)  OOC  AlHNOIfeN  HM?N  TAG  fp^~ 
AC  J  KA'|  ANACTANTGC  AYTH  Th?  (LpA  YTTGCTpG^AN  GIC 
'IcpOYCAAHM,  KAI  GYpON  H0pOICMGNOYC  TOYC  GNAGKA  KAI 
TOYC  CYN  AYTO?C;  AGfONTAC  OTI  ONTOOC  HfGpOH  6  KYplOC 

KA'I    oocpOn  SI'MCONI.      KA'I  AYTO'I  GIHTOYNTO  TA   GN    TH 

OA(p   KA'|   (X)C  GrNOOCOH   AYToIc   GN   TH   KAACGI  TOY  A 


MGTA    AG    TAYTA    AYCIN    el    AYTCX>N 

G(J)ANGpC00H   GN   GTGpA  MOp(|)H   HOpGYOMGNOIC    G?C 
KAKG?NOI     AnG/\00NTGC    AHHrfeiAAN     TO?C 

GKGI'NOIC  GHICTGYCAN. 


41 

from  Moses  and  from  all  the  prophets,  he  interpreted  to  them 
in  all  the  scriptures  the  things  concerning  himself.  And  they 
drew  nigh  unto  the  village,  whither  they  were  going :  and  he 
made  as  though  he  would  go  further.  And  they  constrained 
him,  saying,  Abide  with  us :  for  it  is  toward  evening,  and  the 
day  is  now  far  spent.  And  he  went  in  to  abide  with  them. 
And  it  came  to  pass,  when  he  had  sat  down  with  them  to 
meat,  he  took  the  bread,  and  blessed  it,  and  brake,  and  gave 
to  them.  And  their  eyes  were  opened,  and  they  knew  him ; 
and  he  vanished  out  of  their  sight.  And  they  said  one  to 
another,  Was  not  our  heart  burning  within  us,  while  he 
spake  to  us  in  the  way,  while  he  opened  to  us  the  scriptures  ? 
And  they  rose  up  that  very  hour,  and  returned  to  Jerusalem, 
and  found  the  eleven  gathered  together,  and  them  that  were 
with  them,  saying,  The  Lord  is  risen  indeed,  and  hath 
appeared  to  Simon.  And  they  rehearsed  the  things  that 
happened  in  the  way,  and  how  he  was  known  of  them  in  the 

breaking  of  the  bread. 

LCKE  xxiv.  13—35. 


And  after  these  things  he  ivas  manifested  in  another  form 
unto  two  of  them,  as  they  walked,  on  their  way  into  the 
country.  And  they  went  away  and  told  it  unto  the  rest: 
neither  believed  they  them. 

[MARK]  xvi.  12  f. 


TH     HMGpA    TH    TplTH     KATA  TAG 


He  hath  been  raised  on  the  third  day  according  to  the 
scriptures. 

1  COR.  xv.  4. 


TUE  REVELATION  THROUGH  THOUGHT. 

THERE  are  two  ways,  it  may  be  said  generally,  IT. 
by  which  we  can  attain  the  highest  spiritual 
truth,  the  way  of  feeling,  and  the  way  of  thought. 
The  heart  stirred  by  religious  affection  knows  its 
own  wants  and  directly  recognises  Him  who  can 
satisfy  them.  The  understanding  quickened  by 
a  sense  of  Divine  order  in  life  comes  to  acknow 
ledge  Him  in  Whom  the  promise  of  the  ages  is 
fulfilled.  So  it  was  that  on  the  first  Easter  Day 
the  Risen  Lord  revealed  Himself  to  Mary  Mag 
dalene  and  afterwards  to  the  two  disciples  on  the 
way  to  Emmaus,  and  through  their  contrasted 
experience  prepared  the  disciples  for  the  crowning 
revelation  to  the  assembled  body.  He  purified 
feeling  and  He  disciplined  thought,  that  His  great 
commission  might  be  welcomed  and  accomplished. 

The  manifestation  to  the  two  disciples  is  closely  Luke  xxiv. 
related  as  a  parallel,  a  contrast  and  a  complement 
to  the  manifestation  to  Mary  Magdalene.  Both 
were  appearances  to  individual  disciples ;  both 
were  appearances  to  those  who  were  sadly  mourn 
ing  over  a  supposed  loss ;  both  were  for  a  time 


44  Relation  to  former  appearance. 

misinterpreted ;  both  were  at  last  apprehended  as 
laying  open  hitherto  unknown  spheres  of  Truth. 
So  far  they  were  alike,  but  in  other  respects  they 
were  widely  different.  That  first  appearance  was 
granted  to  a  loving  woman,  this  to  reasoning  men : 
that  was  the  elevation  of  personal  devotion,  this 
was  the  confirmation  of  social  hope :  that  discloses 
to  us  something  of  the  conditions  of  Christ's  Pre 
sence,  this  discloses  to  us  something  of  the  manner 
in  which  the  Presence  is  offered  and  realised. 

Thus  the  two  revelations  have  remarkable 
features  of  likeness  and  difference ;  and  when 
taken  together  the  two  signally  illustrate  the 
principle  which  has  been  laid  down  that  the 
Evangelic  records,  however  fragmentary  (not  con 
tradictory)  as  a  history,  are  complete  as  a  revela 
tion.  They  cover  a  large  part  of  the  separate 
experience  of  Christians.  We  can  find  in  them 
each  for  ourselves  the  divine  answer  to  our  own 
characteristic  difficulties,  the  sufficient  pledges 
to  assure  us  that  Christ  is  waiting  to  help  us  ; 
that  He  is  ready  on  the  one  side  to  lift  our  affec 
tions  to  a  loftier  realm  than  we  have  yet  reached, 
and  011  the  other  to  guide  our  reasonings  to  surer 
conclusions  than  we  have  yet  gained. 

The  first  thing  perhaps  which  strikes  us  in  the 
history  of  the  appearance  to  the  two  disciples  as  a 
history,  is  the  fact  that  we  know  nothing  more 


The  two  disciples  unknown.  45 

of  the  disciples  themselves  than  what  the  in-  JL 
cident  itself  brings  to  notice.  They  were  not 
Apostles ;  they  were  not  (so  far  as  it  appears)  in 
any  way  distinguished,  In  this  respect  they  were 
unlike  Mary  Magdalene,  whose  personality  brings 
out  the  inmost  character  of  the  lesson  which  she 
received.  Feeling  indeed  is  in  its  essence  personal, 
while  thought  is  in  its  essence  impersonal.  Of 
one  of  the  disciples  the  name  has  been  preserved ; 
but  of  him  we  possess  no  more  individual  details ; 
and  the  name  Cleopas,  though  similar  in  sound  to 
that  of  Clopas  (Cleophas),  the  father  of  James,  is  John  six, 
wholly  distinct  from  it.  Of  the  other  nothing  can  £5  '  ^ 
even  be  conj  ectured  with  any  probability.  They  ap 
pear,  if  I  may  so  speak,  as  average  men  from  the 
company  of  the  first  believers.  For  a  brief  space 
they  stand  in  the  full  light  of  the  Divine  Presence  ; 
they  shew  their  expectations,  their  difficulties, 
their  weakness,  their  strength ;  they  deliver  their 
witness  and  then  they  are  lost  in  the  church.  They 
are  lost,  and  at  the  same  time  the  lesson  which 
they  had  first  been  allowed  to  learn  shaped  the 
Apostolic  interpretation  of  the  Old  Testament. 

But  though  these  two  disciples  are  themselves 
unknown,  nothing  can  be  more  vivid  or  more 
natural  than  the  picture  which  is  drawn  of  the 
conflict  of  their  thoughts.  They  had  heard  the 
first  tidings  of  the  Easter  Morning,  of  the  vision 


46  Their  spiritual 

of  angels  and  of  the  empty  tomb.  But  these 
vague  and  uncertain  messages  seemed  to  them 
wholly  outweighed  by  the  terrible  and  patent  fact 
of  the  Crucifixion.  Such  reports,  partially  con 
firmed  by  some  of  the  Apostolic  company,  were 
not  even  sufficient  to  keep  them,  in  Jerusalem  till 
something  more  definite  could  be  ascertained. 
They  had  once  looked  for  a  national  deliverance. 
They  had  once  hoped  that  Jesus  of  Nazareth  was 
the  promised  Saviour:  He  that  should  redeem  Israel. 
But  that  expectation  was  over.  His  death,  so  they 
concluded,  had  falsified  their  former  belief.  And 
even  His  Personal  appearance  to  them,  as  they 
were  then  minded,  would  not  have  restored  what 
seemed  to  have  been  taken  away.  But  while  this 
was  so,  they  still  clung  loyally  to  so  much  of  their 
original  faith  as  was  untouched  by  the  tragic  end 
of  their  Master.  Like  Mary,  though  in  another 
sense,  they  held  the  dead  Christ  to  be  their  Lord. 
They  were  not  ashamed  to  reckon  themselves  still 
followers  of  the  Crucified.  They  ventured  to 
proclaim  even  to  a  stranger  that  He  who  had  so 
died  was  a  mighty  prophet.  They  assumed  that 
His  fate  was  the  one  chief  subject  of  attention. 
Dost  thou  alone  sojourn  in  Jerusalem,  they  said 
to  their  questioner,  and  not  know  the  things  which 
are  come  to  pass  there  in  these  days  ?  They  still 
felt  that  the  surprising  rumours  of  the  women, 


position.  47 

coupled  with  what  their  Lord  had  said  more  than 
once  of  a  vision  on  the  third  day,  might  have 
some  meaning  which  they  had  not  at  present 
learnt.  Their  debate  was  eager  and  earnest.  But 
as  yet  their  interpretation  of  the  past  barred  the 
way  to  the  fulness  of  faith. 

Such  was  their  position,  when  it  came  to 
pass  lliat  while  they  communed  and  questioned 
together  Jesus  Himself  drew  near  and  went  with 
them.  And  since  it  was  so,  it  was  no  marvel  that 
their  eyes  were  holden  that  they  shoidd  not  know 
Him.  "We  need  not  speculate  as  to  the  manner 
in  which  their  eyes  were  holden.  It  is  enough  for 
us  to  remember  that  God  may  rightly  be  said  to 
do  through  His  inexorable  laws  that  which  we 
ourselves  bring  about.  We  can  see  (as  I  said 
before)  only  that  which  we  have  the  faculty  of 
seeing.  And  if  we  fail  to  train,  to  use,  to  refine 
our  power  of  vision,  so  far  our  eyes  are  holden. 
The  want  of  outward  perception  may  in  this  case 
have  corresponded  with  the  want  of  inward  per 
ception.  The  disciples  loved  still  and  Christ 
came:  they  doubted  and  His  person  was  veiled. 
He  came  that  He  might  be  known,  yet  He  could 
only  be  known  by  the  faith  which  He  purposed  to 
quicken.  There  was  a  hiding,  so  to  speak,  without 
that  there  might  be  a  manifestation  within.  The 
fact  is  a  speaking  parable. 


48  Their  thoughts  called  out 

But  though  the  disciples  failed  to  recognise 
their  fellow-traveller,  they  were  at  once  arrested 
by  His  questions.  Currents  of  sympathy  were 
mingled  with  this  first  address  as  when  He  spoke 
to  Mary :  Tliey  stood  still,  looking  sad,  and  in  reply 
they  laid  bare  their  hearts.  This  indeed  was 
Christ's  design,  It  was  not  that  they  could  tell 
Him  anything  which  He  did  not  know,  but  rather 
He  enabled  them  to  give  distinct  shape  to  their 

own  sorrows. 

Then  when  all  was  set  forth  up  to  the  last 
pathetic   utterance,  Imt  Him   they   saw   not,   the 
Lord  at   once  met  the   doubts   which   they  had 
raised  and   to   which   they   had   yielded.      With 
loving  decisiveness  he  marked  sharply  their  dou- 
Lnkexxiv.ble  error:    0  foolish  men  and  slow  of  heart  to 
believe  in  all  that  the  prophets  have  spoken. 
had  failed  to  believe  the  prophets  from  lack  of 
intelligence  and  from  lack  of  sympathy.      They 
were  without  the  mental  force  which  seizes  the 
whole  scope  of  the  divine  order:  they  were  with 
out  the  moral  enthusiasm  which  reconciles  seeming 
contradictions.  He  led  them  therefore  as  they  could 
follow  to  a  fuller  view  of  God's  ways.     He  helped 
them   to   see   that    their    central   difficulty-the 
Crucifixion  of  Jesus— was  in  fact  an  essential  part 
of  the  counsel  of  God.     So  far  from  it  being  true, 
as  they  had  thought,  that  suffering  was  fatal  to 


and  answered.  49 

the  Messiahship  of  Jesus  of  Nazareth,  their  new 
companion  made  them  feel  that  it  was  necessary 
that  the  Christ  should  suffer  and  so  enter  into 
His  glory.  And  beginning  from  Moses,  and  from 
all  the  prophets,  He  interpreted  to  them  in  all  the 
Scriptures  the  things  concerning  Himself. 

It  is  easy  to  understand  how  the  great  truth, 
'Redemption  through  Sacrifice,'  dawned  upon 
them  as  He  spoke :  how  they  welcomed  the  re 
proof  which  opened  the  way  to  truer  knowledge : 
how  their  hearts  were  kindled  with  a  fire  of  love : 
how  the  whole  course  of  their  national  history 
became  luminous  with  a  purpose  which  they  saw 
fulfilled  in  their  crucified  Master.  The  hope  which 
was  quenched  came  back.  The  faint  spark  of 
remaining  faith  was  fanned  into  a  flame.  Then 
came  the  end.  Christ  had  joined  them  of  His 
good  pleasure ;  they  kept  Him,  when  He  offered 
them  the  choice  of  separation,  of  their  own  will. 
It  was  indeed  natural  that  they  should  constrain 
such  a  Teacher  to  abide  with  them.  It  was 
natural  that  He  should  take  the  chief  place  at 
their  evening  meal.  By  this  time  their  souls  were 
in  sympathy  with  His  whole  life  and  work.  And 
so  it  came  to  pass  when  He  had  sat  down  with  them 
to  meat,  He  took  the  bread  and  blessed  and  brake 
and  gave  to  them ;  and  their  eyes  were  opened  and 
they  knew  Him.  A  moment  was  sufficient  for  the 
w.  4 


50  The  lesson  of 

ii.  full  and  final  apprehension  of  the  crowning  Truth. 
For  an  instant  they  saw  in  glory  what  they  had 
at  length  felt  to  be  Divine  even  in  humiliation, 
and  then  He  vanished  out  of  their  sight. 

Such  is  the  history;  and  the  manifestation 
had  done  its  work.  There  was  no  need  of  any 
longer  continuance  of  the  Lord's  visible  Presence. 
Just  as  Mary  had  been  forbidden  to  cling  to  Him 
whom  she  had  recovered,  so  for  these  two  disciples 
it  was  expedient  that  the  Lord  should  go  away. 
He  was  parted  from  them  for  a  season  that  they 
might  have  Him  for  ever.  But  like  Mary  they 
learnt  that  their  experience  was  not  for  them 
selves  alone.  Without  any  express  command  faith 
interpreted  its  mission:  They  rose  up  that  very 
hour  and  returned  to  Jerusalem... And  they  re 
hearsed  the  things  that  happened  in  the  ivay  and 
how  [the  Lord]  was  known  of  them  in  the  breaking 
of  the  bread. 

If  now  we  endeavour  to  gather  into  a  brief 
compass  the  abiding  lesson  of  this  second  recorded 
appearance  of  the  Risen  Christ,  we  may,  I  think, 
say  truly  that  it  conveys  to  us  a  lively  sense  of 
the  way  in  which  the  Lord  is  the  life  of  all 
history.  Not  in  startling  visitations  or  great  de 
liverances  only,  but  in  the  still,  gentle,  currents  of 
life  He  is  working  His  good  pleasure.  Not  in 


the  manifestation.  51 

a  few  scattered  predictions,  but  in  all  the  Scrip-  n. 
tures  we  find  the  things  concerning  Him.  Far 
beneath  the  outward  sign — the  type,  the  judg 
ment,  the  word — lies  the  spirit  of  prophecy  which  Kev.  xix. 
is  the  witness  to  Jesus.  Above  all  it  shews  to  us 
how  the  great  mystery  of  suffering  and  death  is 
the  condition  for  the  conquest  of  evil  and  not  the 
declaration  of  the  triumph  of  evil.  If  it  behoved, 
if,  that  is,  it  was  in  accordance  with  the  will  of 
God,  that  the  Christ  should  suffer  and  so  enter  into 
His  glory,  and  if  we  can  be  enabled  to  see  this 
necessity  and  see  also  the  noble  issues  which  flow 
from  it,  then  we  can  understand  how  the  same 
necessity  must  in  due  measure  be  laid  upon  His 
brethren.  And  those  who  have  had  the  courage 
to  look  upon  the  whole  state  of  the  world  and  of 
humanity,  who  have  watched  the  slow  agonies  of 
a  last  illness,  who  have  felt  the  awful  silence  when 
the  breath  long  feebly  drawn  comes  no  more,  who 
have  looked  upon  the  cold  marble  features  which 
hardly  recall  the  loved  form,  will  know  that  we 
need  such  light  in  the  darkness  of  the  inevitable 
future.  It  is  most  false,  false  to  experience  and 
false  to  the  Gospel,  to  deny  or  to  extenuate  the 
reality  and  the  bitterness  of  grief  and  pain.  And 
it  is  not  surprising  that  clear  thinkers,  who  are 
deaf  to  the  voice  of  the  Risen  Christ,  maintain 
that  this  chequered  world  must  have  been  made 

4—2 


52  The  lesson  fulfilled 

ii.  by  a  Being  imperfect  either  in  goodness  or  in 
power.  But,  thanks  be  to  God,  Christ  has  recon 
ciled  in  His  own  Person  the  contradictions  of  life, 
and  proved  once  for  all  that  through  these  comes 
at  last  the  perfect  fulfilment  of  a  Father's  wisdom, 
and  of  a  Father's  love. 

Under  one  aspect  then,  Christ,  the  Eisen 
Christ,  is  everywhere  present  though  our  eyes  be 
Col.  i.  1 7.  holden,  and  in  Him  all  things  are ;  but  this 
history  of  the  journey  to  Emmaus  carries  with 
it  other  and  more  personal  teachings.  It  brings 
before  us  how  Christ,  the  Bisen  Christ,  in  a 
special  sense  draws  near  to  each  one  of  us  seve 
rally  :  how  He  adds  Himself  to  the  two  or  three 
gathered  together  in  His  name  :  how  He  journeys 
with  us :  how  He  enlightens  our  reason  and  fires 
our  affections :  how  He  abides  under  the  shelter 
of  our  dwellings  :  how  at  some  supreme  moment, 
it  may  be,  He  allows  us  to  see,  with  the  eyes  of 
the  spirit,  a  brief  vision  of  His  majesty. 

For  that  which  was  enacted  on  the  evening  of 
the  first  Lord's  Day  has  been  fulfilled,  and  is 
fulfilled  no  less  surely  and  tenderly  through  the 
experience  of  all  believers.  Christ  draws  near  to 
us  now,  as  to  those  unknown  wayfarers,  with 
purposes  of  love. 

Christ  draws  near  to  us  when  in  the  sacred 
intercourse  of  friendship  we  speak  of  our  highest 


in  our  own  experience.  53 

hopes  and  of  our  greatest  sorrows,  when  we  dare 
to  throw  off  the  veil  of  conventional  irony,  and 
talk  openly  of  that  which  we  know  to  lie  deepest 
in  our  nature. 

Christ  draws  near  to  us  at  the  sad  season 
when  He  seems  to  have  been  finally  taken  away, 
if  we  are  not  ashamed  to  confess,  in  the  apparent 
disappointment  of  our  hopes,  that  we  are  still  His 
disciples. 

Christ  draws  near  to  us  when  at  some  solemn 
appeal  we  pause  on  our  journey,  and  stand  in 
wondering  sorrow  perhaps,  not  knowing  what 
answer  to  give  to  an  unexpected  and  importunate 
questioner  whose  words  touch  us  to  the  quick. 

Christ  draws  near  to  us  at  the  very  crisis 
when  we  strive  to  give  distinctness  to  our  mis 
givings  and  to  our  difficulties.  He  asks  us  to 
speak  freely  to  Him,  and  accepts  the  most  imper 
fect  confession  of  a  sincere  faith  as  the  basis  of 
His  tender  discipline. 

Christ  draws  near  to  us  when  humbly  and 
honestly  we  ponder  His  word.  The  study  is  diffi 
cult — far  more  difficult  than  we  commonly  sup 
pose,  and  far  more  fruitful — but  He  illuminates 
the  dark  places,  and  through  a  better  understand 
ing  of  the  letter  guides  us  to  a  warmer  sympathy 
with  the  spirit. 

Christ  draws  near  to  us  when  we  take  gladly 


54  The  Resurrection 

ii.  the  reproof  which  reveals  to  us  our  ignorance  and 
our  coldness,  and  resolutely  strive  to  retain  in  our 
company  the  Teacher  who  by  sharp  methods  has 
made  us  better  able  to  see  the  Truth. 

Christ  draws  near  to  us  when  we  are  bidden 
to  draw  near  to  Him  at  His  Holy  Table,  and 
there  gives  us  back  with  His  blessing  the  offerings 
which  we  have  brought  to  Him. 

So  Christ  draws  near  to  us,  or  at  least  He  waits 
to  draw  near  to  us,  in  the  manifold  changes  of  our 
mortal  life,  near  to  us  as  we  go  in  and  go  out  in 
the  fulfilment  of  our  common  duties,  near  to  us 
when  we  are  reassembled  in  our  homes,  near  to  us 
in  the  time  of  trial  and  in  the  hour  of  death. 

The  journey  to  Emmaus  is  indeed  both  in  its 
apparent  sadness  and  in  its  final  joy  an  allegory 
of  many  a  life.  We  traverse  our  appointed  path 
with  a  sense  of  a  void  unfilled,  of  hopes  unsatis 
fied,  of  promises  withdrawn.  The  words  of  en 
couragement  which  come  to  us,  often  from  strange 
sources,  are  not  sufficient  to  bring  back  the  as 
surance  which  we  have  lost.  Yet  happy  are  we  if 
we  open  our  griefs  to  Him  who  indeed  knows 
them  better  than  ourselves,  if  we  keep  Him  by 
our  side,  if  we  constrain  Him  to  abide  with  us. 
Happy  if  at  the  end,  when  the  day  is  far  spent, 
and  darkness  is  closing  round,  we  are  allowed  to 
see  for  one  moment  the  fulness  of  the  Divine  Pre- 


interprets  all  life.  55 

sence  which  has  been  with  us  all  along  half  cloud  n. 
and  half  light.  But  happier,  and  thrice  happy,  if 
when  our  hearts  first  burn  within  us,  while  life  is 
still  fresh  and  the  way  is  still  open,  as  One  speaks 
to  us  in  silent  whisperings  of  reproof  and  disci 
pline,  speaks  to  us  in  the  ever-living  record  of  the 
Bible,  we  recognise  the  source  of  the  spiritual  fire. 
This  we  may  do — nay,  rather,  if  our  faith  be  a 
reality,  this  we  must  do — and  so  feel  that  there 
has  dawned  upon  us  from  the  Easter  Day  a  splen 
dour  over  which  no  night  can  fall. 

The  Resurrection  of  Christ  is  no  isolated  fact. 
It  is  not  only  an  answer  to  the  craving  of  the 
human  heart;  it  is  the  key  to  all  history,  the 
interpretation  of  the  growing  purpose  of  life : 
Christ  hath  been  raised,  not  as  some  new,  strange, 
unprepared  thing,  but  Christ  hath  been  raised 
according  to  the  Scriptures.  So  God  fulfilled  the 
promises  which  in  many  parts  and  in  many 
fashions  lie  written  in  the  whole  record  of  the 
Bible. 


Ill 

THE  CONVICTION  OF  FAITH. 


58 


TAYTA  Ae  AYTOON  AAAOYNTOON  AYTOC  ICTH  IN  Mecco 
AYTOON  [KAI  Aepei  AYTO?C  EipHNH  YM?N].  nTOHOeNjec 
Ae  KA'I  eM({)oBoi  peNOMeNOi  GAOKOYN  HNGYMA  6eoope?N. 
KAI  elneN  AYTCHC  Ti  TGTApAYMeNoi  ecre,  KAI  AIA  TI 
AiAAopicMol  ANABAI'NOYCIN  EN  TH  KApAiA  YMO>N  ;  lAere 

TAG  Xe"P^C  MOY  KAI  TOYC  TTOAAC  MOY  OTI  efOC>  6IMI 
AYTOC*  YH^^^HCATG  M6  KA^I  lAeje,  OTI  TTNGYMA  CApKA 

KAI  OCTGA  OYK  e')(ei  KA0oc>c  eMe  GeoopeTre  !)(ONTA.  [KAI 
TOYTO  einoaN  eAeileN  AYTO?C  TAG  )(e?pAC  KA*I  TOYC 

TTOAAC.]       ''ETI  Ae    AniCTOyNTOON    AYTOON    ATTO    THC    )(ApAC 

KA'I  OAYMAZONTOON  elneN  AYTO?C  "E)(eTe  TI  BpciociMON 
eNGAAe;  01  Ae  eneAooKAN  AYTCO  JXOY'OC  OHTOY  Mepoc 
KA'I  AABcl)N  eNomiON  AYTOON  e'4)AreN. 


"YcTepON    [Ae]    ANAKeiMeNOic    AYTO?C  TO?C 
e4)ANepoc)0H,   KA'I   wNeiAiceN   THN    AHICTI'AN  AYTOON   KA'I 

CKAHpOKApAlAN      OTI     TO?C     GeACAMCNOIC    AYTON    e 
MCNON   [eK  NCKpCjON]   O^K  eni'cT€YCAN. 


59 


And  as  they  spake  these  things,  he  himself  stood  in  the 
midst  of  them,  and  saith  unto  them,  Peace  be  unto  you.  But 
they  were  terrified  and  affrighted,  and  supposed  that  they 
beheld  a  spirit.  And  he  said  unto  them,  Why  are  ye  troubled? 
and  wherefore  do  reasonings  arise  in  your  heart  ?  See  my 
hands  and  my  feet,  that  it  is  I  myself:  handle  me,  and  see  ; 
for  a  spirit  hath  not  flesh  and  bones,  as  ye  behold  me  having. 
[And  when  he  had  said  this,  he  shewed  them  his  hands  and 
his  feet.]  And  while  they  still  disbelieved  for  joy,  and  won 
dered,  he  said  unto  them,  Have  ye  here  anything  to  eat? 
And  they  gave  him  a  piece  of  broiled  fish.  And  he  took  it, 
and  did  eat  before  them. 

LUKE  xxiv.  36 — 43. 


And  afterward  he  was  manifested  unto  the  eleven  them- 
as  they  sat  at  meat;  and  he  upbraided  them  with  their 
unbelief  and  hardness  of  heart,  because  they  believed  not 
them  which  had  seen  him  after  he  was  risen. 

[MARK]  xvi.  14. 


'EfeNOMHN     NGKpOC     KA*I     lAOY     ZOON     GIM*!     GIG     TOYC 
AIOONAC  TO)N   AIOONOON. 

I  was  dead,  and  behold,  I  am  alive  for  evermore. 

APOC.  i.  18. 


THE   CONVICTION  OF  FAIT II. 

appearances  of  the  Risen  Lord  which  we       in. 
-*-      have  already  considered,  the  appearance  to 
Mary  Magdalene,  and  the  appearance  to  the  two 
disciples  on  the  road  to  Emmaus,  were  distinct 
ively  appearances  to  individuals,  suited  to  meet 
personal  needs  and  to  satisfy  personal  misgivings. 
And  there  was  still  a  third   appearance  of  the 
same  kind  on  the  first  Easter  Day,  of  which  the 
occurrence  only  has   been  recorded.     When   the 
wayfarers  returned  to  Jerusalem  they  found  the  Luke  xxiv. 
eleven  gathered  together,  and  them  that  were  vuith 
them,  saying,  The  Lord  is  risen  indeed  and  hath 
appeared   to   Simon.     We   can  imagine   in  some 
measure  what  that  meeting  with  St  Peter  was: 
how   the   bitter   tears  of  the  Apostle  were  wel 
comed  and  stayed :  how  he  was  prepared  for  the 
fulfilment  of  the  second  part  of  his  Master's  words 
as  the  first  had  been  sadly  fulfilled  :  Thou  canst  not  John  xiii. 
follow  me  now ;  but  thou  shalt  follow  afterwards :  3  ' 
how  he  was  disciplined  so  as  to  keep  only  the 
courage  out  of  his  former  confidence,  and  only 


62      The  manifestation  of  the  Risen  Christ 

in.       the  spirit  of  self-sacrifice  out  of  his  former  im- 

Lnke  xxii.  -petuous  devotion. 
3'  *'*• 

In  these  three  personal  appearances  the  Risen 

Lord  dealt  with  the  three  greatest  personal  trials 
of  men :  with  bereavement,  with  doubt,  and  with 
sin.  He  shewed  that  love  will  not  ever  in  the 
end  be  left  desolate  or  wasted.  He  shewed  that 
patient  thought  will  be  guided  at  last  through 
larger  experience  and  fuller  sympathy  to  sustain 
ing  truth.  He  shewed  that  penitence  is  effectual 
with  God.  But  still  something  remained  to  be 
done  before  the  day  was  ended.  Christianity 
deals  not  only  with  individuals  but  with  a  society. 
The  Gospel  is  embodied  in  a  Church.  It  was 
necessary  therefore,  if  we  dare  so  speak,  that  the 
Risen  Christ  should  reveal  Himself  to  the  repre 
sentatives  of  His  future  Church,  and  make  clear 
to  them  the  completeness  of  His  victory  over 
death :  that  He  should  on  the  one  hand  shew 
them  evidently  the  nature  of  their  announce 
ment;  and  that  He  should  on  the  other  confirm 
to  them  the  authority  of  their  commission.  This 
was  what  He  did  when  He  presented  Himself  on 
the  evening  of  the  first  Lord's  Day  to  the  little 
company,  gathered  together,  as  we  cannot  but 
believe,  in  the  Upper  Room  which  was  hallowed 
by  the  memories  of  the  Last  Supper. 

In  this  connexion  we  can  see  that  the  two 


to  the  Society.  63 

earlier   appearances    which   have    been   recorded       m. 
fulfilled  an  important  preparatory  function.    Even 
though  the  tidings  of  those  to  whom  they  were 
granted  did  not  produce  a  complete  faith,  yet  they  [Markjxvi. 
must  have  created  expectancy  and  hope.      'The  I3 
'  eleven  and  those  that  were  with  them'  were  ready 
in  some  degree  to  receive  the  Lord,  as  ready  as 
men  can  be  to  face  the  powers  of  another  world. 

In  the  revelation  of  the  Easter  evening  we 
have  then  a  social  revelation  of  the  Lord;  and 
it  is  presented  to  us  by  the  Evangelists  under 
the  two  aspects  which  have  been  already  indi 
cated.  St  Luke  has  chosen  out  of  it  those  par 
ticular  details  which  enable  us  to  see  how  it 
wrought  a  public  conviction  of  the  reality  of 
the  Lord's  Resurrection,  of  the  absolute  identity 
of  Him  that  was  crucified  with  Him  that  had 
overcome  the  grave ;  and  so  he  establishes  the 
true  humanity  of  our  heavenly  King.  St  John 
again  assumes  all  this  as  known,  and  goes  on  to 
recall  the  signs  of  sovereign  majesty  by  which  the 
first  manifestation  of  Christ  to  His  Church  was 
accompanied;  and  so  he  establishes  the  Divine 
power  of  Christ's  visible  kingdom.  There  is,  as 
will  be  seen  afterwards,  a  minute  contrast  and 
correspondence  between  the  two  narratives.  But 
I  do  not  dwell  on  this  now.  I  wish  to  speak  only 
of  the  record  of  St  Luke,  and  to  consider  by  the  xxiv.  36  ff. 


64  The  presence  of  disbelief 

m.  help  of  his  narrative  how  the  Apostles  were  as 
sured  of  that  Gospel  of  the  Resurrection  which 
it  was  their  work  to  preach,  and  how  they  were 
taught  to  interpret  it. 

One  thing  cannot  fail  to  strike  the  reader 
when  he  compares  the  record  of  this  manifesta 
tion  with  the  narratives  which  have  been  already 
considered.  Now  for  the  first  time  we  read  of 
fear  and  disbelief  being  found  in  those  who  see 
the  Lord.  For  a  time  Mary  Magdalene  and  the 
two  disciples  failed  to  recognise  Him.  But  when 
their  eyes  were  opened  their  joy  and  their  faith 
were  perfect.  The  fulness  of  love,  the  intensity 
of  purified  understanding,  cast  out  the  instinctive 
terror  which  attaches  to  the  sight  of  the  un 
earthly.  It  was  nothing  to  them  that  He  whom 
they  had  found  was  instantly  withdrawn.  They 
knew  in  their  own  hearts  that  they  had  found 
Him.  But,  as  we  must  observe,  this  assurance 
was  for  themselves.  It  was  not  of  a  kind  which 
they  could  convey  with  certainty  to  others.  The 
incredulous  might  say  that  they  were  enthusiasts 
and  had  seen  a  vision.  And  so  in  fact  we  read 
in  general  terms  in  the  appendix  to  St  Mark's 
Gospel,  that  they  who  heard  Mary  Magdalene's 
[Mark]  message  'disbelieved;'  and  that  when  the  two 

x?'  Il'      told  what  had  befallen  them  '  unto  the  rest,  neither 
id.  13. 

did  they  believe  them.' 


Belief  gained  with  difficulty.  65 

It  was  then  this  general,  this  natural  mere-  in. 
dulity  of  men  which  was  to  be  overcome;  and 
those  to  whom  the  new  revelation  was  given  fairly 
represented  the  conditions  under  which  such 
incredulity  is  found.  Experience,  hope,  doubt, 
despondency,  disbelief,  were  contending  among 
them  for  the  mastery.  They  were  a  mixed 
company  in  which  there  were  manifold  varieties 
of  temperament  and  inclination.  And  so  the 
Lord  in  His  love  met  their  requirements.  The 
mode  of  His  manifestation  offered  facilities  for 
testing  its  character.  Opportunity  was  given  to 
all  for  realising  and  overcoming  doubt.  There 
was  no  room  for  mistake  or  for  enthusiasm.  The 
calm  trust  which  was  created  in  these  first 
sceptics  brings  confidence  to  us. 

It  has  often  been  said,  and  it  is  said  still, 
that  the  belief  in  the  Lord's  Kesurrection  was 
shaped  and  spread  by  those  who  were  familiar 
with  the  idea  and  who  were  eager  to  find  in  it 
the  fulfilment  of  their  hopes.  The  narrative  of 
St  Luke,  which  is  before  us,  is  an  answer  by 
anticipation  to  such  assertions.  We  see  here  in 
a  vivid  transcript  from  life  that  the  idea  of  the 
Resurrection  was  strange  and  even  alarming  to 
the  disciples  as  a  body ;  we  see  that  belief  was 
enforced  only  after  long  resistance. 

These  facts  are,   as   has   been   said,   brought 
W.  5 


6G  The  faith  gained  became 

in.       before  us  in  a  transcript  from  life,  in  act  and  not 
in  assertion  ;  and  the  manner  in  which  they  are 
brought  before  us  is  singularly  true  to  nature.     It 
was  evening  and  there  was  now  quiet  and  leisure. 
Luke  xxiv.  The  eleven  and  their  companions  were  talking  of 
the   events   of   the   day.      They   were   evidently 
gathered  together  for  counsel,  or  in  some  vague 
hope.     The  Lord,  they  said  one  to  another,  hardly 
realising  what  they  meant,  is  risen  indeed.     And 
as  they  spake  these  things  \Jesus\  Himself  stood  in 
the  midst  of  them,  and  saith  unto  them,  Peace  be 
unto   you.     Rebuke,  discipline,  instruction,  came 
afterwards.     The  first  words  were  words  of  loving 
encouragement.     And  the  disciples  had  need  of  it. 
For  their  feelings  were  at  once  changed  by  what 
they  saw.      It  is  easy  perhaps  to  speak  of  one 
coming  to  us  from  beyond  the  grave,  but  to  be 
face  to  face   with  such  a   one  is  another  thing. 
Flesh  and  blood  must  shrink   from  contact  with 
the  other  world.     This  sudden,  unprepared,  mys 
terious  appearance  was  not  what  even  believers 
had  looked  for.     They  were  terrified  and  affrighted 
and  supposed  that  they  beheld  a  spirit.     How  else 
could   they   explain   His  Presence   in  the  midst 
when  the  doors  were  shut  ?     He  was  simply  there 
John  xx.  9.  as  they  spoke  of  Him.     And  if  they  knew  not  in 
any  sense  that  He  must  rise  from  the  dead,  it  was 
as  yet  inconceivable  that  He  should  rise  wholly 


the  power  of  a  new  life.  67 

changed  and  yet  wholly  the  same.  They  had  in. 
distrusted  others,  and  now  they  distrusted  them 
selves.  Nothing  can  be  further  removed  from 
any  precipitancy  of  belief;  nothing  can  be  less 
like  hope  taking  shape  as  fact.  Even  so  the 
Lord  read  their  thoughts  and  answered  them. 
He  offered  Himself  to  sight  and  touch.  Why, 
He  asks,  are  ye  troubled  ?  and  wherefore  do  reason 
ings  arise  in  your  hearts  ?  There  is,  He  implies, 
a  double  trial  for  faith  in  the  awfulness  of  all 
spiritual  intercourse  and  in  the  difficulty  of  test 
ing  its  certainty.  But  that  world  which  I  lay 
open  is  not  such  as  you  have  shaped.  See  my 
hands  and  my  feet,  that  it  is  I  myself.  Handle 
me  and  see,  for  a  spirit  hath  not  flesh  and 
bones,  as  ye  behold  me  having.  And  while  they 
still  disbelieved  for  joy  and  wondered,  He  said 
unto  them,  Have  ye  anything  to  eat  ?  And  they 
gave  Him  a  piece  of  a  broiled  fish ;  and  He  took 
it  and  did  eat  before  them. 

We  marked  before  what  was  the  Apostles' 
doubt  when  the  Lord  came.  The  history  of  the 
Church  is  the  witness  to  the  faith  which  was 
produced  by  His  coming.  Slowly,  jealously, 
almost  reluctantly,  the  faith  was  embraced ;  and 
then  it  became  henceforward  the  power  of  a  new 
life. 

We  can  at  once  see  how  it  was  so.    The  Risen 

5—2 


68  The  Risen  Christ 

in.  Christ  was  found  to  unite  in  His  Person  two 
worlds.  The  Apostles  when  He  came  to  them 
thought  that  they  beheld  a  spirit,  not  as  once 
before  on  the  Galilsean  lake  a  mere  phantom, 
but  a  Being  of  a  different  nature.  His  answer 
was,  and  is  for  all  time :  Behold  my  hands  and 
my  feet  that  it  is  I  myself:  I  who  lived  for  you, 
I  who  died  for  you,  truly,  perfectly,  eternally 
man. 

Such  is  the  Truth  which  stands  out  as  the 
foundation  of  the  apostolic  preaching.  Christ  who 
rose  is  the  very  same  Christ  who  suffered.  This 
assertion  of  identity  is  however  guarded  impli 
citly  by  the  Evangelists  against  misunderstanding. 
Careful  reflection  will  at  once  shew  us  that  our 
bodies  are  nothing  more  than  the  outward  expres 
sion  of  unseen  forces,  according  to  the  laws  of  our 
present  existence.  If  the  medium,  the  element 
of  existence  be  changed,  the  form  in  which  the 
sum  of  these  forces,  which  constitute  the  person, 
manifests  itself  will  also  be  changed,  changed  be 
cause  the  person  is  the  same.  And  so  we  see  in 
the  Gospels  that  the  Risen  Christ  is,  as  I  have 
said  before,  wholly  changed  while  wholly  the 
same:  changed  because  He  now  belongs  in  His 
humanity  to  a  new  order.  He  can  obey  at  His 
will  the  present  laws  of  material  being,  but  He  is 
not  bound  by  them. 


truly  man.  69 

These  considerations,  though  necessary  if  we  in. 
wish  to  embrace  the  whole  truth  as  it  is  revealed 
to  us,  are  soon  lost  in  mystery ;  and  they  lie  in  the 
background  of  the  narrative  of  St  Luke.  But  still 
they  are  indicated,  not  obscurely,  if  we  compare 
the  phrase  flesh  and  blood  cannot  inherit  the  i  Cor.  xv. 
kingdom  of  heaven  with  the  words  which  he  has 
preserved :  a  spirit  hath  not  flesh  and  bones,  as  ye 
behold  me  having.  At  the  same  time  the  main 
thought  which  St  Luke  connects  with  the  first 
manifestation  of  the  Risen  Christ  to  His  Church 
is  that  of  His  perfect  humanity,  and  of  His  perfect 
humanity  especially  in  connexion  with  His  Passion. 
He  teaches  us  to  connect  the  issue  of  His  agony 
with  His  work  in  triumph1.  The  prints  of  the 
nails  are  not  only  signs  of  recognition,  but  also 
signs  of  victory.  Just  as  we  have  seen  that  the 
Lord  in  His  discourse  with  the  two  disciples 
shewed  the  necessity  of  suffering  as  the  condition 
of  entrance  to  glory,  so  here  He  points  to  His 
wounded  hands  and  feet,  as  proving  that  He  bears 
even  within  the  veil  the  tokens  of  redeeming  love. 

The  conception  is  one  on  which  Art  has  always 
loved  to  dwell.     We  must  all  have  seen  again  and 

1  The  same  truth  is  indicated  by  the  tense  in  St  Matthew 
xxviii.  5,  Jesus  which  hath  been  crucified  ('Iri<Tovj>  TOV  effravpcj' 
,  not  TOV  (rravpwdfrTa).     Comp.  i  Cor.  i.  23  ;  Gal.  iii.  i. 


70  The  vision  of 

in.  again  figures  of  the  Lord  in  Glory  raising  His 
wounded  hands  to  bless,  or  pleading  even  on  the 
throne  of  Judgment  with  those  who  have  rejected 
Him  by  the  marks  of  His  Death,  so  shewing 
that  by  these  He  is  still  known :  that  by  these 
He  still  proclaims  the  unchanging  Gospel  'Re 
demption  through  sacrifice1.' 

But  among  the  different  shapes  in  which  the 
thought  has  been  embodied  none,  I  think,  is  more 
striking  than  a  vision  which  St  Martin,  the  soldier- 
saint,  related  to  have  happened  to  himself.  The 
terrible  disorders  of  the  times  led  faithful  men  to 
think  then  that  the  day  of  judgment  must  be  at 
hand.  Filled,  as  we  may  suppose,  with  such 
thoughts  of  the  speedy  coming  of  Christ's  king 
dom,  the  saint  was  one  day,  as  he  said,  praying  in 
his  cell,  when  suddenly  it  was  filled  with  a  glorious 
light  in  the  centre  of  which  stood  a  figure  of  serene 
and  joyous  aspect  clothed  in  royal  array,  with  a 
jewelled  crown  upon  his  head,  and  gold  embroi 
dered  shoes  upon  his  feet.  Martin  at  first  was 
half-blinded  by  the  sight ;  and  for  a  time  no  word 
was  spoken.  Then  his  visitant  said  :  c  Recognise, 
1  Martin,  him  whom  thou  beholdest.  I  am  Christ. 

1  The  thought  finds  a  peculiar  expression  in  the  central 
boss  of  the  western  porch  of  Peterborough  Cathedral,  where 
the  Father  Himself  raises,  as  it  were,  in  the  sight  of  the  world 
the  wounded  hand  of  His  Son. 


St  Martin.  71 

'  As  I  am  about  to  descend  to  the  earth,  it  is  my  in. 
'  pleasure  to  manifest  myself  to  thee  beforehand.' 
When  Martin  made  no  reply,  he  continued,  '  Why 
'  dost  thou  hesitate  to  believe,  when  thou  seest  ? 
'  I  am  Christ.'  Thereupon  Martin,  as  by  a  sudden 
inspiration,  answered,  'The  Lord  Jesus  did  not 
'  foretell  that  He  would  come  arrayed  in  purple 
'  and  crowned  with  gold.  I  will  not  believe  that 
'  Christ  has  come  unless  I  see  Him  in  the  dress 
'and  shape  in  which  He  suffered,  unless  I  see 
'Him  bear  before  my  eyes  the  marks  of  the 
'  Cross/  Forthwith,  so  the  story  ends,  the  appari 
tion  vanished,  and  Martin  knew  that  he  had 
been  tempted  by  the  Evil  One'1. 

Now  whatever  else  we  may  think  of  this  re 
markable  legend,  so  much  at  least  is  certain,  that 
the  thought  which  it  presents  is  most  true.  The 
conviction  which  was  borne  in  upon  the  soul  of 
that  courageous  confessor  near  fifteen  centuries 
ago,  when  the  world  seemed  to  be  hastening  to  its 
ruin,  is  no  less  precious  now.  A  Christ  without 
the  Cross  is  no  Saviour  for  us.  The  cross  upon 
our  foreheads  is  the  token  of  our  profession.  The 
living  emblems  of  the  cross  upon  our  Lord  are  the 
pledge  of  the  fulfilment  of  His  work  This  is  the 
first  lesson  of  the  appearance  on  the  evening  of 
Easter  Day.  He  who  rose  and  sits  at  the  right 
1  Sulpicius  Severus,  V.  M.  xxv. 


72  Tlie  permanent  lesson 

HI.  hand  of  God  is  '  the  same  Jesus '  who  suffered  and 
died  for  us,  the  same  in  power  of  sympathy,  the 
same  in  prevailing  love. 

If  it  were  not  so  the  very  thought  of  the 
resurrection,  the  thought  of  the  absolute  perma 
nence  of  character  and  actions,  of  all  that  is 
shaped  in  the  heart  or  uttered  by  the  lips,  would 
be  almost  intolerable.  That  we  shall  live  on  with 
all  the  results  of  the  past  clinging  to  us,  that  we 
shall  continue  to  be  what  we  have  slowly  become 
day  by  day,  is  under  all  circumstances  a  prospect 
of  overwhelming  solemnity.  But  the  revelation 
of  the  Risen  Christ,  bearing  the  tokens  of  His  love 
unto  death,  enables  us  to  look  upon  it  without 
dismay..  From  that  new  order  He  has  spoken 
the  greeting,  of  Peace.  If  our  hearts  fail  us  with 
natural  fear,  we  can  trust  Him  Who  is  greater 
than  our  hearts,  trust  Him  Who  leaving  the  throne 
Acts  vii.  of  His  glory  stoops  to  strengthen  the  weakness  of 
His  suffering  disciples,  trust  Him  Who  in  the 
moment  of  His  victory  made  Himself  known  as 
able  to  be  touched  with  the  feeling  of  our  infirmi 
ties,  trust  Him  Who,  when  the  realities  of  the 
other  world  come  upon  us  with  startling  and 
awful  suddenness,  still  says  unto  us  as  unto  the 
disciples  of  old :  Why  are  ye  troubled,  and  where 
fore  do  reasonings  rise  in  your  hearts?  Behold 
my  hands  and  my  feet,  that  it  is  I  myself. 


of  the  Revelation.  73 

The  virtue  of  His  Passion  remains  indeed  un-  in. 
altered  and  unalterable.  He  proclaims  still  to  us 
from  the  fulness  of  His  Majesty  for  our  guidance 
and  for  our  strength :  /  became  dead,  and  behold  I 
am  alive  for  evermore.  I  became  dead  that  I 
might  open  to  you  the  gates  of  heaven.  /  am 
alive  for  evermore  that  I  may  be  with  you  all  the 
days,  through  every  conflict  of  earthly  discipline. 


IV. 

THE  GREAT  COMMISSION. 


76 


OfcHC   OYN    OyiAC    TH    HMepA    eKGl'NH    TH    MIA    CABBA- 

TGON,  KA'I  TOON  GypooN  KeKAeicMeNooN  6'noy  HCAN  oi 
MAGHTA'I  AIA  TON  cf)6BoN  TCjaN'loyAAi'ooN,  HA6eN  6'lncoyc 
KAI  ecTH  eic  TO  MECON,  KAI  Aepei  AYTO?C  EipHNH  yM?N. 
KAI  Toyjo  einobN  eAeileN  KAI  TAG  yeTpAC  KA'I  THN  nAey- 

pAN    AyTO?C.        l)(ApHCAN    OyN    01    MAGHTA^I    lAONTGC    TON 

KypiON.  eineN  OYN  AYTO?C  [d  'iHcoyc]  nAAiN  EipHNH 
Y'JVUN*  KAGooc  AnecTAAKeN  ME  d  nATn'p,  KAf<i>  neMno) 
YMAC.  KA)  Toyio  einoaN  eNecfjycuceN  KA)  Aerei  AYTO?C 
HNGYMA  APION'  AN  TINOON  A(})HTe  TAG  ' 

AyioTc'  AN   TINOON  KpATHT6   KGKpATHNTAI. 


77 


When  therefore  it  was  evening,  on  that  day,  the  first  day 
of  the  week,  and  when  the  doors  were  shut  where  the  disciples 
were,  for  fear  of  the  Jews,  Jesus  came  and  stood  in  the  midst, 
and  saith  unto  them,  Peace  be  unto  you.  And  when  he  had 
said  this,  he  shewed  unto  them  both  his  hands  and  his  side. 
The  disciples  therefore  were  glad,  when  they  saw  the  Lord. 
Jesus  therefore  said  to  them  again,  Peace  be  unto  you :  as  the 
Father  hath  sent  me,  even  so  send  I  you.  And  when  he  had 
said  this,  he  breathed  on  them,  and  saith  unto  them,  Receive 
ye  the  Holy  Ghost :  whose  soever  sins  ye  forgive,  they  are 
forgiven  unto  them;  whose  soever  sins  ye  retain,  they  are 
retained. 

JOHN  xx.  19—23. 


Toy    fN^JNAI    AYTON    KAI    THN    AyNAMIN    THC    ANACTA- 

ceoac 


That  I  may  know  him.  and  the  power  of  Ids  resurrection. 

PHIL.  iii.  10. 


THE   GREAT  COMMISSION. 

TT7E  have  seen  that  St  Luke  and  St  John  have       iv. 

preserved  for  us  the  two  complementary 
aspects  of  the  first  appearance  of  the  Risen  Lord 
to  the  representatives  of  His  Church.  St  Luke 
enables  us  to  understand  how  He  assured  them  of 
the  reality  of  His  Resurrection:  how  He  offered 
His  glorified  humanity  as  the  foundation  of  their 
abiding  faith:  how  He  gave  them  confidence  in 
His  unfailing  sympathy,  by  shewing  that  He  bore 
even  to  the  throne  of  heaven  the  marks  of  His 
dying  love.  St  John  completes  our  view  of  this 
beginning  of  the  Church.  He  sets  before  us  clearly 
that  the  apprehension  of  the  Gospel  was  at  once 
followed  by  the  charge  to  proclaim  it:  that  the 
work  of  Christ  finished  in  one  sense  was  to  be 
continued  in  another:  that  fresh  powers  were 
divinely  provided  for  the  fulfilment  of  fresh  duties. 
St  John,  so  to  speak,  begins  where  St  Luke  ends, 
In  his  narrative  the  joy  of  trembling  expecta 
tion,  which  at  first  dared  not  believe,  has  passed 
into  the  joy  of  calm  assurance,  where  there  is  no 
longer  any  question  as  to  the  Person  of  the  Lord. 


80      The  record  of  St  John  the  complement 

iv.  The  disciples  were  convinced  as  to  the  present : 
they  were  enlightened  as  to  the  past :  the  future 
still  lay  before  them  uncertain  and  unexplained. 
Jesus  therefore  said  to  them  again,  Peace  be  unto 

Matt.  x.  you.  The  Lord  Himself  used  the  salutation  which 
He  enjoined  on  His  followers ;  and  the  greeting  of 
Peace  was  repeated  because  it  was  now  spoken  to 
new  men  under  new  circumstances.  In  the  short 
time  which  had  passed  since  the  Lord  stood  among 

Luke  xxiv.  the  eleven  and  those  that  were  with  them,  they  had 
been  completely  changed.  The  questionings,  the 
doubts,  the  terrors  by  which  they  had  been  beset, 
were  removed.  They  had  tasted  the  powers  of  the 
spiritual  world.  They  had  gained  peace  for  them 
selves,  peace  in  the  certainty  that  death  had  been 
overcome :  peace  in  their  restored  fellowship  with 
the  Master  whom  they  had  lost:  peace  in  the 
words  of  love  which  removed  from  them  the 
burden  of  remorse  and  sin.  But  this  was  not  all. 
There  were  fears  and  dangers  without  as  well  as 
within.  The  shut  doors  could  not  but  remind 
them  of  a  world  hostile  and  powerful.  And  this 
world  was  to  be  met  and  conquered.  Their 
communion  with  Christ  was  not  yet  made  perfect. 
The  message  of  Mary  Magdalene  forewarned  them 
of  a  separation  close  at  hand ;  yet  they  could  not 
remain  isolated  or  inactive.  Therefore  in  the 
prospect  of  the  vast  work  which  they  had  not  yet 


of  the  record  of  St  Luke.  81 

attempted :  using  the  strength  of  the  personal  faith  iv. 
which  they  had  gained :  starting  from  the  vantage- 
ground  of  quickened  hope  and  reaching  forth  at 
once  to  the  last  issues  of  Christian  effort,  Jesus  said 
to  them  again,  Peace  be  unto  you.  As  the  Father 
hath  sent  me,  even  so  send  I  you.  And  when  He 
had  said  this,  He  breathed  on  them,  and  saith  unto 
them,  Receive  ye  the  Holy  Ghost :  whosesoever  sins 
ye  forgive,  they  are  forgiven  unto  them;  whosesoever 
sins  ye  retain,  they  are  retained. 

The  words  thus  uttered  are  the  charter  of  the 
Christian  Church.  They  define  its  mission :  they 
confirm  its  authority :  they  reveal  its  life.  They 
have  indeed  been  so  much  obscured  by  glosses,  and 
distorted  by  controversy,  and  misused  by  usurping 
powers,  that  it  is  very  difficult  for  us  now  to  rise 
to  the  perception  of  their  original  grandeur  and 
breadth.  But  without  entering  upon  any  doubtful 
discussions,  it  will  be  enough  for  us  to  direct  our 
attention  to  two  or  three  facts  in  connexion  with 
the  passage,  in  order  to  place  it  in  a  truer  light 
than  that  in  which  it  is  commonly  regarded. 

1.     The  words  were  not  addressed  to  all  the 
apostles  nor  to  the  apostles  alone.     Thomas  was 
absent ;  and  there  were  others  assembled  with  the 
apostles,  as  we  learn  from  St  Luke.     The  com-  Luke  xxiv. 
mission  and  the  promise  were  given  therefore,  like  23  ' 
the  Pentecostal  blessing  which  they  prefigured,  to 

w.  6 


82  The  Great  Commission 

the  Christian  society  and  not  to  any  special  order 
in  it. 

2.  The  power  which  is  described  deals  with 
sin  and   not   with   the   punishment   of    sin.      In 
essence  it  has  nothing  to  do  with  discipline.     It 
belongs  to  a  spiritual  world :  and  in  regard  to  this 
it   manifests   the   divine  will   and   does   not   de 
termine  it. 

3.  The  forgiveness  and  the  retention  of  sins 
is  represented  as  following  from  the  impartment 
of  a  new  being.      The  breathing  upon  the   dis 
ciples  recals,  even  in  the  word  used  to  express  it, 
that  act  of  creative  energy  whereby  God  breathed 
into  the  first  man  the  breath  of  life. 

4.  The  gift   is   conveyed   once    for   all.     No 
provision  is  laid  down  for  its  transmission.     It  is 
made  part  of  the  life  of  the  whole  society,  flowing 
from  the  relation  of  the  body  to  the  Risen  Christ. 
Thus  the  words  are,  I  repeat,  the  charter  of  the 
Christian  Church,  and  not  simply  the  charter  of 
the    Christian    ministry.       They    complete    what 
Christ  had  begun,  and  could  only  begin,  before 
His  Passion.     He  had  given  to  His  disciples  the 
power  of  the  keys  to  open  the  treasury  of  the 
kingdom  of  heaven  and  dispense  things  new  and 
old.     He  had  given  them  power  to  bind  and  to 
loose,  to  fix  and  to  unfix  ordinances  for  the  govern 
ment  of  the  new  society.    And  now  as  Conqueror 


the  charter  of  the  Church.  83 

He  added  the  authority  to  deal  with  sins.  In  iv. 
saying  this  I  do  not  touch  upon  the  divine  neces 
sity  by  which  the  different  persons  and  channels 
through  which  the  manifold  graces  of  the  Christian 
life  are  administered  were  afterwards  marked  out. 
I  wish  only  to  insist  upon  the  apostolic  mission  of 
all  Christians,  which  no  subsequent  delegation  of 
specific  duties  to  others  can  annul.  And  it  is 
surely  most  remarkable  that  St  John,  by  whom 
this  commission  is  recorded,  and  St  Peter,  to  whom 
representative  power  was  given,  stand  out  among 
the  writers  of  the  New  Testament  as  dwelling  on 
the  priestly  office  of  all  Christians.  All  Christians, 
as  such,  are  indeed  apostles,  envoys  of  their  Risen 
Lord,  To  ministers  and  to  people  alike,  while 
they  are  as  yet  undistinguished,  He  directs  the 
words  of  sovereign  power  in  the  announcement  of 
His  victory  over  death  and  sin,  Peace  be  unto  'you : 
as  the  Father  hath  sent  me,  even  so  send  I  you. 
Receive  ye  the  Holy  Ghost :  whosesoever  sins  ye 
forgive,  they  are  forgiven  unto  them ;  whosesoever 
sins  ye  retain,  they  are  retained. 

In  this  wider  application  of  the  words  we  can 
see  a  little  more  of  the  meaning  of  the  last  most 
mysterious  clause.  The  message  of  the  Gospel  is 
the  glad-tidings  of  sin  conquered.  To  apply  this 
to  each  man  severally  is  the  office  of  the  Church, 
and  so  of  each  member  of  the  Church.  To  em- 

6—2 


84     The  relation  of  the  Mission  of  the  Church 

iv.  •     brace  it  personally  is  to  gain  absolution.    As  we 
in  our  different  places  bring  home  to  the  con 
sciences  of  others  the  import  of  Christ's  work,  so 
far  we  set  them  free  from  the  bondage  in  which 
they  are  held.     There  is  therefore  nothing  arbi 
trary  in  the  fulfilment  of  the  divine  promise.     He 
to  whom  the  word  comes  can  appropriate  or  reject 
the  message  of  deliverance  which  we  as  Christians 
are  authorised  to  bear.    As  he  does  so,  we,  speak 
ing  in  Christ's  name,  either  remove  the  load  by 
which  he  is  weighed  down  or  make  it  more  op 
pressive.    For  the  preaching  of  Christ  cannot  leave 
men  as  it  finds  them.     If  it  does  not  bring  true 
peace,  it  disturbs  the  false  peace  into  which  they 
have  fallen.     To  this  end  all  the  sacraments  and 
ordinances  of  Christianity  combine,  to  deepen  the 
conviction  of  sin  and  to  announce  the  forgiveness 
of  sin.     In  one  way  or  other  they  bring  before  the 
world  the  living  lessons  of  the  Passion  and  of  the 
Resurrection.     And  we  all  are  charged  to  inter 
pret  them. 

As  the  Father  hath  sent  me,  even  so  send  I 
you.  The  exact  form  of  the  language  is  most 
significant.  Generally  the  words  express  a  re 
semblance  of  character  between  the  mission  of 
Christ  and  the  mission  of  His  apostles,  and  not 
merely  a  resemblance  of  form.  At  the  same  time 
there  is  a  difference  between  the  two  verbs 


to  the  mission  of  Christ.  85 

equally  translated  'send'  which  cannot  be  over-  iv. 
looked.  The  first  marks  a  definite  work  to  be 
done ;  the  second  a  personal  relation  of  the  sender 
and  the  sent.  And  in  this  connexion  it  is  im 
portant  to  notice  that  Christ  speaks  of  His  mission 
as  present  and  not  as  past,  as  continuing  and  not 
as  concluded.  He  says,  As  the  Father  hath  sent 
me,  and  not  merely  as  the  Father  sent  me.  He 
declares,  that  is,  that  His  work  is  not  over,  though 
the  manner  in  which  it  is  done  is  changed.  Hence 
forth  He  is  and  He  acts  in  those  whom  He  has 
chosen.  They  are  in  Him  sharing  in  the  fulness 
of  His  power :  He  is  in  them  sharing  in  the  burden 
of  their  labours.  The  promise  of  the  Last  Supper, 
the  prayer  on  the  way  to  Gethsemane,  are  accom 
plished.  The  disciples  have  entered  on  their  in 
heritance  of  peace.  They  have  beheld  the  glory 
of  the  Lord.  And  now  it  is  their  part  to  bear 
witness,  that  the  world  may  believe. 

We  have  only  to  realise  the  change  which  was 
wrought  in  the  disciples  within  the  short  hours  of 
the  first  Easter  Day,  in  order  that  we  may  under 
stand  the  substance  and  the  authority  of  this 
witness  which  they  had  to  give.  They  had  known 
the  defeat  of  death ;  they  had  received  forgive 
ness;  they  had  felt  the  breath  of  a  divine  life. 
Christ  had  inspired  them  with  the  power  of  His 
glorified  manhood.  He  had  given  them  the  Holy 


86  The  work  of  the  Church 

Spirit  through  Himself.  It  was  then  their  office 
to  proclaim  their  experience,  each  according  to 
the  measure  of  his  gift.  And  that  office  remains 
to  be  fulfilled  as  long  as  the  Christian  society 
exists.  From  the  time  of  the  apostles  ever  on 
wards  the  same  blessings  have  been  imparted  to 
every  generation  of  believers,  and  the  blessings 
have  brought  and  still  bring  with  them  the 
same  obligations. 

The  fact  lies  at  the  foundation  of  our  spiritual 
being.  It  is  true  that  in  the  providential  ordering 
of  the  Christian  society  various  functions  and 
graces  have  been  variously  concentrated ;  but  all 
belong  alike  to  the  new  life  which  the  Risen 
Christ  breathed  into  His  Church.  And  whoever 
has  consciously  felt  this  life  stirring  within  him, 
whoever  has  felt  that  it  has  brought  rest  in  the 
midst  of  conflicts  and  light  in  the  hour  of  gloom, 
whoever  has  felt  that  the  faith  in  Christ's  glorified 
humanity  gives  unity  to  the  broken  fragments  of 
labour,  and  clothes  our  fleeting  days  with  an  eternal 
beauty,  has  heard,  heard  as  truly  as  the  disciples 
in  the  upper  chamber,  the  words  of  the  Lord  : 
As  the  Father  hath  sent  me,  even  so  send  I  you. 

As  the  Father  hath  sent  me.  Christ  comes 
not  to  destroy  but  to  fulfil,  not  to  sweep  away 
all  the  growths  of  the  past,  but  to  carry  to  its 


in  fulfilment  of  Christ's  mission.  87 

proper  consummation  every  undeveloped  germ  of  iv. 
right.  Even  so  He  sends  us  to  take  our  stand  in 
the  midst  of  things  as  they  are:  to  guard  with 
tender  thoughtfulness  all  that  has  been  con 
secrated  to  His  service,  and  to  open  the  way  for 
the  many  powers  which  work  together  for  His 
glory.  Christ  came  in  His  Father's  name,  not  of 
Himself,  nor  to  do  His  own  will.  Though  He  Heb.  v.  8. 
was  Son,  yet  learned  He  obedience  by  the  things 
which  He  suffered.  Waiting  till  the  hour  came, 
He  bore  all  that  the  hour  brought.  Even  so  He 
sends  us  to  crush  down  the  promptings  of  our 
self-will,  to  discipline  our  impatience,  to  wait 
as  well  as  to  work,  to  listen  for  that  divine  voice 
which  is  articulate  only  to  the  still  watchings  of 
faith. 

Christ  came  not  to  be  ministered  unto  but  to 
minister,  and  to  give  His  life  a  ransom  for  many ; 
not  to  win  an  easy  battle,  but  to  redeem  through 
apparent  defeat.  Even  so  He  sends  us  to  reap 
what  we  have  not  sown,  to  sow  what  we  shall  not 
reap,  to  strive  to  learn  and^to  work  as  believing 
that  sacrifice  alone  is  fruitful. 

Christ  came  not  to  judge  but  to  save,  and  still 
He  carne  for  a  judgment ;  not  to  send  peace  upon 
the  earth,  but  fire  and  a  sword.  His  will  was 
perfect  love,  but  He  did  not  veil  the  terrible  law 
of  His  word,  which  kills  if  it  does  not  quicken. 


88  TJie  work  of  the  Church 

iv.  Even  so  He  sends  us.  The  message  which  we 
have  to  bear  will  make  the  chains  of  evil  more 
galling  if  it  does  not  break  them.  The  message 
of  the  Resurrection  may  be  a  message  of  peace : 
it  may  be  a  message  of  condemnation. 

Christ  came  as  a  ligJtt  into  the  world,  bringing 
from  another  realm  that  which  earth  could  not 
furnish,  to  illuminate,  to  vivify,  to  guide.  Even  so 
He  sends  iis.  We  dare  not  dissemble  that  we 
are  entrusted  with  a  supernatural  message.  We 
have  that  to  make  known  which  is  not  of  the 
world,  but  above  it :  that  which  cannot  be  measured 
or  tested  by  limited  standards  :  that  which  justifies 
itself  simply  by  shining. 

Christ  came  to  bear  witness  to  the  Truth :  to 
claim  as  His  own  everything  that  is :  to  claim  the 
allegiance  of  every  one  that  is  of  the  Truth.  Even 
so  He  sends  us.  In  His  name  we  take  possession 
of  every  fact  which  is  established  by  thought  or 
inquiry.  We  fail  in  duty.,  we  fail  in  faith,  if 
we  allow  any  human  interest,  or  endowment, 
or  acquisition  to  lie  without  the  domain  of  the 
Cross. 

Christ  came  to  seek  and  to  save  that  which 
was  lost,  to  call  not  righteous  but  sinners  to  re 
pentance.  Even  so  He  sends  us  to  dare  some 
thing  for  the  Gospel,  to  believe  that  it  has  a 
power  to  arrest  the  careless,  to  raise  the  fallen,  to 


in  fulfilment  of  Christ's  mission.  89 

find  an  answer  in  dull  cold  hearts,  to  move  by  a       iv. 
divine    sympathy  those    whom    the    counsels    of 
reason  cannot  reach. 

As  the  Father  hath  sent  me.  Christ  came  to 
perfect,  to  serve,  to  enlighten.  Such  is  the  uni 
versal  Christian  mission.  As  we  understand  its 
character  the  knowledge  becomes  in  us  a  spring 
of  supplication;  for  the  world  around  us  shews 
that  there  is  grievous  need  that  we  should  all 
hear  the  divine  call  and  answer  it.  The  special 
duties,  privileges,  responsibilities  of  the  Chris 
tian  ministry  remain  undimimshed  and  undis- 
paraged  when  we  recognise  the  common  priest 
hood  of  all  believers  as  sharers  in  the  Life  of  the 
Risen  Lord  and  charged  to  make  known  that 
which  they  have  experienced.  The  greatest  danger 
of  the  Church  at  present  seems  to  be  not  lest  we 
should  forget  the  peculiar  functions  of  ministerial 
office,  but  lest  we  should  allow  this  to  supersede  the 
general  power  which  it  concentrates  and  represents 
in  the  economy  of  life.  If  only  every  Christian 
would  have  the  courage  to  confess  what  he  has 
found  in  his  faith,  simply  and  soberly,  without 
affectation  and  without  reserve;  if  that  is,  our 
apostles  were  multiplied  a  thousandfold ;  we 
should  not  wait  so  sadly,  so  doubtingly,  as  we  do, 
for  the  last  triumph  of  Christ:  we  should  rejoice  ... 

to  hasten  His   Coming,  when  He  shall  return  in  12. 


90  The  apostolate  of  the  Church. 

iv.  glory,  the  same  Jesus  who  died  and  rose  from  the 
dead:  we  should,  in  a  sense  which  we  have  not 
yet  felt,  know  Him  and  the  power  of  His  Resur 
rection, 


V. 

SPIRITUAL  SIGHT, 


92 


OOOMAC  Ae  elc  GK  TOON  AOOAGKA,  6  AepoMeNOC  Ai'Ay- 
MOC,  oyK  HN  MET'  AY'TOON  ore  HAOeN  'Income.      eAepON 

OYN    AYTOJ    01    AAAOI    MA0HTAl'   'EoOpAKAMeN    TON    KyplON. 

6  Ae  eirreN  AYTOIC'EAN  MH   lAco  eN   TAIC  ^epc'iN  AYTOY 

TON   TYHON   TOON    HAOON    KAI    BAAOO   TON    AAKTyAON   MOY   €IC 

TON  rynoN  TCX>N  HAOON  KAI  BAAoo  MOY  THN  \e^PA  e'c 
THN  nAeypAN  AYTOY,  of  MH  nicTeVcu).  KAI  Me95  H,v\epAC 

OKTOO    nAAlN    HCAN    GCOO    01    MAOhTAI    AYTOY    KAI     000MAC 

MET  AYT03N.    lp)(€rAi  o'lHcoyc  TO3N  GypooN  KGKAeicMe- 

NOON,   KAI    eCTH    6!C    TO    M6CON     KA^I    GineN     EipHNH     yM?N. 

eiTA  Aepei  Tto  OOOMA  ^epe  TON  AA'KTY/XON  coy  ooAe 
KAI  iAe  TAG  )(e?pAC  MOY,  KAI  4>epe  THN  Xe^P^  C°Y  KA'' 
BAAe  eic  THN  nAeypAN  Moy,  KAI  MH  TI'NOY  A'TTICTOC  AAAA 
nicTo'c.  AneKpiOn  OOOMAC  KAI  eirreN  AYTCO  °0  Kypidc 
Moy  KAI  6  Geoc  Moy.  Ae'pei  AYTOJ  [6]  'Incoyc  "OTI 
euopAKAc  MG  irenicTeyKAC  ;  MAKA'PIOI  01  MH  lAoNTec  KA'I 
nicTey'cANTec. 


93 


But  Thomas,  one  of  the  twelve,  called  Didymus,  was  not 
with  them  when  Jesus  came.  The  other  disciples  therefore 
said  unto  him,  We  have  seen  the  Lord.  But  he  said  unto 
them,  Except  I  shall  see  in  his  hands  the  print  of  the  nails, 
and  put  my  finger  into  the,  print  of  the  nails,  and  put  my 
hand  into  his  side,  I  will  not  believe. 

And  after  eight  days  again  his  disciples  were  within, 
and  Thomas  with  them.  Jesus  cometh,  the  doors  being  shut, 
and  stood  in  the  midst,  and  said,  Peace  be  unto  you.  Then 
saith  he  to  Thomas,  Reach  hither  thy  finger,  and  see  my 
hands  ;  and  reach  hither  thy  hand,  and  put  it  into  my  side  : 
and  be  not  faithless,  but  believing.  Thomas  answered  and 
said  unto  him,  My  Lord  and  my  God.  Jesus  saith  unto 
him,  Because  thou  hast  seen  me,  thou  hast  believed:  blessed 
are  they  that  have  not  seen,  and  yet  have  believed. 

JOHN  xx.  24—29. 


01  KAOApoi  TH  KApAiA,  OTI  AYTOI  TON  9ed 

O^ONTAI. 

Rhssed  are  tie  pure  in  leon^for  they  shall  see  God. 

MATT,  v,  8. 


SPIRITUAL  SIGHT, 

T^HE  first  Easter  Day  witnessed,  as  we   have        r. 

seen,  the  fulfilment  of  the  victory  of  the 
Risen  Lord.     "Within  the  brief  space   of  a   few 
hours  He  satisfied  the  great  needs  of  individual 
believers  and  of  the  Church  at  large.    He  brought 
in  His  own  Person  joy  to  the  bereaved,  under 
standing    to    the    ignorant,    forgiveness    to    the 
denier.     He  gave  to  the  Church  the  clear  appre 
hension  of  the  Gospel  of  the  Resurrection,  and 
full  authority  to  proclaim  it.    But  in  this  triumph 
of  the  new  life  there  was  one  dark  spot.     Thomas, 
we  read,  one  of  the  twelve,  was  not  with  them  [the 
disciples]  when  Jesus  came.     By  that  absence  he 
missed  the  blessing  which  the  others  gained.     It 
is  impossible  to  determine  certainly  why  he  kept 
away  from  the  little  assembly  of  waiting  disciples; 
but  we  can  be  sure  that  the  cause  lay  in  himself. 
We  read  in  an  earlier  chapter  of  the  Gospel  that 
he  had  come  up  to  Jerusalem,  as  he  believed,  to  John  xi. 
die  with  Christ;  and  Christ  was  now  dead.     He  l6< 
had   thought   again   on  the   eve  of  the  Passion 
that  if  he  had  known  Christ's  end  he  should  have     hl 


96  The  test  proposed 

known  the  way  of  which  He  spoke.  The  way 
was  now  only  too  sadly  clear,  and  the  end  (he 
might  argue)  must  be  like  it.  Thomas  in  the 
face  of  that  terrible  scene  upon  the  Cross,  the 
details  of  which  were  vividly  present  to  his  mind, 
found  nothing  more  to  hope.  It  may  well  have 
seemed  best  to  him  to  be  alone  and  to  prepare 
silently  for  the  worst.  So  while  he  brooded  over 
his  own  thoughts,  Christ  fulfilled  His  promise 
elsewhere  to  the  two  or  three  gathered  together 
in  His  name.  But  the  sorrow  of  the  one  was  not 
forgotten  in  the  general  gladness.  The  ten  did 
not  keep  their  good  news  for  themselves.  The 
other  disciples  therefore  said  (e\eyov)  unto  him, 
We  have  seen  the  Lord,  Again  and  again,  so  the 
words  imply,  they  repeated  their  message,  unfold 
ing,  as  we  must  believe,  all  that  was  involved  in 
the  simple  expression  of  the  fact,  their  fears, 
their  misgivings,  their  conviction,  their  commis 
sion,  insisting  on  the  several  details  which  were 
best  fitted  to  move  him  to  faith.  But  to  their 
pleadings  he  has  only  one  answer :  He  said  (elTrev) 
unto  them,  Except  I  shall  see  in  His  hands  the 
print  of  the  nails,  and  put  my  finger  into  the  print 
of  the  nails,  and  put  my  hand  into  His  side,  I  will 
not  believe.  If  they  had  seen  and  touched,  he  must 
see  and  touch  too.  Nothing  less  could  suffice. 
The  wounds,  by  which  they  had  recognised  the 


by  incredulity.  97 

Lord,  were  for  him  the  gaping  wounds  of  the 
death  which  he  had  witnessed.  Unless  these, 
such  as  he  had  looked  upon  them,  could  be  recon 
ciled  with  life,  faith  for  him  was  impossible.  And 
the  form  in  which  his  thought  is  expressed  seems 
to  exclude  hope.  Except  I  shall  see,  he  says, 
/  will  not ;  and  not  rather  with  yearning  expecta 
tion,  If  I  see,  I  will 1. 

In  this  way  the  disciples  as  a  body  were 
met  by  the  same  incredulity  which  they  had 
themselves  shewn  to  the  earliest  heralds  of  the 
Resurrection.  They  could  hardly  fail  to  re 
member  how  the  words  of  the  wromen  had  seemed 
to  them  to  be  idle  tales.  So  true  it  is  that  the 
first  preaching  of  the  Gospel  called  out  the  main 
objection  which  is  urged  still.  The  question  was 
asked  from  the  first :  How  can  such  things  be 
believed  on  the  word  of  others  ?  The  difficulty 
is  not  one  which  has  been  brought  to  light 
recently.  It  is  as  old  as  Christianity.  And  the 
test  which  Thomas  proposed  is  like  those  which 
are  often  lightly  talked  of  now.  We  shall  soon 
see  how  the  difficulty  was  met,  the  test  over 
passed. 


1  It  must  be  added  that  the  satisfaction  of  the  test  would 
have  involved  a  complete  change  in  the  Body  of  the  Lord.  So 
St  Thomas  asked  for  something  which  went  beyond  his  own 
thoughts. 

w.  7 


98  A  pause  for  thought. 

But   before    touching   on   the    sequel   of    the 
history  we  must  notice  the  solemn  pause  which 
succeeded  to  the  joyful  excitement  of  Easter  Day. 
A  time  of  discipline  followed  the  time  of  reve 
lation.     For  a  whole  week,  as  far  as  we  know, 
after  those  first  few  hours,  the  Lord  was  not  seen. 
Those  who  had  believed  were  left  to  ponder  over 
and    interpret   and    fit  into  life  the  facts  which 
they  had  gained.     He  who  could  not  believe  was 
left  to  examine  calmly  and  patiently  the  grounds 
of  his    doubt.     To    us    perhaps    the    silence    and 
the    suspense    seem    strange;    but  in  such  great 
matters  there  is  large  room  for  patience.     We  do 
grievous  wrong  to  spiritual  sensibility  when  we 
seek   to   hasten    the  momentous    crises    of   faith. 
During   the    space    of  quiet  reflection  and  calm 
communing,  belief,  as  we   cannot  question,  grew 
more  gentle  without  losing  its  power,  and  doubt 
grew  less  defiant  without  disguising  its  difficulties. 
So  the  seven  days  of  the  Paschal  feast  came  to  an 
end.     The   sabbath    followed,   on    which   it   was 
impossible  to  leave  Jerusalem.     Then  came  the 
second  Lord's  Day  on  which  the   disciples  were 
at   length    free    to   go   to    Galilee   according   to 
Christ's  command.     But  yet  they  did  not  go  at 
once.     They  lingered  still  in  the  Holy  City.     It 
may  have  been  that  they  had  a  vague  sense  that 
this  was  to  be  their  weekly  festival ;  it  may  have 


Christ's  return.  99 

been  that  they  awaited  with  a  dim  hope  that  now 
once  more  the  Risen  Lord  would  appear  to  them 
before  they  left  the  scene  of  their  great  sorrow 
and  their  great  joy.  At  any  rate  after  eight 
days  again  His  disciples  were  within,  doubtless 
in  the  same  upper  room,  and  Thomas  with  them. 
He  had  therefore  not  withdrawn  from  their  com 
pany  even  though  he  could  not  share  their  glad 
ness  ;  they  had  not  refused  to  admit  him  among 
them,  though  his  unbelief  threw  a  shadow  over 
their  assurance.  So  while  they  may  have  been 
again  talking  of  the  marvels  of  Easter  Day, 
Jesus  cometh,  the  doors  being  shut,  and  stood 
in  the  midst,  and  said,  Peace  be  unto  you.  We 
can  easily  imagine  that  these  words  were  suffi 
cient;  that  in  that  loving  Presence  Thomas  for 
got  the  test  which  he  had  laid  down:  that 
he  shrank  back  behind  his  fellow-apostles,  as 
thoughts  flashed  upon  him  which  he  had  been 
unable  to  entertain  before.  But  it  was  needful 
that  all  should  be  laid  bare  before  he  could  be 
fully  healed.  The  Lord  had  given  His  common 
blessing  of  peace.  Then  saith  He  to  Thomas, 
Reach  hither  thy  finger,  and  see  my  hands :  and 
reach  hither  thy  hand,  and  put  it  into  my  side: 
and  be  net  faithless,  but  believing.  He  had  heard 
then  the  very  phrases  in  which  Thomas  had 
fashioned  the  defence  of  his  doubt.  At  the  time 

7—2 


100  The  discovery  of  faith 

when  the  Apostle  was  questioning  the  Resurrec 
tion  of  his  Lord,  the  Lord  was  listening  to  him 
unseen.  And  now  when  with  infinite  condescen 
sion  the  Lord  offers  what  had  been  demanded, 
the  Apostle  feels  how  immeasurably  his  test  had 
fallen  below  what  he  had  reached.  The  im 
mediate  consciousness  of  the  unchanged  love  of 
his  Master,  of  His  penetrating  knowledge,  of 
His  living  sympathy,  of  His  sovereign  majesty, 
raised  him  at  once  into  a  new  region.  With  one 
bound  he  is  borne  upwards  to  the  vision  of  the 
highest  truth.  Refusing,  as  is  evident  from  the 
whole  tcnour  of  the  history,  to  accept  the  satis 
faction  of  His  own  condition,  Thomas  answered 
and  said  unto  Him:  My  Lord  and  my  God. 
Thus  he  was  strengthened  to  make  a  confession 
which  no  one  had  made  before.  No  testimony 
of  sense,  of  sight  and  touch,  could  have  established 
such  a  conviction.  Flesh  and  blood  had  not 
revealed  it  to  him,  but  his  Father  in  heaven. 
He  who  had  doubted,  he  who  had  honestly  if 
rashly  given  utterance  to  his  doubts,  now  with 
equal  courage  dares  to  say  what  he  feels,  that 
his  Lord  is  his  God  also.  And  Christ  receives 
the  homage.  Thomas  had  longed  to  gain  con 
viction  of  the  manhood  of  the  Risen  Lord,  and 
he  is  privileged  to  declare  His  Divinity.  He 
enjoyed,  as  far  as  it  can  be  enjoyed  on  earth,  the 


the  Messing  of  the  later  Church.         101 

blessing  of  the  pure  in  heart,  and  saw  God.  As 
we  now  look  upon  the  whole  narrative  we  can 
see  that  the  Apostle  had  indeed  answered  to  his 
Master's  discipline.  He  had  in  a  sense  other 
than  he  had  foreseen  not  only  '  died  with  Him/ 
but  also  risen  again.  Through  sharp  and  lonely 
experience  he  had  found  out  what  external 
evidence  can  do,  and  what  it  cannot  do.  He 
had  made  his  own  terms  and  he  had  known 
their  insufficiency.  By  his  bitter  sorrow  he  has 
shewed  us  a  more  excellent  way.  He  doubted, 
as  has  been  well  said,  that  we  may  not 
doubt :  he  doubted  for  the  more  confirmation 
of  our  faith. 

It  remains  then  for  us  to  enjoy  the  fruit  of 
his  experience.  Jesus  saith  unto  him,  Because 
thou  hast  seen  me  thou  hast  believed — or  perhaps 
better  with  a  half  sad  question:  Because  thou 
hast  seen  me  hast  thou  believed  ?  blessed  are  they 
that  have  not  seen  and  yet  have  believed.  Some 
there  were  even  in  that  company,  so  the  original 
implies,  who  could  take  to  themselves  the  bless 
ing  ;  some  who  had  heard  the  Easter  tidings 
and  welcomed  them  with  childlike  joy.  And 
from  the  hour  when  the  blessing  was  first  pro 
nounced  there  have  been  in  every  age  a  multi 
tude,  whom  no  man  can  number,  who  have  known 
its  unspeakable  power.  One  illustration  from 


102  The  starting-point  and 

v.  life  is  sufficient  to  reveal  the  thoughts  of  many 
hearts.  When  Dr  Arnold  was  suddenly  stricken 
with  his  mortal  agony,  he  was  seen,  we  are  told, 
lying  still,  with  "his  hands  clasped,  his  lips 
"moving,  and  his  eyes  raised  upwards,  as  if 
"  engaged  in  prayer,  when  all  at  once  he  repeated, 
"  firmly  and  earnestly,  '  And  Jesus  said  unto  him, 
" '  Thomas,  because  thou  hast  seen  thou  hast  be- 
"  '  lieved :  blessed  are  they  who  have  not  seen  and 
" '  yet  have  believed.'  " 

Here  then  lies  the  central  lesson  of  this  reve 
lation  of  the  Risen  Lord,  the  revelation  of  His 
spiritual  presence,  the  revelation  of  man's  spiritual 
sight.  The  truest,  serenest,  happiest  faith  is 
within  our  reach.  We  have  not  lost  more  than 
we  have  gained  by  the  removal  of  the  events  of 
the  Gospel  history  far  from  our  own  times.  The 
last  beatitude  of  the  Gospel  is  the  special  endow 
ment  of  the  later  Church.  The  testimony  of 
sense  given  to  the  Apostles,  like  the  testimony 
of  word  given  to  us,  is  but  the  starting-point 
of  faith.  The  substance  of  faith  is  not  a  fact 
which  we  cannot  explain  away,  or  a  conclusion 
which  we  cannot  escape,  but  the  personal  ap 
prehension  of  a  living,  loving  Friend.  And 
Christ  still  makes  Himself  known  in  His  Church 
and  in  each  believer's  heart  by  words  of  peace. 
He  is  still  with  us  the  same  as  eighteen 


the  end  of  Faith.  103 

hundred   years   ago,   unchanged    and    unchange-        v. 
able,  the  same  yesterday,  to-day,  and  for  ever.          Hebr.  xiii. 

But  while  this  is  so :  while  no  outward  effort, 
no  force  of  argument,  can  carry  us  into  the  region 
which  contains  the  object  of  faith,  we  must  notice 
how  tenderly  the  Lord  deals  with  the  doubter 
who  is  ready  to  believe,  and  with  what  wise 
tolerance  the  Christian  society  keeps  within  its 
pale  him  whom  a  ruthless  logic  might  have 
declared  to  be  a  denier  of  the  Gospel.  The 
society  continues  the  gift  of  a  soothing  fellowship. 
The  Lord  places  within  the  reach  of  him  who 
had  not  ceased  to  be  a  disciple  the  evidence 
which  He  asks.  By  such  help  he  was  enabled 
to  rise  above  himself.  If  indeed  the  Risen  Christ 
had  been  no  more  than  Thomas  could  have 
proved  by  his  touch,  then  indeed  the  very  fulfil 
ment  of  his  test  would  have  destroyed  the 
Apostle's  real  hope.  As  it  was,  he  gained  the 
conviction  which  he  sought,  and  through  this 
the  Lord  called  him  to  a  better  mind. 

Be  not  faithless,  Christ  said,  bat  believing. 
Doubts  are  not  unbelief,  and  yet  they  open  the 
way  to  unbelief.  If  they  are  not  resolutely  faced,  if 
they  are  allowed  to  float  about  like  unsubstantial 
shadows,  if  they  are  alleged  as  excuses  for  the 
neglect  of  practical  duties,  if  they  are  cherished  as 


104  Doubts  affected  and 

v.  signs  of  superior  intelligence,  the  history  of  St 
Thomas  has  no  encouragement  for  those  who  feel 
them.  The  Lord  revealed  Himself  to  Thomas  not 
while  he  kept  himself  apart  in  proud  isolation,  or 
in  lonely  despondency,  but  when  he  was  joined  to 
the  company  of  his  fellow-apostles,  though  he 
could  not  share  their  confidence.  Doubts  are 
often  dallied  with :  and  still  worse,  they  are  often 
affected.  It  is  strange  that  the  hypocrisy  of 
scepticism  should  be  looked  upon  as  less  repul 
sive  than  the  affectation  of  belief,  yet  in  the 
present  day  it  has  become  almost  a  fashion  for 
men  to  repeat  doubts  on  the  gravest  questions 
without  the  least  sense  of  personal  responsibility. 
Nothing  is  more  common  than  to  be  told  by  easy 
talkers  that  this  is  impossible  and  that  that  has 
been  disproved,  when  a  very  little  inquiry  will 
shew  that  these  doubters  upon  trust  have  never 
even  seriously  attempted  to  examine  the  con 
ditions  of  the  problems  which  they  presume  to 
decide.  For  such  hope  lies  in  a  spiritual  con 
version.  Christ  has  no  promises  for  dishonest 
doubt  any  more  than  for  unreal  faith. 

But  there  are  real  doubts;  and  if  any  are 
perplexed  by  difficulties  which  they  feel  to  be  an 
actual  burden  and  sorrow,  for  them  the  revelation 
to  St  Thomas  has  a  message  of  hope.  Let  these 
have  patience  under  their  trial;  let  them  gain, 


doubts  faced.  105 

if  they  can,  some  spaces  for  quiet  thought;  let  v. 
them  consider  carefully  how  far  their  difficulties 
belong  necessarily  to  the  subject  to  which  they 
attach ;  let  them  try  to  conceive  some  way  by 
which  the  difficulties  could  have  been  avoided; 
and  then  when  they  have  arranged  all,  let  them 
count  up  the  loss  and  gain  on  this  imaginary 
plan.  The  result  will  be,  if  the  past  can  be 
trusted,  that  they  will  find  signs  of  a  Divine  pre 
sence  and  a  Divine  foresight  even  in  that  which 
has  perplexed  them. 

Christianity  shrinks  from  no  test  while  it 
transcends  all.  If  therefore  doubts  come  we  must 
not  dally  with  them  or  put  them  by,  but  bring 
them  into  a  definite  form,  and  question  them. 
And  in  God's  good  time  they  will,  as  of  old,  prove 
an  occasion  for  fuller,  unanticipated  knowledge. 
The  words  stand  written  for  the  latest  age :  Be 
not,  or  more  literally,  Become  not  faithless,  but 
believing.  Become  not :  the  final  issues  of  faith 
and  unbelief  are  slowly  reached.  But  there  is 
no  stationariness  in  the  spiritual  life.  We  must 
at  each  moment  either  be  moving  forwards  to 
fuller  assurance  and  clearer  vision,  or  backwards 
to  a  dull  insensibility.  We  may  discern  little  ; 
we  may  think  that  the  prospect  is  closed  against 
us  by  insuperable  barriers ;  but  if  our  eyes  are 
steadily  turned  towards  the  light,  if  we  love  the 


106  Hearing  and  sight. 

T.  Lord's  appearing,  He  will  reveal  Himself  at  last. 
We  shall  then  see  that  which  we  have  by  sin  lost 
the  power  of  seeing  now.  The  eye  of  the  spirit 
will  see  what  the  eye  of  flesh  cannot  see.  As 
yet  the  Fall  has  left  us  blind,  though  we  can  still 
hear  the  voice  of  God  in  the  stillness  of  the  soul1. 
We  hear  His  voice  though  we  cannot  see  His 
shape.  But  it  will  not  always  be  so.  The  bless 
ing  of  faith  shall  be  crowned  by  the  blessing  of 
fruition.  The  Kisen  Christ  will  fulfil  His  own 
benediction :  Blessed  are  the  pure  in  heart,  for 
they  shall  see  God. 

3  This  thought  finds  a  most  striking  expression  in  two  lines 
of  a  Coventry  Miracle  Play  (quoted  by  Dr  Macdonakl,  England's 
Antiphon,p.25).  Adarn  replies  to  the  Divine  question  after 
the  Fall, 

'  Ah  Lord !  for  sin  our  flowers  do  fade : 
I  hear  Thy  voice,  but  I  see  Thee  nought.' 


VI. 


THE  REVELATION  IN   THE    WORK  OF 
LIFE. 


108 


npooiAC   Ae   H'AH    pNOMeNHC   ICTH  MHCOYC    etc  TON 

ON*     OY    MGNTOI     HAeiCAN     01     MA0HTAI     OTI    MHCOYC 

ecTiN.  Ae'rei  OYN  AYTO?C  MHCOYC  HAIAIA,  MH  TI  npoc- 
([jAriON  e'xeTe;  AneKpi'0HCAN  AY'TOJ  Of  6  Ae  eineN 
AYTO?C  BAAGTG  eic  TA  AeliA  MepH  TOY  nAoioy  TO 

AlKTYON,    KAI    GYpHCGTe.        eBAAON    OYN,    KAI    OYK6TI 

I'CXYON  Ano  TOY  nAnieoYC  TCON  ixOY^N- 

6      MA0HTHC      6Ke?NOC     ON      HfAHA     6    MhCOYC     TO) 

o)  C0  KYpio'c   ecTiN.     ZI'MCON   OYN   TTeTpoc,  AKOY'- 

CAC  OTI  6  KYplOC  GCTIN,  TON  GHeNAYTHN  AieZuOCATO, 
HN  f^P  TYMNOC,  KAI  eBAAeN  6AYTON  €10  THN  0A/\ACCAN' 
01  Ae  AAAOI  MA0HTAX|  T(A)  TlAOIApl'tp  HABON,  OY  TAp 
HCAN  MAKpAN  An6  THC  fHC  AAAA  <Lc  AHO  HH)((X)N 
AlAKOCIOON,  CYpONTCC  TO  AlKTYON  TCON  I)(0YCON.  'He  O^N 

Ane'BucAN  eic  THN  THN  BAe'noYciN  ANQpAKiAN  KCIMCNHN 
KAI  d^ApiON  eniKeiMeNON  KAI  ApTON.  Ae'fei  AYTO?C  [6] 
MHCOYC  'ENe'fKATe  Ano  TO>N  oyApiooN  d)N  erriACATe  NYN. 
ANeBu  OYN  ZI'MCON  TTeTpoc  KAI  efAKYCCN  TO  AI'KTYON  eic 

THN    |~HN   M6CTON   IX0YOON   MepAAOON    CKATON   HGNTHKONTA 

TpicoN*  KA'I  TOCOY'TOON  ONTOON  OY'K  ecx'cGH  TO  AIKTYON. 
Aepei  AYTO?C  [6]  MHCOYC  AeYTe  ApiCTHCATC.  oyAeic 

fcTOAMA     TOC)N     MA0HTCON     e2eTACAI     AYTON      ZY'     TIC     el  J 

eiAoTec  OTI  d  KYpioc  ecTiN.      epyeTAi  MHCOYC  KAI  AAM- 

BAN€l    TON    ApTON     KAI     AlAGOCIN     AY'TO?C,    KAI    TO    O^AplON 

OMOI'GOC.  TOYTO  H'AH  TpiTON  ec})ANepoo9H  MHCOYC  TO?C 
MA0HTA?c  epepOeic  t 


100 


But  when  day  was  now  breaking,  Jesus  stood  on  the 
beach:  howbeit  the  disciples  knew  not  that  it  was  Jesus. 
Jesus  therefore  saith  unto  them,  Children,  have  ye  aught  to 
eat?  They  answered  him,  No.  And  he  said  unto  them, 
Cast  the  net  on  the  right  side  of  the  boat,  and  ye  shall  find. 
They  cast  therefore,  and  now  they  were  not  able  to  draw  it 
for  the  'multitude  of  fishes.  That  disciple  therefore  whom 
Jesus  loved  saith  unto  Peter,  It  is  the  Lord.  So  wJien 
Simon  Peter  heard  that  it  was  the  Lord,  he  girt  his  coat 
about  him  ( for  he  was  naked],  and  cast  himself  into  the  sea. 
But  the  other  disciples  came  in  the  little  boat  (for  tJiey 
were  not  far  from  the  land,  but  about  two  hundred  cubits 
off],  dragging  the  net  full  of  fishes.  So  when  they  got  out 
upon  the  land,  they  see  a  fire  of  coals  there,  and  fish  laid 
thereon,  and  bread.  Jesus  saith  unto  them,  Bring  of  the 
fish  which  ye  have  now  taken.  Simon  Peter  therefore  went 
up,  and  drew  the  net  to  land,  full  of  great  fishes,  a  hundred 
and  fifty  and  three:  and  for  all  there  were  so  many,  the  net 
was  not  rent.  Jesus  saith  unto  them,  Come  and  break  your 
fast.  And  none  of  the  disciples  durst  inquire  of  him,  Who 
art  thou  ?  knowing  that  it  was  the  Lord.  Jesus  cometh,  and 
taketh  the  bread,  and  giveth  them,  and  the  fish  likewise. 
This  is  now  the  third  time  that  Jesus  was  manifested  to 
the  disciples,  after  that  he  was  risen  from  the  dead. 

JOHN  xxi.  1 — 14. 


ACJ)HCGa  YMAC  OpcfUNOyC,  ep)(OMA!  TTpOC 

I  will  not  leave  you  desolate :  I  come  unto  you. 

JOHN  xiv,  18, 


THE  REVELATION'  IN  THE    WORK  OF 
LIFE. 

are  now  brought  to  the  beginning  of  a 
new  series  of  Revelations  of  the  Risen  Christ, 
which  the  Revelation  made  to  St  Thomas  serves 
to  introduce.  Hitherto  Christ  has  for  the  most 
part  so  made  Himself  known  as  to  convince  His 
disciples  that  hereafter  their  fellowship  with  Him 
would  be  perfected  in  some  new  fashion:  that 
it  behoved  Him  to  suffer:  that  He  was  wholly 
the  same  if  wholly  changed  :  that  they  were 
empowered  to  carry  forward  in  His  stead  and  by 
His  commission  the  work  which  He  had  begun. 
The  Revelation  to  St  Thomas  was  so  far  like  the 
Revelations  of  Easter-Day  that  it  was  given  to 
call  out  personal  faith  by  sensible  signs  ;  yet  it  did 
this  in  such  a  way  as  to  make  clear  the  fact  that 
Christ  is  most  truly  with  His  Church  by  an  invisi 
ble  spiritual  presence,  by  an  abiding  spiritual  power. 
It  claimed  the  exercise  of  a  spiritual  sense  in  man 
for  the  apprehension  of  the  Lord's  true  nature. 


TI. 


112         Character  of  the  second  group  of 

vi.  It  brought  the  promise  of  a  special  blessing  on 
the  age  to  come.  In  the  Revelations  which 
followed,  so  far  as  they  have  been  recorded  in 
detail,  the  Lord  throws  light  upon  that  mysterious 
future.  He  comes  to  those  who  are  familiar  with 
the  truth  of  His  Resurrection.  He  comes  no 
longer  to  create  faith,  but  to  point  out  some 
salient  features  in  the  history  of  the  propagation 
of  the  faith,  speaking,  as  it  is  summed  up  in  the 
Acts  i.  3.  Acts,  the  tilings  concerning  the  Kingdom  of  God. 
The  central  thoughts  are  no  more  connected 
with  the  Passion  and  the  Old  Testament,  but 
with  the  Return  and  the  progress  of  the  Church. 

Thus  the  whole  scope  of  the  revelation  of  the 
Risen  Christ  is  changed,  and  for  a  time  the  scene 
is  changed  also.  The  two  appearances  recorded 
after  that  on  the  second  Lord's  Day  took  place  in 
Galilee.  The  lake  and  the  mountain  which  had 
witnessed  the  beginning  of  Christ's  preparatory 
teaching  were  again  chosen  to  witness  the  be 
ginning  of  His  work  in  glory.  And  even  in  these 
outward  details  there  is  a  correspondence  and  a 
harmony  which  ought  not  to  be  overlooked.  They 
help  to  place  us  at  the  right  point  of  sight  for 
interpreting  the  lessons  which  lie  beneath. 

This  is  obviously  true  with  regard  to  the 
narrative  of  the  second  miraculous  draught  of 
fishes  in  the  last  chapter  of  St  John's  Gospel. 


revelations  of  the  Risen  Lord.  113 

The  narrative  is  so  like  and  yet  so  unlike  the 
corresponding  narrative  in  St  Luke,  that  we  feel  v. 
that  they  must  preserve  two  aspects  of  the 
same  spiritual  truth :  that  the  one  is  designed  to 
help  us  to  understand  the  other :  that  those 
who  connected  their  call  to  be  fishers  of  men 
with  the  first,  must  have  found  in  the  second 
a  fuller  and  more  joyful  parable  of  their  office. 
It  lies  upon  the  surface  that  the  one  history 
presents  the  office  of  the  apostles  in  relation  to 
the  Christ  still  battling  on  earth:  the  other  in 
relation  to  the  same  Christ  victorious  over  death. 
Then  the  Lord  was  with  them  on  the  waters: 
here  He  stands  upon  the  beach  while  they  do  His 
bidding.  There  the  net  began  to  break  and  the 
ships  to  sink :  here  though  the  fish  were  so  many 
the  net  ivas  not  rent.  There  St  Peter,  when  he 
dimly  felt  who  He  was  that  had  wrought  the 
work,  prayed  Him  to  depart  from  him,  as  unable 
to  endure  His  holy  Presence :  here  when  he 
heard  that  it  was  the  Lord,  he  cast  himself  into 
the  sea,  as  unwilling  to  wait  even  until  the 
vessel  could  carry  him  to  the  Saviour  whom  he 
had  regained. 

But  without  dwelling  further  upon  these  dif 
ferences,  which  each  one  can  trace  out  for  himself, 
I   would   rather   observe   generally   how    in   this 
history  the  old  places,  and  the  old  work,  and  the 
W.  8 


114  Work  and  experience 

vi.  old  necessities  are  again  used  and  ennobled  in  the 
light  of  the  Resurrection.  The  sea  of  Galilee,  by 
which  the  multitudes  had  gathered  to  hear  the 
word,  and  whose  waves  Christ  had  stilled  on  the 
stormy  night,  once  more  is  hallowed  by  His 
Presence.  The  fisherman's  labour  once  more  is 
taken  as  a  lively  image  of  apostolic  toil  in  the 
Apoc.  x\ii.  many  waters,  which  are  peoples  and  'multitudes 
and  nations.  The  fruitless  efforts  confessed  once 
more  call  out  the  word  of  power  and  blessing. 
The  Risen  Christ  shews  Himself  once  more  to  be 
the  same,  guiding,  disciplining,  cheering  His  fol 
lowers  as  aforetime,  even  if  in  another  form. 

And  this  appears  to  be  the  characteristic 
lesson  of  this  particular  manifestation.  It  is  the 
sign  which  lays  open  to  us  Christ's  action  through 
the  common  course  of  life.  He  is  recognised  not 
by  His  Person  but  by  His  working.  The  gift  of 
success  and  the  gift  of  refreshment  are  seen  to 
belong  to  Him  and  to  make  Him  known. 

This  will  appear  clearly  if  we  follow  the  narra 
tive.  There  had  been,  so  far  as  we  know,  another 
period  of  loneliness  and  silence  in  the  experience 
of  the  Church,  but  this  time  without  the  sorrow 
of  one  doubt.  The  disciples  had  returned  to 
Galilee,  waiting  for  the  fulfilment  of  the  promise 
of  the  Easter  Morning.  Meanwhile  they  resumed 
their  abandoned  craft;  and  there  is  something 


old  and  new.  115 

VI. 


sublime  in  the  trustful  patience  with  which  they 
thus  calmly  went  back  to  ordinary  business  in  the 
prospect  of  the  great  future  ready  to  be  revealed. 
Never  would  it  have  been  more  natural  for  men 
to  thrust  all  common  occupations  into  the  back 
ground  :  to  yield  to  the  absorbing  thoughts  of  the 
Divine  Presence  which  they  had  realised  and  of 
the  unknown  destiny  to  which  they  were  called : 
to  forget  the  simple  claims  of  daily  life.     But  past 
discipline   had  at  least  taught  those  who  knew 
Christ   best   to  wait.     And  during  this  time  of 
solemn  suspense  there  was  nothing  out  of  har 
mony  with  the  true  conception  of  their  position, 
when  St  Peter  said  to  the  little  group  assembled 
together  with  him,  I  go  a  fishing,  and  they  an 
swered  at  once,   We  also  go  with  thee.     It  seems 
indeed  that  this  had  been  their  custom  since  their 
return  to  their  old  home,  for  it  is  said  on  that 
night  they  caught  nothing,  as  though  there  was 
something  unusual  in  their  ill  success.     Perhaps 
their  failure  may  have  recalled  the  like  occurrence 
three   short   years   before,   which   had    been   the 
turning-point  of  their  lives.     So  much  they  knew 
that  their  own  efforts  were  in  vain.     But  when 
day  was  now  breaking— the  time  described  is  the 
first  beginning  of  dawn— Jesus  stood  on  the  beach  : 
howbeit  the  disciples  knew  not  that  it  was  Jesus. 
Even  though  their  hearts  must  have  been  full  of 

8—2 


116  The  revelation  gained  by 

Him,  there  was  nothing  in  the  Stranger  a  hundred 
yards  off  by  the  waterside  to  suggest  that  this 
was  He.  Nor  did  His  voice  reveal  Him  to  them 
as  at  first  to  Mary  Magdalene.  He  would  now 
manifest  Himself  in  some  other  way,  not  by  the 
personal  address,  not  by  the  prints  of  nail  and 
spear,  but  by  His  works  to  the  seeing  heart.  So 
the  command  was  given  and  obeyed.  The  bless 
ing  followed ;  and  at  once  the  disciple  whom  Jesus 
loved — he  who  was  in  closest  sympathy  with  Him 
— saith  unto  Peter,  It  is  the  Lord,  not  '  my  Lord ' 
or  '  our  Lord/  still  less  '  our  Master,'  but  with  the 
fullest  recognition  of  His  authority,  It  is  the  Lord. 
Tried  by  the  ordinary  processes  of  reasoning,  the 
conclusion  was  precarious.  But  there  is  a  logic  of 
the  soul  which  deals  with  questions  of  the  higher 
life,  and  St  John  trusted  it.  He  recognised  the 
insight,  the  power,  the  love  which  belonged  to 
One  only.  And  when  the  truth  found  utterance 
the  others  acknowledged  it. 

The  sign  was  given :  the  lesson  was  read :  the 
net/wW  of  great  fishes  was  drawn  unbroken  to  the 
land.  Part  of  the  prize  had  been  rendered  to  the 
Lord.  Then  followed  a  new  marvel.  Jesus  saith 
unto  them,  Come  and  breakfast:  'breakfast'  and 
not  'dine,'  as  in  preparation  for  the  day's  work 
and  not  in  refreshment  after  it.  The  disciples 
had  seen  a  fire  when  they  landed  and  fish  laid 


the  interpretation  of  acts.  117 

thereon  and  bread.  He  who  had  asked  them  for  vi. 
meat  and  had  taken  of  what  they  had  caught  had 
not  needed  their  assistance.  But  Christ  demands 
much  when  He  is  about  to  do  much.  And  while 
they  had  worked,  He  had  provided  for  them.  He 
required  their  labour  and  not  the  fruits  of  their 
labour.  He  was  Himself  their  host,  waiting  to 
give  rather  than  to  receive.  By  this  fresh  act 
they  saw  again  who  the  Stranger  must  be.  They 
would  without  doubt  gladly  have  heard  from  His 
own  lips  the  familiar  words,  '  It  is  I.'  But  it  was 
His  will  at  present  to  speak  only  by  what  He 
did.  And  none  of  the  disciples  durst  inquire 
of  Him,  Who  art  Thou?  knowing  that  it  was 
the  Lord.  Then  once  again  as  He  had  fed  the 
multitudes  by  their  hand,  on  the  borders  of  the 
same  lake,  He  now  feeds  them :  He  cometh  and 
taketh  the  bread  and  giveth  them,  and  the  fish 
likewise. 

It  would  be  easy  to  point  out  spiritual  types 
in  the  circumstances  of  this  morning  meal  of  the 
Lord,  which  stands  in  striking  contrast  to  the 
Last  Supper,  but  such  topics  are  best  reserved  for 
private  study.  It  is  more  important  now  that  we 
should  notice  the  conditions  under  which  the 
Lord  was  manifested  this  third  time  to  the  repre 
sentatives  of  His  Church.  All  the  revelations  of 
the  Risen  Christ  are,  as  we  have  seen,  helps 


118        Christ  seen  in  His  acts  by  faith. 

TI.  towards  the  realisation  of  His  true  but  invisible 
Presence  with  ourselves ;  and  this  one  teaches  us 
to  know  Him  both  in  the  history  of  the  Church 
and  in  the  brief  course  of  our  own  lives  by  the 
blessings  which  follow  obedience  to  His  word.  It 
appears  that  even  to  the  last  the  disciples  '  knew 
'  the  Lord '  only  through  the  interpretation  which 
they  put  upon  their  own  experience.  Not  till 
afterwards  did  Christ  speak  so  as  to  shew  Him 
self  to  them  in  word.  The  meal,  as  it  seems, 
was  eaten  in  silence.  No  thanksgiving  was  pro 
nounced.  The  revelation,  as  has  been  already 
said,  was  clear  to  the  seeing  heart.  Without 
patient  obedience,  without  cheerful  labour,  with 
out  loving  insight,  those  to  whom  the  Lord  came 
would  not  have  known  Him.  He  would  have 
been  to  them  only  as  one  mere  chance  wayfarer 
who  had  crossed  their  path.  This  is  the  uniform 

John  xiv.  law.  The  world  beholdeth  Me  no  more,  but  ye 
behold  Me,  is  the  final  promise  to  the  faithful. 

John  ii.  ii.  At  His  first  miracle  Christ  manifested  His  glory, 
and  His  disciples — His  disciples  and  not  others — 
believed  on  Him.  Here  at  His  last  miracle  He 
manifested  Himself,  He  was  manifested,  according 
to  His  pleasure,  and  faith  apprehended  Him.  It 
was  in  vain  that  His  brethren,  in  a  moment  of 

Johnvii.  4.  unbelief,  bade  Him  manifest  Himself  to  the  world. 
From  the  world  which  has  not  the  will  to  obey,  or 


The  condition  of  waiting.  119 

the  eye  to  see,  the  true  Christ,  the  Risen  Christ,        vr. 
must  be  always  hidden. 

The  lesson  is  one  which  we  cannot  afford  to 
neglect.  Day  by  day  the  circumstances  of  that 
night  and  that  morning  on  the  Galilsean  lake  are 
being  repeated  among  ourselves.  Signs  of  Christ's 
Presence  are  offered  to  us  which  we  can  read  or 
leave  unregarded.  And  if  we  would  look  upon 
Him,  as  He  stands  on  the  solid  shore  while  we 
are  still  tossed  upon  the  waters,  we  must  wait 
and  work  and  obey.  Then,  though  the  night  be 
long,  He  will  manifest  Himself  to  us  as  the  day 

breaks. 

^ 

We  must  wait.  If  we  reflect,  this  is  perhaps 
the  lesson  of  the  Great  Forty  Days,  which  will 
strike  us  most.  The  weeks  of  silence  which  in 
tervened  in  that  brief  period  of  watching  are 
marvellously  eloquent.  And  as  it  was  then  it  is 
still.  We  cannot  prescribe  the  time  for  the 
Divine  Appearance.  Perhaps  we  need  to  learn 
and  to  feel  that  we  are  alone.  There  are  seasons 
in  the  history  of  the  Church  and  in  our  own  lives 
when  there  is  no  open  vision.  There  are  seasons  T  Sam- 
again  of  refreshment  and  preparation,  when  the 
voice  of  the  Lord  comes  to  us  above  the  storm,  it 
may  be,  or  through  the  still  calm.  But  Christ  is 
no  nearer  at  one  time  than  at  the  other,  and  our 


1 20  The  conditions  of  working 

vi.        one  prayer  should  rise  unceasingly :  Speak,  Lord, 
i  Sum.  in.  for  Thy  servant  heareth,  as  Thou  wilt,  when  Thou 
wilt 

We  must  work.  We  must  pursue  our  ap 
pointed  task,  till  a  new  command  comes.  It  may 
seem  a  poor  and  dull  thing  to  go  back  from 
scenes  of  great  excitement  and  lofty  expectation 
to  simple  duties  which  belonged  to  an  earlier 
time.  But  that,  we  see,  is  the  method  of  God. 
Perhaps  it  will  be  through  these  that  the  higher 
call  will  come:  perhaps  no  higher  call  will  ever 
come  to  us.  But  our  duty  is  still  the  same.  We 
cannot  tell  the  value  of  any  particular  service 
either  for  the  society  or  for  our  own  training. 
Much  must  be  done  to  the  end  of  the  workman's 
life,  which  is  a  preparation  only.  The  Baptist 
continued  to  labour  as  he  had  first  laboured, 
John  iii.  though  he  knew  and  confessed,  I  must  decrease. 

We  must  obey.  The  order  is  given  at  last 
(so  we  are  inclined  to  fancy),  at  an  ill-chosen 
moment.  We  are  wearied  with  long  arid  fruitless 
toil.  The  favourable  time  has  passed.  We  think 
that  experience  has  made  us  acquainted  with  the 
conditions  of  hope,  and  we  hope  no  longer.  More 
over  the  order  is  given  by  one  whom  we  do  not 
recognise.  But  nevertheless  it  is  clear  and  pre 
cise.  We  remember  past  crises  not  unlike  that 
in  which  we  are  placed,  when  such  an  order  was 


and  of  obedience.  121 

proved  to  be  divine.  And  happy  are  we  if  we  vi. 
dare  to  trust  the  bidding  which  sounds  in  our 
hearts,  to  acknowledge  the  special  call  which 
brings  home  to  us  that  vague,  general,  Presence 
in  which  we  profess  to  believe.  Then  in  the 
sequel  of  late  and  unlooked  for  success,  as  it  may 
be,  we  shall  know  Him  from  whom  it  came. 

In  one  sense  it  will  be  always  true  that  we 
shall  toil  in  the  night :  true  that  the  gathering  of 
the  Church  will  be  in  the  night:   true  that  we 
shall  be  tempted  to  say  within  ourselves,  We  have 
taken  nothing.    Even  so  we  can  strive,  God  helping 
us,  to  win  our  own  souls  in  patience)  and  to  win  Luke  xii. 
souls  for  Him,  till  the  day  break  and  the  shadows  " 
depart,    waiting,    working,    obeying;    and  on  the 
Great  Morning,  when  there  shall  be  no  more  sea,  Apoc.  xxi. 
no   more   storm  and  peril  and  change,  the  Lord 
will  stand  ready  to  welcome  us  with  the  gifts  of 
His  eternal  Kingdom ;  whence,  even  now,  though 
unseen,   He   beholds   every   disappointment    and 
every  effort. 

In  the  meantime,  during  our  brief  space  of 
toil,  by  unexpected  and  strange  ways,  His  promise 
finds  fulfilment.  He  does  not  leave  His  people 
desolate,  though  they  do  not  always  or  at  once 
recognise  their  visitation.  Not  once  or  twice  only, 
but  as  often  the  cleansed  eye  is  turned  to  revolu 
tions  of  society  or  to  revolutions  of  thought,  to  the 


122  Christ  comes. 

breaking  of  a  new  day  over  the  restless  waters  of 
life,  the  believer  knows  by  an  access  of  power,  of 
knowledge,  of  love,  that  His  words  are  true : 
/  come  to  you. 


VII. 

THE  REVELATION  THROUGH  ACTIVE 
WORK. 


"Ore  OYN   Hp/CTHCAN    Aerei    TO>  ZIMCONI  FTerpcp  6 

OyC    ZlMCON   NOOANOY,  AfAHAC     MG     TTAeON     TOYTCON  ; 

Aepei   AYTCO  NAI,  Kypie,  cy   O?AAC   on   4>iAo>  ce.      Aepei 

O)     BdcKG     TA    ApNIA    MOy.        Aef6l     AYTCO    HAAlN     AGY- 

ZIMOOM  'IOWJOY,  AfAnAc  Me;  Ae'rei  AYTOJ  NAI'; 
,  CY  OI'AAC  OTI  cj)iAco  ce.  Aepei  AYTC!)  Ho /MAIN  e  TA 
rrpoBATiA  MOY.  Ae'rei  AYTCO  TO  rp/TON  Z/MCON  NCOANOY, 
(J)iAe?c  Me ;  eAYnnGH  6  fferpoc  OTI  elrreN  AYTCO  TO 
TpiTON  4>iAeTc  Me ;  KAI  elneN  AYTO>  Kfpie,  HANTA  CY 
oTAAC,  CY  riN03CKeic  OTI  (J)iA(o  ce.  Aerei  AYTCO  MHCOYC 
BdcKe  TA  npc-BATiA  MOY.  AMHN  AMHN  Ae'rco  coi,  ore 
HC  NecoTepoc,  ezcoNNYec  CGAYTON  KAI  nepienATeic  onoy 
HGeAec  OTAN  Ae  rnpACHC,  eKTeNeic  TAC  yeTpAc  COY, 
KAI  A'AAOC  zcocei  ce  KAI  oi'cei  onoy  oy  GeAeic.  TOYTO 

At   eiTTCN    CHMA/NOON    no/0)    6ANATO)    AolAC€l    TON 

KAI  TOYTO  eino^N  Ae'rei  AYTOJ  'AKoAoyGei  MOI. 


125 


So  when  they  had  broken  their  fast,  Jesus  saith  to  Simon 
Peter  Simon,  son  of  John,  lovest  thou  me  more  than  these  ? 
lie  saith  unto  him,  Yea,  Lord;  thou  knowest  that  I  love 
thee.  He  saith  unto  him,  Feed  my  lambs.  He  saith  to  him 
again  a  second  time,  Simon,  son  of  John,  lovest  thou  me? 
He  saith  unto  him,  Yea,  Lord;  thou  knowest  that  I  love 
thee.  He  saith  unto  him,  Tend  my  sheep.  He  saith  unto 
him  the  third  time,  Simon,  son  of  John,  lovest  thou  me? 
Peter  was  grieved  because  he  said  unto  him  the  third  time, 
Lovest  thou  me  ?  And  he  said  unto  him,  Lord,  thou  knowest 
all  things  ;  thou  knowest  that  I  love  thee.  Jesus  saith  unto 
him,  Feed  my  sheep.  Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  thee,  When 
thou  wast  young,  thou  girdedst  thyself,  and  walkedst  whither 
thou  wouldest :  but  when  thou  shalt  be  old,  thou  shalt  stretch 
forth  thy  hands,  and  another  shall  gird  thee,  and  carry  thee 
whitJier  thou  wouldest  not.  Now  this  he  spake,  signifying  by 
what  manner  of  death  he  should  glorify  God.  And  when  fa 
had  spoken  this,  he  saith  unto  him,  Follow  me. 

JOHN  xxi.  15 — 19. 


TH  CTTOyAH  MH   OKNHpOi,   Tcu   TTNeyMATI   Z60NT6C,   TO> 

AoyAeyoNTec. 


In  diligence  not  slothful  ;  fervent  in  spirit  ;  serving 
Lord. 

ROM.  xii.  11. 


THE  REVELATION  IN  TEE  WORK  OF  LIFE: 
THE  SERVICE  OF  WORKING. 

"V\TE   have  seen   that   the  Revelation  of  the       vn. 

Risen  Lord  by  the  sea  of  Tiberias  shews 
in  a  figure  the  general  character  of  the  apostolic 
work — a  work  laid  upon  all  Christians  in  different 
ways — and  of  the  light  that  comes  through  it : 
how  that  waiting,  labouring,  obeying,  the  servants 
of  the  Lord  will  in  due  time  know  that  He  is 
with  them  by  gifts  of  success  and  by  gifts  of 
refreshment.  This  universal  lesson  is  illustrated 
in  the  sequel  of  the  narrative  by  a  portraiture  of 
two  great  types  of  apostolic  service,  the  service 
of  active  energy  and  the  service  of  patient  wait 
ing,  the  service  of  St  Peter  and  the  service  of  St 
John,  the  one  consummated  in  the  martyrdom  of 
death,  the  other  wrought  out  to  the  end  in  the 
martyrdom  of  life. 

In  this  respect  the  second  part  of  the  history 
develops   what   has   been   indicated  in  the  first. 


128  Two  forms  of  service 

For  the  characteristic  differences  of  the  two 
apostles,  of  the  two  forms  of  service,  can  be  seen 
in  the  circumstances  of  the  miracle.  St  John  was 
the  first  to  recognise  the  Lord  from  the  fisher's 
boat,  but  St  Peter  was  the  first  to  join  Him.  It 
was  enough  for  St  John  to  know  that  the  Lord 
was  near,  and  to  guard  the  prize  which  He  had 
given,  and  to  tarry  till  in  due  order  he  was  carried 
to  His  feet.  But  St  Peter  could  bear  no  delay. 
Even  if  the  ship  was  not  far  from  the  land  he 
must  cast  himself  into  the  sea  that  he  might  by 
however  little  be  sooner  with  the  Lord.  On  the 
one  side  there  is  the  clear  vision  which  looks 
straight  to  the  heart  of  things,  the  calm  trust 
which  reposes  in  the  Divine  guidance,  the  self- 
sacrifice  in  which  self  is  forgotten.  On  the  other 
side  there  is  the  prompt  resolve  which  takes  no 
count  of  the  cost,  the  courageous  activity  which 
dares  all  things,  the  self-sacrifice  in  which  self  is 
offered.  Both  types  of  service  are  consecrated ; 
and  it  is  well  that  we  should  recognise  both  with 
equal  thankfulness. 

When  they  had  broken  their  fast,  we  read, 
Jesus  saith  to  Simon  Peter,  Simon,  son  of  John, 
lovest  thou  me  more  than  these,  more  that  is 
than  these  thy  fellow  disciples,  whose  love  is  seen 
in  their  silent  devotion.  Every  word  was  charged 
with  a  fulness  of  meaning.  The  name  so  spoken 


The  question  and  answer.  129 

— Simon  son  of  John — recalled  the  two  noblest       vii. 

moments  in  the  apostle's  life,  the  one  when  he 

was   first   brought   to   Christ,    and    Jesus   looked  John  i. 

upon  him   and  said,  Thou  art  Simon  the  son  of 

John,  thou   shalt  be  called  Cephas.      The  other, 

when  after  his  great  confession,  Jesus  said  unto  Matt.  xvi. 

him,  Blessed  art  thou,  Simon  Bar-Jonah,  for  flesh  I7' 

and  Uood  hath  not  revealed  it  unto  thee,  but  my 

Father  which  is  in  heaven.     And  I  also  say  unto 

thee,   That  thou   art   Peter,  and   upon    this  rock 

I  will  build  my  Church.      Had  he  then  justified 

this  name — the  Rock-man  ?     He  had  ventured  to 

say  on   the  Eve  of  the  Passion,  If  all  shall  fceMatt.xxvi 

offended  in  Thee,  I  will  never  be  offended.      Lord  ?3i 

M  John  xm, 

.../  will  lay  down  my  life  for  Thee.  How  had  37- 
he  fulfilled  these  bold  promises  ?  We  can  all  feel 
that  the  swift  retrospect  thus  called  up  must  have 
been  full  of  sadness.  But  at  the  same  time  it 
brought  an  opportunity  for  a  humbler  expression 
of  attachment.  The  love  of  which  Christ  spoke 
was  something  absolute,  heavenly,  eternal :  St 
Peter  had  not,  as  he  had  painfully  learnt,  reached 
to  the  pure  heights  of  such  love,  but  even  in  the 
depths  of  his  sorrow  and  humiliation  he  was  sure 
of  his  personal  affection.  He  raises  now  no  ques 
tion  of  comparison  with  others.  He  will  not  even 
trust  to  his  own  self-knowledge.  He  appeals  to 
Christ  Himself  as  witness  to  his  words.  Yea, 
w.  9 


130          The  first  and  second  charges. 

vn.  Lord,  thou  knowest  that  I  love  Thee — love  Thee, 
not  as  Thou  requirest,  not  as  I  would,  but  with 
a  true  devotion.  St  Peter  on  this  occasion  had 
not  overrated  his  strength,  and  so  he  was  able  to 
receive  the  Lord's  commission ;  He  saith  unto 
him,  Feed  my  lambs.  The  fisher's  work  was  to 
be  followed  by  the  shepherd's  work.  Those  who 
were  brought  within  the  Church  were  to  be 
watched  with  untiring  solicitude. 

The  first,  the  simplest  part  of  the  apostolic 
charge,  is  to  provide  Christ's  little  ones  with  that 
which  is  needed  for  their  support ;  but  it  is  not 
all.  He  saith  to  him  again  a  second  time,  Simon, 
son  of  John,  lovest  thou  me  ?  The  Lord  repeats 
the  word  for  '  love '  which  He  had  used  before, 
but  He  no  longer  adds  the  reference  to  the 
apostle's  abandoned  claim,  '  more  than  these.'  So 
far  He  accepts  his  confession  while  He  proves  it 
still  further.  St  Peter  however  has  nothing  to 
change,  nothing  to  add.  His  answer  is  literally 
the  same  as  before.  Tea,  Lord,  Thou  knowest  that 
I  love  Thee.  At  once  a  new  charge  follows.  He 
saith  to  him,  Tend — shepherd  (not  simply  feed) — 
my  sheep  (not  lambs).  If  there  are  the  young  and 
the  weak  and  the  ignorant  to  be  fed,  there  are 
also  the  mature  and  the  vigorous  to  be  guided.  The 
shepherd  must  rule  no  less  than  feed.  And  to  do 
this  wisely  and  well  is  a  harder  work  than  the  first. 


The  trial  of  the  third  question.          131 

Yet  something  more  remained.     The  proof  of      vii. 
St  Peter  was  not  yet  completed,  the  office  of  St 
Peter  was  not  yet  fully  set  forth.     He  saith  unto 
him  the  third  time,  Simon,  son  of  John,  lovest  thou 
Me — and  now  the  Lord  used  the  apostle's  own 
word  for  love— lovest  thou  Me,  that  is,  as  thou 
sayest  thyself,  and  not  as  I  asked  before  ?  lovest 
thou  Me  with  the  affection  which  will  give  up  all 
for  a  friend  ?     The  form  of  the  question  could  not 
but  touch  St  Peter  to  the  quick.     If  the  three 
questions  recalled  his  three  denials,  the  language 
of  this  last  must  have  vividly  brought  back  to 
him  his  failure  even  in  personal  devotion  at  the 
moment  of  trial.      Peter  was  grieved  because  He 
said  unto  him   the  third    time,   Lovest   thou   me, 
not  merely  that  the  question  was  put  again,  but 
that  it  was  so  put  as  to  cast  a  doubt  even  on  the 
modified  love  which  he  had  professed;   and  the 
strength  of  his  grief  lay  in  the  deep  consciousness 
that  the  doubt  was  justified  by  the  past.     Yet 
even  in  this  extremity  he  has  a  sure  trust.     He 
leaves  out  the  affirmation  which   he   had   made 
before,  and  throws  himself  wholly  upon   Christ. 
Lord,  he   says,    Thou   knowest   all   things— Thou 
knowest  my  false  confidence,  my  bold  words,  my 
miserable  failures,  my  bitter  tears — Thou  knowest 
my  Easter  joy  and  my  patient  waiting  since — 
Thou  knowest  all  things,   and,   at   this   moment 

9—2 


132  The  issue  of  St  Peters  life. 

reading  my  heart  as  I  cannot  read  it,  Thou  seest 
that  I  love  Thee,  love  Thee  even  as  I  said.  The 
appeal  was  not  in  vain.  Jesus  saith  unto  him, 
Feed  my  sheep.  Feed  my  sheep,  as  He  had  said 
before,  Feed  my  lambs  :  'Feed'  and  not ' tend'  or 
'  shepherd '  only.  This  was  the  final  commission  ; 
and  if  it  is  hard  to  guide  the  full-grown  Christian 
with  wise  authority,  it  is  still  harder  to  provide  in 
due  season  that  which  shall  maintain  and  increase 
the  fruitfulness  of  his  life.  But  this  also  belongs 
to  the  shepherd's  work.  Every  ministry  of  tender 
anxiety  and  gentle  forethought  must  be  rendered 
to  the  strong  as  well  as  to  the  weak.  To  do  this 
is  the  highest  and  noblest  triumph  of  pastoral 

care. 

St  Peter  had  learnt  what  he  was  to  do  for 
others :  what,  he  might  ask,  would  be  the  issue 
for  himself.  The  Lord  anticipated  the  inquiry. 
Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  thee,  when  thou  wast 
younger,  thou  girdedst  thyself  and  walkedst  whither 
thou  wouldest:  but  when  thou  shalt  be  old,  thou 
shalt  sir  etch  forth  thy  hands  and  another  shall  gird 
thee,  and  carry  thee  whither  thou  wouldest  not. 
The  words  could  not  but  appear  at  the  time  dark 
and  mysterious.  So  much  could  be  seen  that 
they  told  of  an  end  of  utter  powerlessness,  of  a 
time  when  the  apostle  should  be  helpless  in  the 
hands  of  others,  held  in  bondage  and  incapable  of 


The  type  of  active  service.  133 

resistance.  They  had  a  deeper  and  more  tragic  vn- 
meaning,  which  was  as  yet  hidden ;  but  this  and 
much  more  was  shadowed  out  in  the  two  words 
which  the  Lord  added :  When  He  had  spoken  this, 
He  saith  unto  him,  Follow  me :  follow  Me,  though 
hereafter  the  spiritual  eye  alone  will  see  Me: 
follow  Me,  though  the  way,  as  far  as  it  is  opened, 
will  seem  strange :  follow  Me,  though  the  end,  as 
far  as  this  earth  is  concerned,  will  be  death  upon 
the  Cross. 

The  narrative  read  thus  simply  and  literally 
presents,  in  a  most  impressive  shape,  the  founda 
tion,  the  character,  the  issue  of  the  active  service 
of  Christ.  The  foundation  is  love :  the  character 
is  considerate  thoughtfulness :  the  issue  is  self- 
surrender.  The  lessons  are,  no  doubt,  in  the 
fullest  sense  for  those  to  whom  the  oversight  of 
Christ's  flock  is  committed ;  but  in  a  most  true 
sense  they  are  for  all  to  whom  God  has  given 
energy  and  strength,  the  power  of  action  and  the 
zeal  for  movement. 

Love,  love  to  Christ,  which  is  the  one  sure 
spring  of  love  to  men,  is  the  foundation  of  service. 
It  is  the  first  condition  of  the  divine  charge,  and 
the  second,  and  the  third.  It  is  the  spirit  of  the 
new  Covenant  which  burns  not  to  consume  but  to 
purify.  In  the  prospect  of  work  for  others  or 


134  The  service  of  love, 

vii.  for  ourselves  we  can  always  hear  the  one  question 
in  the  stillness  of  our  souls,  '  Lovest  thou  me  ? ' 
Love  may  not,  cannot,  be  attained  in  its  fulness 
at  once;  but  the  Person  of  Christ,  if  indeed  we 
see  Him  as  He  is  presented  to  us  in  the  Gospels, 
will  kindle  that  direct  affection  out  of  which  it 
comes.  If  our  hearts  were  less  dull  we  could  not 
study  the  changing  scenes  of  His  unchanging  love, 
or  attempt  to  describe  them  to  others,  without 
answering  the  silent  appeal  which  they  make  to 
us  in  St  Peter's  words:  Lord,  Thou  knowest  that 
I  love  Thee ;  yes,  and  still  more,  these  which  are 
Thine  and  not  mine,  these  who  fall  under  my 
influence  in  the  various  relations  of  life,  for  Thy 
sake. 

The  foundation  of  service  is  love,  the  rule  of 
service  is  thought-fulness.  If  we  are  to  do  Christ's 
work  we  must  consider  more  patiently  than  we 
commonly  do  the  requirements  of  those  whom  we 
have  to  serve.  There  is  not  one  method,  one  voice 
for  all.  Here  there  is  need  of  the  tenderest  sim 
plicity  :  there  of  the  wisest  authority :  there  of 
the  ripest  result  of  long  reflection.  The  true 
teacher,  and  as  Christians  we  are  all  teachers,  will 
temper  the  application  of  his  experience  with 
anxious  care.  It  is  to  our  great  loss,  we  must  all 
sadly  confess,  that  we  forget  now  the  lambs  and 
now  the  sheep  of  Christ's  flock.  The  former  too 


thoughtfulness  and  self -surrender.          135 

often  perish  through  our  grievous  fault  for  lack  of      vu. 
food,  and  the  latter  for  lack  of  guidance. 

The  service  which  rests  on  love  and  is  ruled 
by  thoughtfulness  issues  in  self-surrender.  The 
impetuous  vigour  of  early  days  loses  its  self-con 
fidence  without  losing  its  strength.  The  servant 
who  has  wrought  much  for  his  Lord  has  learned 
to  trust  Him.  His  joy  is  when  no  choice  is  left: 
his  freedom  is  to  give  up  his  own  desire.  The 
sentence  which  sounds  at  first  like  a  sentence  of 
hopeless  bondage  receives  a  new  meaning.  As  the 
outward  man  is  confined  more  and  more  closely, 
the  inward  man,  by  God's  grace,  grows  to  fuller 
proportions.  And  he  to  whom  Christ  speaks  can 
interpret  as  a  last  promise  of  conformity  to  Him 
self  the  solemn  words:  Another  shall  gird  thee, 
and  carry  thee  whither  thou  wouldest  not. 

The  tradition  of  the  death  of  St  Peter  offers 
a  striking  commentary  on  the  thoughts  which 
are  thus  suggested.  On  the  eve  of  his  martyrdom, 
as  it  is  said,  the  friends  of  the  apostle  obtained 
the  means  for  his  escape.  They  pleaded  the  deso 
lation  of  the  Church.  He  may  have  remembered 
his  deliverance  by  the  angel  from  Herod's  prison. 
And  so  he  yielded  to  their  prayers.  The  city  was 
now  left  and  he  was  hastening  along  the  Appian 
way,  when  the  Lord  met  him.  Lord,  whither 
goest  thou  ?  was  his  one  eager  question ;  and  the 


om. 


136  St  Peter's  Martyrd 

reply  followed,  <  I  go  to  Rome  to  be  crucified  again 
'  for  thee.' 

Next  morning  the  prisoner  was  found  by  the 
keepers  in  his  cell;  and  St  Peter  gained  the 
fulfilment  of  the  Lord's  words  and  followed  Him 
even  to  the  cross. 

The  tradition  may  be  only  a  thought  clothed 
in  an  outward  dress,  but  it  gathers  up  with  singu 
lar  power  and  beauty  the  sum  of  what  has  been 
said.  If  that  Divine  Figure  rises  before  us  in  the 
crisis  of  our  trial,  service  will  be  transfigured  by 
the  glory  of  Him  who  came  not  to  be  ministered 
unto,  but  to  minister.  So  looking  to  Christ  we 
shall  come  to  understand  little  by  little  the  mean 
ing  of  His  command,  sufficient  alone  to  move,  to 
guide,  to  support,  Follow  Me. 


VIII. 

THE   REVELATION   THROUGH  PATIENT 
WAITING. 


138 


^EnicTPACJ)eic    d    TTerpoc   BAenei  TON   MAGHTHN  ON 

nA    0   Income    AKOAOY00YNTA,     OC    KAI    ANenCCCN    eN 

TO)  AeinNcp  en)  TO  cmeoc  AYTOY  KAI  eTneN  Kfpie,  TIC 
€CTIN  6  TTAp6\AiAoYc  ce  ;  TOYTON  OYN  IAOC.N  d  TTeTpoc 
Aepei  TO)  NHCOY  Kfpie,  OYTOC  Ae  TI;  Aepei  AYTO)  6 
IHCOYC  TAN  AYTON  OeAoo  MGNEIN  eoac  epyoMAi,  TI  npoc 
ce;  CY  MOI  AKoAoYOei.  'ElHAGeN  OYN  OYTOC  d  Adpoc 
eic  TOYC  AAeAc{)OYc  OTI  d  MAOHTHC  eKeiNOc  OYK  AHO- 
GNHCKei.  OYK  eTneN  Ae  AYTO>  d  'Income  OTI  OYK 
AnoONHCKei,  AAA"EAN  AY'TON  GeAoo  MeNeiN  eo^c 
MAI,  TI'  npoc  ce ; 


139 


Peter,  turning  about,  seeth  the  disciple  whom  Jesus  loved 
following ;  which  also  leaned  back  on  his  breast  at  the  sup 
per,  and  said,  Lord,  who  is  he  that  betrayeth  thee  ?  Peter 
therefore  seeing  him  saith  to  Jesus,  Lord,  and  what  shall 
this  man  do  ?  Jesus  saith  unto  him,  If  I  will  that  he  tarry 
till  I  come,  what  is  that  to  thee  ?  follow  thou  me.  This  say 
ing  therefore  went  forth  among  the  brethren,  that  that  disciple 
should  not  die :  yet  Jesus  said  not  unto  him,  that  he  should 
not  die  ;  but,  If  I  will  that  he  tarry  till  1  come,  what  is  that 
to  thee  ? 

JOHN  xxi.  20—23. 


TH   eAni'Ai  yAi'poNTec,  TH  GArfei  ynoMeNONTec,  TH 


Rejoicing  in  hope;  patient  in  tribulation;  continuing 
stcdfastly  in  prayer. 

ROM.  xii.  12. 


THE  REVELATION  IN  THE  WORK  OF  LIFE: 
THE  SERVICE  OF  WAITING. 


last  record  of  St  John's  Gospel  brings  vin. 
before  us  a  singular  phase  of  early  Christian 
thought  and  of  early  Christian  error.  There  was, 
as  we  know  from  the  Epistles,  a  widely-spread 
belief  in  the  apostolic  age  that  the  Lord  would 
return  in  glory  before  the  first  generation  of  be 
lievers  had  passed  away,  to  exercise  His  power  as 
Judge  and  King  over  the  world.  The  belief  was 
true  in  its  spiritual  essence,  but  false  so  far  as  it  was 
clothed  by  human  enthusiasm  in  a  material  shape. 
The  Lord  did  come  at  the  time  expected.  He  did 
execute  vengeance  and  assume  sovereignty,  but 
otherwise  than  men  had  dreamt.  So  it  always 
has  been  :  so,  we  must  conclude,  it  always  will  be. 
The  comings  of  the  Lord  are  not  such  events  as 
we  look  for.  Perhaps  they  are  unregarded  by 
those  who  witness  them  ;  but  they  are  not  there 
fore  less  real  or  less  momentous. 

In  this  respect  the  fulfilment  of  the  words  of 
Christ,  in  which  He  said  that  some  who  heard 


142  The  coming  of  the  Lord. 

vni.  Him  should  'not  taste  of  death  till  the  Son  of 
'  man  came  in  His  kingdom/  may  help  us  to  inter 
pret  other  crises. 

We  can  now  perhaps  with  some  difficulty  un 
derstand  in  part  what  the  destruction  of  the  Holy 
City — that  shaking  not  of  the  earth  only  but  also 
of  heaven — was  for  those  who  had  been  reared  in 
Judaism  ;  how  that  terrible  catastrophe  closed  a 
period  in  the  divine  revelation ;  how  the  Christian 
Church  became  thenceforth  the  sole  appointed 
seat  of  God's  Presence  with  men :  how  a  society, 
universal  in  its  teaching  and  constitution  and 
range,  was  substituted  finally  and  for  ever  in 
place  of  that  which  had  prepared  the  way  for  it. 
We  can,  I  say,  see  this  now,  and  acknowledge  the 
coming  of  the  Lord,  when  distant -objects  appear 
in  their  true  proportions — and  it  will  be  well  if 
the  lesson  helps  us  to  know  the  day  of  our  visita 
tion — but  the  first  Christians,  in  the  confusion  of 
their  conflicts,  could  not  see  it.  They  had  de 
cided  in  what  way  Christ  should  come,  and  so 
looked  for  the  establishment  of  their  own  belief 
and  not  of  His  promise.  When  St  John  alone 
remained  of  the  twelve,  they  still  clung  to  their 
fancies,  and  they  found  in  words  addressed  to  him 
a  confirmation  of  their  error.  The  saying  went 
forth  among  the  brethren  that  that  disciple  should 
not  die.  He  at  least,  so  they  supposed,  would 


Following  and  waiting.  143 

remain  alive  on  earth  to  meet  the  returning  vm. 
Lord ;  and  so  strong  was  the  conviction  that  even 
when  the  apostle  was  laid  to  rest,  it  was  reported 
for  centuries  that  the  dust  above  his  grave  was 
gently  moved  by  the  breathing  of  the  saint  be 
neath  not  dead  but  sleeping.  St  John  had  heard 
of  the  wrong  use  which  had  been  made  of  Christ's 
words  and  in  the  passage  before  us  he  corrects  it. 
The  mode  of  correction  is  remarkable.  For  he 
corrects  the  popular  error  not  by  any  argument, 
not  by  any  fresh  interpretation,  not  by  any  de 
cision  of  authority,  but  simply  by  repeating  the 
actual  phrase  which  was  spoken.  It  might  be 
that  the  Lord  had  some  purpose  with  regard  to 
him  which  he  could  not  anticipate.  At  any  rate 
it  was  not  his  part  to  determine  beforehand  all 
that  He  must  mean.  The  whole  Truth  was  in 
His  own  language.  To  keep  to  that  faithfully 
and  patiently  was  to  avoid  error.  Jesus  said  not 
unto  him  that  he  should  not  die,  but  If  I  will  that 
he  tarry  till  I  come,  what  is  that  to  thee  ? 

As  the  Evangelist  recalled  the  words  he  laid 
open  the  secret  of  his  own  life.  For  when  we 
look  back  we  can  perceive  how  the  two  mysterious 
sentences  spoken  on  that  early  morning  by  the 
sea  of  Tiberias,  '  Follow  thou  me/  '  If  I  will  that 
'  he  tarry  till  I  come,'  describe  the  destinies  of  the 
two  representative  apostles,  of  whom  they  were 


144  The  silence  of  St  Johns  life 

vm.  spoken ;  how  they  were  fulfilled  more  than  in  the 
letter ;  how  they  mark  two  types  of  service  which 
must  always  be  rendered,  if  the  Church  is  to 
reconcile  order  with  progress,  the  service  of  work 
ing  and  the  service  of  waiting,  the  service  of 
action  and  the  service  of  thought,  the  service  of 
outward  effort  fashioned  after  the  likeness  of 
Christ's  Passion  and  the  service  of  inward  medita 
tion  directed  to  the  vision  of  Christ's  coming,  the 
one,  as  has  been  well  said,  symbolised  in  the 
promise  of  the  Cross,  and  the  other  in  the  promise 
of  the  Apocalypse. 

We  have  already  touched  upon  the  service  of 
St  Peter.  We  have  yet  to  consider  the  service  of 
St  John.  And  there  is  something  at  first  sight  most 
strange  in  the  place  which  St  John  occupies  in  the 
apostolic  records.  He  appears  three  times  only  in 
the  history  after  the  Ascension,  and  then  simply 
by  the  side  of  St  Peter.  His  brother  James  was 
taken  as  the  first  martyr  among  the  apostles,  but 
he  was  himself  untouched.  St  Peter  declared  the 
reception  of  the  Gentiles  to  the  apostles  and 
brethren  at  Jerusalem,  but  he  is  silent.  St  Paul 
recounted  his  work,  but  he  is  silent  still.  He  had 
received  for  his  charge  the  mother  of  the  Lord, 
and  perhaps  he  remained  apart  in  his  Galilaean 
home  pondering  over  the  mysteries  which  that 
charge  brought  nearer  to  him,  and  finding  little 


tarrying  till  the  Lord  came.  145 

by  little  the  full  meaning  of  that  which  he  had      vm. 
seen   and    handled,  as   the   Truth   was    partially 
embodied  by  men : 

"What  first  were  guessed  as  points  lie  then  knew  stars." 

However  it  was,  for  thirty  years  or  more  he  re 
mained  in  silence.  Some  might  have  thought 
that  he  had  been  wrongly  named,  or  admitted  in 
vain  to  the  closest  fellowship  with  his  Master.  But 
when  the  time  was  fully  come  the  Apocalypse 
proved  that  he  had  not  ceased  to  be  a  son  of 
Thunder;  and  yet  later  his  Gospel  shewed  in 
every  line  the  insight  of  the  disciple  whom 
Jesus  loved.  He  tarried  till  the  Lord  came,  and 
then  he  was  prepared  to  do  the  work  which  could 
not  have  been  done  before,  and  (we  may  dare  to 
say)  which  could  not  have  been  done  without 
such  a  preparation. 

What  this  work  was  which  was  thus  slowly 
matured  we  can  in  some  way  imagine  by  re 
moving  the  Fourth  Gospel  from  the  New  Testa 
ment  and  then  counting  our  loss.  Without  it  we 
might  have  asked,  half  sadly,  as  men  have  asked, 
whether  our  faith  was  not  fashioned  by  St  Paul, 
whether  there  was  indeed  any  anticipation  in  the 
Lord's  own  words  of  the  issues  of  His  work, 
whether  He  so  spoke  as  to  meet  the  questionings 
of  a  later  age.  With  it  we  have  for  our  heritage 
w.  10 


xi.  2 


146  Waiting  has 

vni.       what  St  John  found  at  last  in  the  Lord's  teaching 
through   the   discipline   of   his    own    experience, 
thoughts  of  truth  and  unity  and  life  which  satisfy 
the  heart  and  transcend  all  speculation,  thoughts 
John  viii.   made   facts  in  the  Person  of  Christ.     /  am  the 
i2;xiv.20;  fogjit  Qj  the  worid:  I  am  in  my  Father  and  ye  in 
Me  and  I  in   you:   I  am   the  Resurrection  and 
the  Life.      These  divine  utterances  St  John  was 
enabled  to  preserve  for  our  instruction  and  comfort 
as  the   Spirit  called   back  to  him  in  the   silent 
watches  of  his  waiting  what  the  Lord  had  said. 
These  revelations  speak  through  all  time  with  a 
voice   of  strength   for  the    feeble  and  a  voice  of 
peace    for   the    distracted.      The    disciple    Avhom 
Jesus  loved  tarried  till  his  Master  came,  and  when 
He  came  he  was  ready  to  present  Him  to  the 
John  i.4.  world  in  His  glory  that  the  joy  of  believers  might 
be  fulfilled.    In  such  a  way  St  John's  work  of  wait 
ing  was  consummated.     The  long  silence  was  fol 
lowed  by  the  proclamation  of  the  Truth  which 
had  been  silently  realised.     Not  one  hour  of  that 
term  of  stillness,  we  can  feel,  was  lost.    And  as  we 
look  with  thankfulness  to  the  results  of  St  John's 
labour  of  patience  we  may  find  a  lesson  for  our 
selves.     We  can  all,  I  fancy,  sympathise  with  the 
passionate  zeal  and  stirring  energy  of  St  Peter. 
There  is  something  congenial  to  the  spirit  of  our 
times    in    his    bold    movement    and    impetuous 


VIII. 


its  proper  place.  147 

courage.     If  our  hearts  are  touched,  we  are  eager 
to  give  instant  expression  to  our  emotions.     We 
estimate  the  value  of  a  cause  by  its  immediate 
effect.     We  claim  that  convictions  should  at  once 
vindicate  their  reality  by  conquest.     If  one  stands 
by  us  with  eye  and  soul  fixed,  as  we  are  sure,  on 
the  object  of  our  adoration,  calmly  and  silently, 
we  are  inclined  to  ask  with  an  impatient  curiosity, 
strong  it  may  be,  like  St  Peter,  in  the  conscious 
ness   of  our  own  call  to  action,  Lord  and  ivhat 
shall  this  man  do  ?    We  are  tempted  perhaps  to 
make  the  prayer  of  Martha  our  own  :  <  Lord,  dost  Luke*.  4o, 
thou  not  care  that  he  hath  left  us  alone  ?      Bid 
him  that  he  help  us.'     In  such  a  case  it  will  be 
our  happiness  to  hear  the    Lord's  answer  to  St 
Peter,  and  to  welcome  with  meekness  the  Lord's 
reproof:  If  I  will  that  he  tarry  till  I  come,  what 
is  that  to  thee?    Follow  thou  Me.     Each  man  has 
his  own  work  to  do :  this  one  to  serve,  that  one  to 
sit  at  the  Lord's  feet:  this  one  to  follow,  that  one 
to  wait.      The   disposition   rests  with   Him  who 
claims  a  sovereign  power  over  the  destiny  of  His 
disciples,  and  regards  the  well-being  of  all.    And 
just  that  type  of  devout  ministry  is  most  needful 
which  is  most  foreign  to  the  prevailing  bent. 

No  one  who  feels  the  sorrows  of  the  age  would 
wish  to  disparage  the  new  earnestness  which  im 
pels  men  at  present  even  to  undisciplined  and 

10—2 


148  Present  need 

viu.  self-willed  efforts  for  Christ's  sake.  We  say  rather: 
Num.  xi.  Would  God  that  all  the  Lords  people  were 
prophets.  But  there  are  dangers  in  this  tumult  of 
reawakened  life.  Patient  watching  is  too  often 
treated  at  present  with  suspicion  and  stigmatized 
as  lukewarmness.  Judgments  on  the  deepest 
mysteries  are  received  without  reflection  and  re 
peated  without  inquiry.  Humility  is  interpreted 
as  a  confession  of  weakness  and  reserve  is  con 
demned  as  a  cloke  for  doubt.  Nothing  brings 
such  sad  misgivings  as  this  hasty,  intolerant  temper, 
peculiar  to  no  one  party  or  class,  which  is  charac 
teristic  of  the  age.  If,  as  we  cannot  but  believe, 
the  Lord  is  even  now  coming  to  His  Church,  we 
shall  be  ill  prepared  to  meet  Him  unless  there  be 
some  among  us  tarrying  for  Him  in  self-con 
centration  and  silence,  looking  to  Him  and  lost  in 
Him:  men  who  dare  to  wait  and  stand  outside  the 
battle  in  which  as  yet  they  have  no  part,  who  dare 
to  hold  their  peace  till  the  meaning  of  the  Spirit 
is  clear,  who  dare  to  refuse  to  accept  the  most 
venerable  human  gloss  as  the  full  and  final  ex 
ponent  of  the  Divine  Word,  which  still  they  may 
be  themselves  quite  unable  to  interpret. 

Those  who  have  studied  the  life  of  the  Church 
have  often  remarked  that  the  history  of  the  apos 
tolic  age  has  been  reproduced  on  a  large  scale  in 
the  history  of  Christendom.  St  Peter,  St  Paul 


of  patient  waiting.  149 

and  St  John  occupy  in  succession  the  principal  vnr. 
place  in  the  first  century,  each  carrying  forward  in 
due  measure  the  work  to  which  he  ministered. 
So,  it  is  said,  we  may  see  the  likeness  of  St  Peter 
in  the  Church  of  the  Middle  Ages,  and  the  likeness 
of  St  Paul  in  the  Churches  of  the  Reformation. 
There  remains  then,  such  is  the  conclusion,  yet 
one  more  type  of  the  Christian  society  to  be  realised 
in  the  world,  which  shall  bear  the  likeness  of  St 
John.  Whether  this  be  so  or  not,  and  many  things 
combine  to  force  upon  us  the  belief  that  we  are 
approaching  some  great  change  of  religious  life, 
the  record  before  us  lays  down  the  one  sure  rule 
for  our  guidance,  whatever  our  special  duty  may 
be.  If  we  are  called  to  action,  Christ  is  the 
Way :  if  we  are  called  to  thought,  Christ  is  the 
Truth.  To  those  His  command  is  '  Follow  Me  : ' 
to  these  '  Tarry  till  I  come.'  Working  or  waiting 
our  steps  will  be  turned  to  Him:  our  souls  will 
hang  on  Him. 

And  waiting,  as  we  must  recognise  and  re 
member,  is  a  sacrifice  of  self,  a  real  martyrdom  no 
less  than  working.  St  John  by  his  long  life,  as 
truly  as  St  James  by  his  early  death,  drank  of  the 
Lord's  Cup  and  shared  in  the  Lord's  Baptism  ac-  Ma.-kx. 
cording  to  His  own  words.  To  win  the  soul  in 
patience,  to  bear  the  trial  of  delays,  to  watch  for 
the  dawn  through  the  chill  hours  which  precede 


150  Souls  won  in  patience. 

it,  to  keep  fresh  and  unsullied  the  great  hope 
that  Christ  will  come,  without  presuming  to  de 
cide  the  fashion  of  His  Coming,  is  a  witness  to  the 
powers  of  the  unseen  world,  which  the  Spirit  of 
God  alone  can  make  possible.  It  is  a  witness 
which  we  need  at  present.  We  ourselves,  or  some 
among  us,  may  be  called  to  give  it :  at  least  we 
are  called  to  pray  that  it  may  be  given.  For  it 
seems  to  offer  the  divine  antidote  to  the  wilfulness 
and  dogmatism  which  threaten  to  paralyse  our 
strength.  Our  differences  will  be  seen  in  their 
proper  dimensions  if  we  stand  as  men  looking  for 
the  Return  of  their  Lord,  if  Advent  awakens  a 
faith  and  not  only  a  memory.  We  shall  learn  to 
tolerate  the  imperfections  of  human  language  if 
we  strive  to  rise  through  words  to  Him  whom 
they  half  veil  and  half  reveal,  perfect  God  and 
perfect  man,  who  was  born  and  died  and  rose 
again  for  us.  We  shall  see  him  even  now  in  the 
consciousness  of  His  Presence,  as  Life  and  Light 
and  Love,  working  or  waiting,  as  it  may  be,  if  we 
bear  about  with  us  the  vital  conviction  that  He 
will  come,  how  we  know  not,  when  we  know  not; 
come  once  more  to  claim  as  His  own  every  frag 
ment  of  true  thought  and  right  action ;  come  to 
welcome  as  the  blessed  of  His  Father  every  one 
who  has  served  Him  in  the  disguise  of  the  weak 
and  the  needy  and  the  sorrowful. 


IX. 

THE  REVELATION  OF  THE  KINGDOM. 


152 


Oi  Ae  eNAeKA  MAOHTA'I  enopeyOncAN  eic  THN 
AAI'AN  eic  TO  6'poc  of  GTA^ATO  AYTO?C  6  MHCOYC,  KAI 
iAoNTec  AY'TON  npoceKGYNHCAN,  01  Ae  GAI'CTACAN.  KA'I 
npoceAGooN  o  MHCOYC  eAAAnceN  AYTO?C  AepooN  'EA60H 
MOI  HACA  eloYciA  EN  oypANO)  KAI  eni  [jfic]  fHC'  nopeY~ 

6£NT6C   OYN   MA0HT6YCATe    nANTA   TA    eGNH,   BAHTIZONTGC 

AYTOYC  eic  TO  ONOMA  TOY  nATpoc  KAI  TOY  Y'QY  K^'  TOY 

Afl'oY  HNeYMATOC,  AlAACKONTCC  AYTOYC  THpe?N  nANTA 
OCA  fe'NeTeiAAMHN  YM?N'  KA^I  lAOY'  €fOO  Me6'  Y^OON  CIIVl) 
HACAC  TAC  HMepAC  COOC  THC  CYNTeAeiAC  TOY 


153 


But  the  eleven  disciples  went  into  Galilee,  unto  the  moun 
tain  where  Jesus  had  appointed  them.  And  when  they  saw 
him,  they  worshipped  him:  but  some  doubted.  And  Jesus 
came  to  them  and  spake,  unto  them,  saying,  All  authority  hath 
been  given  unto  me  in  heaven  and  on  earth.  Go  ye  therefore, 
and  make  disciples  of  all  the  nations,  baptizing  them  into 
the  name  of  the  Father  and  of  the  Son  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost  : 
teaching  them  to  observe  all  things  whatsoever  I  commanded 
you :  and  lo,  I  am  with  you  alway,  even  unto  the  end  of  the 

world. 

MATT,  xxviii.  16—20. 


H  BACIAGI'A  Toy  KO'CMOY  joy  Kypi'oy  HMOON 
KAI  joy  XRiCToy  AyToy,  KAI  BAciAeycei  etc  royc  AIOONAC 

TOON   AICONOON. 

The  kingdom  of  the  world  is  become  the  kingdom  of  our 
Lord,  and  of  his  Christ:  and  he  shall  reign  for  ever  and 

ever. 

Aroc.  xi.  15. 


THE  REVELATION  OF  THE  KINGDOM. 


rTlHE  appearance  of  the  Risen  Lord  to  the  ix. 
-•-  disciples  in  Galilee  related  by  St  Matthew, 
is  in  many  respects  different  from  those  which 
we  have  already  considered.  The  record  is  dis 
tinctively  that  of  an  appearance  in  Royal  Majesty, 
and  therefore  it  fitly  closes  the  first  Gospel,  the 
Gospel  of  'the  Christ/  the  King.  The  end  of  . 
the  narrative  answers  to  the  beginning.  The 
adoration  of  the  Wise  Men  finds  its  counterpart 
and  completion  in  the  adoration  of  the  disciples. 
The  promise  of  the  prophetic  name  Irnmanuel  — 
God  with  us  —  is  fulfilled  in  the  Lord's  own  assur 
ance  :  /  am  with  you  all  the  days  unto  the  end 
of  the  world. 

The  scene  and  the  circumstances  of  the  Ap 
pearance  correspond  with  its  character.  The 
manifestation  is  no  longer  in  the  upper  chamber 
where  the  disciples  are  assembled  in  fear  with 
closed  doors  ;  nor  yet  by  the  shore  of  the  restless 
sea  on  which  they  have  toiled  in  vain.  It  is 


156          The  'mountain'  the  scene  of  the 

ix.  not  a  surprise  to  men  lost  in  sorrow  or  doubt,  as 
to  Mary  Magdalene  and  the  two  disciples.  It  is 
not  a  resolution  of  individual  difficulties  as  to 
St  Thomas.  It  is  not  a  revelation  half  veiled 
under  mysterious  symbols,  as  by  the  Sea  of 
Tiberias.  Time  and  place  and  persons  appear 
to  have  been  fixed  beforehand.  The  Lord  was 
seen  by  the  disciples  on  the  mountain  where  He 
had  appointed  them.  It  is  not  possible  indeed  to 
fix  the  exact  locality,  but  it  was  evidently  chosen 

by  Him  with  a  significant  purpose.     Just  as  He 
Matt  v  i     i      ]  '    i        c   ^ 

nao.   gone    up    into      the    mountain     when    He 

solemnly  commenced  His  teaching  of  the  multi- 
titudes:  just  as  He  had  continued  all  night  in 
Lukcvi.  prayer  to  God  upon  'the  mountain'  before  He 
commissioned  the  twelve  apostles;  just  as  He 
Luke  ix.  chose  '  the  mountain '  as  the  spot  where  St  Peter 
and  St  James  and  St  John  were  allowed  to  catch  a 
passing  glimpse  of  His  glory  :  so  here  He  stands 
upon  'the  mountain'  when  He  declares  the 
extent,  the  method,  the  duration  of  His  sove 
reignty. 

If  we  had  St  Matthew's  narrative  alone  we 
should  probably  suppose  that  none  but  the  eleven 
were  present  to  receive  the  Lord's  charge.  In 
that  case  the  reference  to  'some  who  doubted' 
would  be  almost  unintelligible.  But  the  brief 
summary  of  St  Paul  leads  us  to  conclude  that  it 


revelation  of  the  kingdom.  157 

was  on  this  occasion  that  the  Lord  appeared  to  ix. 
above  five  hundred  brethren  at  once.  We  can  then  ^ 
rightly  picture  to  ourselves  the  whole  congrega 
tion  of  believers  now  gathered  once  more  round 
their  Divine  Master  at  a  spot  hallowed  by  earlier 
memories.  They  had  received  at  Jerusalem  the 
great  spiritual  commission,  and  now  they  were  to 
learn  how  it  should  be  executed.  The  record  is 
evidently  brought  into  the  narrowest  compass. 
At  the  same  time  every  word  in  which  the 
charge  is  given  bears  the  impress  of  Divine  sove 
reignty.  No  language  can  go  beyond  the  terms 
in  which  the  Lord  sets  forth  His  absolute  power. 
All  authority,  He  says,'  is  given  unto  Me  in  heaven 
and  on  earth.  To  feel  the  force  of  such  a  sentence, 
we  must  remember  that  He  who  spoke  had  been 
crucified  not  many  days  before  amidst  the  mock 
ery  of  His  enemies  and  the  despair  of  His  fol 
lowers.  But  now  He  lays  open  the  eternal  issues 
of  that  death.  Not  earth  only  but  heaven  is 
subject  to  His  dominion.  All  created  being  has 
been  brought  under  His  sway — angels,  and  men, 
and  nature.  In  Him  whatever  before  was  most 
widely  separated  has  found  a  final  unity.  The 
power  is  given  Him.  It  represents  the  love  of  the 
Father  no  less  than  the  victory  of  the  Son.  It 
is  the  pledge  of  the  triumph  of  the  Father's  will ; 
and  His  will  is  the  salvation  of  men.  Go  there- 


158  A  kingdom  of  all  nations. 

ix.  fore,  the  Lord  continues,  '  therefore/  because  you 
can  now  see  the  right  which  I  have  to  command, 
because  you  can  now  find  your  own  weakness  per 
fected  in  my  strength,  because  unseen  powers 
are  leagued  011  your  side,  go  and  make  disciples 
of  all  the  nations.  This  is  the  end  of  My  king 
ship,  to  win  for  Myself  willing  subjects :  this  is 
the  aim  of  your  service,  to  unite  mankind  in  loyal 
allegiance  to  the  truth. 

Make  disciples  of  all  the  notions.  The  grandeur 
of  the  charge  and  the  apparent  inadequacy  of  the 
instruments  are  alike  surprising.  Up  to  this 
time  the  ministry  of  the  disciples  was  restricted 
Matt,  x.  6.  to  the  lost  sheep  of  the  liouse  of  Israel :  now  Israel 
is  reckoned  among  the  nations.  The  Kisen  Christ 
claims  for  Himself  not  one  people  but  all.  His 
kingdom  is  thus  from  the  beginning  revealed  in 
its  utmost  range.  The  fulness  of  time  has  come. 
All  things  are  ready. 

If  those  to  whom  He  spoke  had  been  told 
to  measure  their  own  resources,  to  look  first  to 
the  influences  of  authority  or  place  or  wisdom  for 
victory,  they  might  well  have  despaired.  But 
the  words  that  follow  set  aside  such  a  misgiving. 
They  had  simply  a  message  to  proclaim  and  the 
blessing  of  a  heavenly  communion  to  offer.  Here 
as  always  the  grace  of  God  comes  first,  which 
makes  the  later  work  of  man  possible.  Make 


Fellowship  in  'the  Name!  159 

disciples  of  all  the  nations,  the  Lord  says,  baptizing  ix. 
them  into — not '  in ' — the  name  of  the  Father,  and 
of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Spirit.  The  begin 
ning  of  discipleship  lies  in  the  reception  of  a 
Divine  gift  by  those  who  are  willing  to  accept 
it.  The  power  through  which  we  can  render 
peaceful  obedience  cannot  originate  in  ourselves. 
But  the  new  Sacrament  of  Baptism,  now  first 
instituted,  establishes  the  connexion  through 
which  the  currents  of  the  spiritual  life  flow,  if 
I  may  so  speak,  naturally.  It  forces  us  to  look 
away  from  ourselves  for  the  strength  which  we 
need.  It  concentrates  our  thoughts  on  God's 
loving  purpose.  It  offers  us — sense-bound  as  we 
are — a  historical  pledge  that  He  on  His  part 
will  most  surely  accomplish  what  He  has  begun, 
It  gives  us  that  point  of  support  whereby  we  are 
enabled  to  move  the  world. 

The  more  we  reflect  on  that  brief  sentence, 
baptizing  them  into  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of 
the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  the  more  we  shall 
feel  with  a  living  conviction  that  it  includes  the 
foundation  of  all  our  confidence,  the  sum  of  all 
our  creed.  The  Divine  title  is  declared  to  be  a 
'  name '  and  not  '  names,'  that  we  may  hold  firmly 
to  the  Unity  of  the  Divine  Essence,  while  each 
Person  is  separately  mentioned  that  we  may  feel 
our  manifold  dependence  upon  the  one  God. 


160         Teaching  interprets  the  first  gift. 

ix.  TT  Thus  the  name  of  the  most  Holy  Trinity  ex 
presses  all  that  has  been  made  known  to  us  of 
the  relation  of  the  Godhead  to  ourselves,  as  we 
are  created,  redeemed,  sanctified.  And  to  be 
'  baptized  into  this  name '  is  to  be  brought  in 
God's  own  way  into  fellowship  with  Him  Who 
has  been  so  revealed.  Just  as  in  all  other  things, 
the  years  that  follow  will  shew  how  the  privilege 
is  used  or  wasted.  So  far  as  we  become  fellow- 
workers  with  God  all  later  life  is  the  gradual 
realisation  by  faith  of  the  blessing  thus  given  in 
its  potential  germ,  the  gradual  realisation  by 
thought  of  the  Truth  thus  shadowed  out,  the 
fashioning  of  the  divine  image  in  which  we  were 

O  o 

made  to  the  divine  likeness  unto  which  we  were 
destined. 

For  the  work  of  '  discipling  the  nations '  is 
not  completed  when  allegiance  is  pledged  and 
union  formed.  Teaching  follows  baptizing.  Little 
by  little  to  the  end  of  the  individual  life  and  to 
the  end  of  all  time  the  words  of  Christ  are  ap 
prehended  in  their  fulness.  The  ripest  believer 
has  not  reached  the  limit  to  which  he  can  attain. 
The  latest  age  has  not  exhausted  the  meaning  of 
what  was  once  said.  All  experience  shews  us 
something  more  in  that  which  we  have  long 
possessed.  All  progress  enlarges  our  prospect  of 
the  marvels  of  the  Divine  counsel.  We  must 


Christ  present  all  the  days.  161 

keep  every  sense  open,  every  faculty  exercised  ix 
if  we  are  to  do  our  part  in  furthering  the  spiritual 
conquest  of  the  world.  In  one  sense  all  has  been 
done :  in  another  sense  all  remains  to  do.  No 
addition  can  be  made  to  God's  love :  no  addition 
can  be  made  to  Christ's  words.  But  we  on  our 
side  can  respond  to  the  love  more  warmly ;  .  we 
can  enter  into  the  words  more  deeply;  and  this 
we  must  do,  if  we  are  not  to  stand  still  while  all 
around  is  moving.  For  to  stand  is  to  die. 

Thus  we  are  brought  to  the  promise  which 
makes  the  universal  mission-work  of  the  Chris 
tian,  ever  apprehended  in  the  course  of  the  ages 
as  vaster  and  more  intense,  practicable  for  every 
one  of  us.  The  Christian  is  not  alone  even  if  he 
seems  to  be  alone.  Lo  I  am  with  you,  Christ 
said,  all  the  days — all  the  days — unto  the  end  of 
the  world.  And  this  peculiar  phrase  in  which  the 
promise  is  expressed  in  the  original  turns  our 
thoughts  to  the  manifold  vicissitudes  of  fortune 
in  which  the  Lord  is  still  present  with  His  people. 
He  does  not  say  simply  '  always,'  as  of  a  uniform 
duration,  but  '  all  the  days/  as  if  He  would  take 
account  of  the  changing  aspects  of  storm  and 
sunshine,  of  light  and  darkness,  which  chequer 
our  course.  Such  alternations  of  joy  and  mourn 
ing,  of  success  and  failure,  belong  to  the  very 
conditions  of  our  existence.  We  cannot  even 

w.  11 


162  The  lessons  of  His 

ix.  imagine  a  state  of  unbroken  calm.  As  we  are 
constituted  at  present  conflict  and  effort  are  a 
necessity,  and  so  too,  as  the  consequences  of  sin, 
are  defeat  and  sorrow.  Yet  even  so  defeat  will 
lose  its  bitterness,  and  sorrow  will  lose  its  sting, 
if  we  know  that  Christ  is  with  us  '  all  the  days ;' 
'  all  the  days,'  even  when  we  are  most  tempted 
to  forget  Him  in  the  brightness  of  human  joy, 
or  to  doubt  His  nearness  in  the  solitude  of  our 
bereavement. 

The  sense  of  this  abiding  Presence  of  God  in 
Christ  both  with  the  Church  at  large  and  with 
individual  believers  is  that  which  we  need  sorely 
in  this  time  of  restlessness  and  debate.  Nothing 
else,  so  far  as  I  see,  appears  to  be  equally  fitted 
to  bring  patience,  and  with  patience  peace.  There 
is  something  deadening  in  the  strife  of  words. 
The  silence  which  follows  controversy  is  very 
commonly  the  sign  of  exhaustion  and  not  of  rest. 
We  require  to  be  taken  up  out  of  our  little  circle 
of  strifes  and  questionings,  as  it  were  into  a 
mountain,  that  so  we  may  regard  our  King  in 
His  glory  as  He  has  there  revealed  Himself.  It  is 
not  by  narrowing  our  vision  or  our  sympathy,  by 
fixing  our  eyes  simply  on  that  which  is  congenial 
to  our  feelings,  by  excluding  from  our  interest 
whole  regions  of  Christendom,  that  we  can  gain 


abiding  Presence.  163 

the  repose  of  faith.  We  must  dare  to  look  on  ix. 
the  broad  and  chequered  aspect  of  life.  We  must 
dare  to  confess  that  Christ  calls  all  the  nations 
to  His  service  through  us ;  and  no  less  to  main 
tain  that  He  is  everywhere  with  the  two  or  three 
gathered  together  in  His  name. 

To  do  this  is  not  easy ;  and  to  the  last,  as  we 
strive  to  do  it  more  faithfully,  we  shall  find  our 
selves  face  to  face  with  mysteries  which  we  can 
not  solve.  But  we  shall  at  least  gain  this,  that 
we  shall  learn  a  little  more  of  the  vastness  of 
God's  sovereignty ;  and  looking  over  the  course  of 
its  gradual  establishment  we  shall  perceive  how 
He  uses  unexpected  means  to  fulfil  His  will.  We 
shall  become  sure  that  His  cause  does  go  forward. 
If  in  a  moment  of  trial  some  pitiless  power 
compels  us  to  confess  that  appearances,  tradition, 
authority  are  against  us,  we  shall  answer  in  our 
souls  'and  yet  it  moves.'  And  if  we  cannot 
obtain  more  than  partial  knowledge  we  shall 
secure  perfect  trust.  And  this  will  send  us  back 
cheered  and  strengthened  to  our  proper  work. 
For  the  conviction  that  God  works  in  other  ways 
than  our's  will  not  make  our  own  calling,  His 
voice  to  us,  less  distinct  or  less  imperative.  The 
belief  that  He  is  with  others  will  not  shake  our 
belief  that  He  is  with  us.  Nay  rather,  the  power 
of  His  Presence  among  us  will  be  multiplied 

11—2 


164  A  power 

ix.  when  we  know  that  we  are  not  alone,  and  that 
while  human  infirmity  and  wilfulness  may  cloud 
His  glory,  yet  they  cannot  banish  His  love. 

At  the  same  time  this  assurance  of  Christ's 
Presence  '  all  the  days/  which  blesses  effort,  does 
not  dispense  with  effort.  It  is  not  enough  to 
know  that  He  is  with  us  :  we  must  use  His  help. 
He  gives  the  promise  after  the  command,  Go  and 

make  disciples  of  all  the  nations and  lo  I  am 

with  you  all  the  days.  There  is  work  to  be  done 
as  there  is  a  blessing  to  be  secured.  The  recog 
nition  of  His  presence  is  the  preparation  for  His 
coining.  But  if  we  would  hasten  His  coming  we 
must  feel  that  He  is  indeed  with  us. 

It  is  a  natural  but  false  feeling  which  leads 
us  to  think  that  at  some  other  time  God  was 
nearer  to  the  world  than  He  is  now ;  that  His 
voice  was  clearer  and  more  intelligible ;  that  His 
government  was  more  direct  and  uniform.  He 
is,  if  only  we  will  look,  still  among  us,  speaking 
to  those  who  listen  through  the  manifold  dis 
coveries  of  the  age,  guiding  even  our  fierce  and 
selfish  conflicts  so  as  to  minister  to  His  purpose. 
And  we  ourselves  consciously  or  unconsciously 
are  serving  Him.  He  uses  us  if  we  do  not  bring 
ourselves  to  Him  a  willing  sacrifice.  We  cannot 
doubt  this ;  and  we  cannot  fail  to  see  what  a 
different  world  it  would  be,  if  still  remaining 


to  be  used.  165 

faithful  to  our  personal  convictions,  abandoning  ix. 
nothing  of  the  Truth  which  has  been  made 
known  to  us,  yielding  no  fragment  of  the  position 
which  has  been  committed  to  our  keeping,  we 
could  all  agree  in  holding  as  a  living  fact  the 
reality  of  Christ's  universal  Presence:  in  look 
ing  to  Him  in  the  execution  of  our  designs,  as 
using  them  for  some  larger  end ;  in  making  Him 
the  witness  of  our  actions,  as  tributary  to  a 
counsel  beyond  our  thoughts.  Nothing  less  than 
this  is  the  scope  of  His  words :  /  am  with  you 
all  the  days,  unto  the  end  of  the  world.  I — perfect 
God  and  perfect  Man — able  to  help  and  to  sym 
pathise  to  the  uttermost — I  am  with  you.  The 
promise  has  never  been  revoked.  It  has  been 
forgotten :  it  has  been  practically  denied :  but  it 
stands  written  still  to  reveal  the  heaven  which 
lies  about  us,  the  powers  which  are  ready  for  our 
hands. 


166 


KA'I    enreN   AYTO?C    TTopeyGeNTec  eic  TON   KOCMON 

ATTANTA    KHpylATG    TO    GYArfeAlON     TTACH    TH     KTl'cGI.        6 

THCTeycAC   KA'I   BATTTic0eic  coi)0HceTAi,  6  Ae  ATTICTH'CAC 

KATAKplGHCGTAI.  CHMe?A  Ae  TO?C  TTICTeyCACIN  AKOAOy- 
0HC6I  TAyTA,  6N  TO)  ONOMATl'  MOy  AAIMONIIA  eKBAAoyCIN, 

fAobccAic  AAAhicoyciN,  [KAI  eN  TA?C  XePc'N]  (^'ct>eic 
ApoyciN  KAN  OANACIMO'N  TI  HI'OOCIN  oy  MH  AyToyc  BAA^H, 
em  AppoScToyc  )(e?pAC  eniGh'coyciN  KA'I  KAAooc  eloyciN. 

EineN  Ae  npoc  AYTOY'C  OYTOI  01  Aopoi  Moy  oyc 
eAAAHCA  npoc  YMAC  CTI  O>N  CYN  YM!N,  OTI  Ae?  nAHpoo- 
GHNAI  TTANTA  TA  perp^MMeNA  EN  TCX)  NOMCO  Mtoyceooc 
KA'I  TO?C  npoc})HTAic  KA)  YAAAAO?C  nepi  eMoy.  TOTG 

AlHNOlIeN   AYTOON    TON    NOyN    TOY    CyNlfcNAI    TAC    fP^^AC, 

KA'I    efneN   AY'TO?C   OTI    OY'TOOIC    rerp^nTAi   nA9e?N    TON 

XplCTON     KAI     ANACTHNAI    6K    NeKpO3N    TH     Tpl'lH     HMe'pA, 

KA'I    KHpy)(0HNAi    eni    TC"O    ONOMATI    AYTOY    MGTANOIAM 

eiC  A4>eCIN    AMApTICX)N    €IC    TTANTA    TA    60NH, AplAMGNOI 

ATTO  'lepoycAAHM4  yMeTc  MApiypec  TOYTOON.  KAuAoy 
epoc)  eiAnocTeAAcx)  THN  enArreAiAN  Toy  nATpoc  Moy 
ecj)'  YMAC'  YMG?C  Ae  KA0i'cATe  eN  TH  rroAei  ecoc  of 
eNAycHc0e  il  yyoyc  AYNAMIN. 


167 


And  he  said  unto  them,  Go  ye  into  all  the  world,  and 
preach  the  gospel  to  the  whole  creation.  He  that  believeth  and 
is  baptized  shall  be  saved ;  but  he  that  disbelieveth  shall  be 
condemned.  And  these  signs  shall  follow  them  that  believe: 
in  my  name  shall  they  cast  out  devils  ;  they  shall  speak  with 
new  tongues  ;  they  shall  take  up  serpents,  and  if  they  drink 
any  deadly  thing,  it  shall  in  no  wise  hurt  them ;  they  shall 
lay  hands  on  the  sick,  and  they  sJiall  recover. 

[MARK]  xvi,  15—18. 

And  he  said  unto  them,  These  are  my  words  which  I 
spake  unto  you,  while  I  was  yet  with  you,  how  that  all  things 
must  needs  be  fulfilled,  ^vhich  are  written  in  the  law  of  Moses, 
and  the  prophets,  and  the  psalms,  concerning  me.  Then 
opened  he  their  mind,  that  they  might  understand  the  scrip 
tures  ;  and  he  said  unto  them,  Thus  it  is  written,  that  the 
Christ  should  suffer,  and  rise  again  from  the  dead  the  third 
day  ;  and  that  repentance  and  remission  of  sins  should  be 
preached  in  his  name  unto  all  the  nations,  beginning  from 
Jerusalem.  Ye  are  witnesses  of  these  things.  And  behold,  I 
send  forth  the  promise  of  my  Father  upon  you:  but  tarry  ye 
in  the  city,  until  ye  be  clothed  with  power  from  on  high. 

LUKE  xxiv.  44 — 49. 


NOTE. 

THE  record  of  St  Matthew  is  obviously  a  brief 
summary  of  the  Lord's  words.  The  fulness 
and  comprehensiveness  of  the  triple  charge  com 
pressed  into  a  few  lines,  leads  irresistibly  to  the 
conclusion  that  the  Evangelist  has  been  guided  to 
give  the  substance  of  what  was  unfolded  at  length. 
At  the  same  time  I  see  no  reason  to  suppose  that 
the  summary  does  not  represent  what  was  said  on  a 
particular  occasion.  While  it  is  most  true  that  the 
three  verses  contain  in  brief  the  sum  of  what  has 
been  preserved  of  the  Lord's  teaching  after  the  Resur 
rection,  it  is  in  itself  likely  that  He  should  on  '  the 
mountain '  in  Galilee  have  so  gathered  up  the  lessons 
which  He  had  elsewhere  given  in  detail. 

The  short  record  in  the  appendix  to  St  Mark's 
Gospel  is  in  all  probability  a  supplementary  account 
of  the  appearance  which  St  Matthew  has  described. 
It  is  added  to  the  narrative  of  what  happened  on  the 
first  Easter  Day,  but  quite  loosely  without  any 
definite  connexion.  In  each  particular  the  words  in 
this  later  narrative  contain,  as  it  were,  explanatory 
comments.  The  experience  of  the  first  preachers 
gave  definiteness  to  the  conceptions  of  the  Lord's 
presence  and  power. 


170 

The  paragraph  in  St  Luke  (xxiv.  44—49),  on  the 
other  hand,  which  follows  the  account  of  the  appear 
ance  to  the  eleven  and  them  that  were  with  them, 
seems  to  include  words  which  belong  to  the  Easter 
Evening  as  well  as  to  later  occasions  (comp.  John 
xii  44—50). 

A  cursory  reading  of  St  Luke's  narrative,  if  it 
were  taken  alone,  and  the  same  remark  applies  to 
the  appendix  to  St  Mark,  might  lead  to  the  con 
clusion  that  all  the  words  of  the  Lord  which  he  has 
recorded  were  spoken  on  Easter  Evening,  and  were 
followed  immediately  by  the  Ascension.  But  such 
an  interpretation  is  in  no  way  required  by  the  exact 
language  of  the  Evangelist,  whose  words  are  perfectly 
consistent  with  the  fuller  record  in  the  book  of  the 
Acts. 


DEPARTURE  IN  BLESSING. 


172 


Ae  AyToyc  e'ooc  npoc  BHOANIAN,  KAI 
CTTA'PAC  TAG  xeipAc  Afro?  eyAdpHceN  AYTOYC.  KAI 
er€N€TO  eN  To>  eyAore?N  AY*  TON  AYTOYC  AIC'CTH  An 
AYTCON  [KAI  ANie^epejo  eic  TON  oypANON]'  KAI  AYTOI 
[npocKyNHCANiec  AYTON]  fnecTpeyAN  e?c  'lepoycAAhM 

M6TA     X^P^C    MefAAHC,    KAI     HCAN     AlA     nANTOC     IN     TQJ 

ieptp  eyAoroYNTec  TON  0eoN. 

Oi  MEN  OYN  CYNeAGoNTec  HPOOTOON  AY'TON  AefONTec 
Kypie,  ei  eN  TCO  XP^N(P  TOYTCO  AnoKA0icTANeic  THN 
BACiAeiAN  Toj'IcpAnA;  eineN  npoc  AYTOY'C  Ofx  YMOON 
ecTiN  rNO)NAi  XP^'NOYC  HV  KAipoyc  ofc  6  nAThip  e'eeTo 
GN  TH  IAI'A  eloyciA,  AAAA  AHMyecGe  AYNAMIN  eneAGoN- 

TOC     TOY    AflOY    HN6YMATOC    6(J)     YMAC,     KAI    eC6C9e    MOy 

MApTypec  IN  Te'lepoycAAHM  KAI  [EN]  HACH  THJ|OYAAIA 

KAI     ZAMAplA    KAI     eOOC     GCXATOY    THC     fHC.        KAI     TAYTA 

eino)N  BAenoNTcoN  AYTOON  ennpOH,  KAI  Nec})eAH  fneAA- 
BeN  AYTON  AHO  TWN  oc})eAAMcx)N  AYTOON.  KAI  obc 

AT6NIZONTeC  HCAN  GIC  TON  OypANON  HOpSYOMeNOY  AYTOY, 
KAI  lAOY  ANApCC  AyO  nAplCTHKGICAN  ATTO?C  6N  ec6HC6CI 

AeyKA?c,  01  KAI  elnAN  "ANApec  FAAiAAloi,  TI  GCTHKATG 
BAe'noNTec  eic  TON  oypANON  ;  OYTOC  6  IHCOYC  6  ANA- 
AHM(J)0eic  AC})'  YMOON  eic  TON  oypANON  oficoc  eAeycETAi 
ON  Tpo'rroN  eGeACAcGe  AYTON  nopeyoMeNON  eic  TON 

OypANON. 

C0    MGN    OYN    Kypioc    [Mucoyc]    MGTA    TO   AAAHCAI 

AyToTc    ANeAHMC{)6H    €IC    TON    OypANON     KAI    GKAGlCGN    6K 

Ae2io)N  TOY  QeoY-  eKe?NOi  Ae  eleAGoNTec  eKhlpylAN 
TTANTAXOY,  TOY  Kypi'oy  cyNeproyNTOC  KAI  TON  Ao'fON 
BeBAioyNTOc  AIA  TOQN  enAKoAoyGoy'NTOON  CHMCIOON. 


173 


And  he  led  them  out  until  they  were  over  against  Bethany: 
and  he  lifted  up  his  hands,  and  blessed  them.  And  it  came 
to  pass,  while  he  blessed  them,  he  parted  from  them,  and  was 
carried  up  into  heaven.  And  they  worshipped  him,  and 
returned  to  Jerusalem  with  great  joy :  and  were  continually 
in  the  temple,  Uessing  God. 

LUKE  xxiv.  50 — 53. 

They  therefore,  when  they  were  come  together,  asked  him, 
saying,  Lord,  dost  thou  at  this  time  restore  the  kingdom  to 
Israel  ?  And  Tie  said  unto  them,  It  is  not  for  you  to  know 
times  or  seasons,  which  the  Father  hath  set  within  his  own 
authority.  But  ye  shall  receive  power,  when  the  Holy  Ghost 
is  come  upon  you :  and  ye  shall  be  my  witnesses  both  in 
Jerusalem,  and  in  all  Judaea  and  Samaria,  and  unto  the 
uttermost  part  of  the  earth.  And  when  he  had  said  these 
things,  as  they  were  looking,  he  was  taken  up  ;  and  a  cloud 
received  him  out  of  their  sight.  And  while  they  were  look 
ing  stedfastly  into  heaven  as  he  went,  behold,  two  men  stood 
by  them  in  white  apparel;  which  also  said,  Ye  men  of 
Galilee,  why  stand  ye  looking  into  heaven  ?  this  Jesus,  which 
ivas  received  up  from  you  into  heaven,  shall  so  come  in  like 
manner  as  ye  beheld  him  going  into  heaven. 

ACTS  i.  6—11. 

So  then  the  Lord  Jesus,  after  he  had  spoken  unto  them, 
was  received  up  into  heaven,  and  sat  down  at  the  right  hand 
of  God.  And  they  went  forth,  and  preached  everywhere,  the 
Lord  working  with  them,  and  confirming  the  word  by  the 
signs  that  followed.  Amen. 

[MARK]  xvi.  19,  f. 


b[-U)     THNI     AAHOeiAN    Ae'rOO  YMIN,   CYM(j>ep€l   Y'VMN 


/  tdl  if  on.  the  truth:    It   is  expedient  for  you   that    I 

go  away. 

JOHN  xvi.  7. 


DEPARTURE  IN  BLESSING. 

"VTTE    have    already    considered    the    various        x. 

records  in  which  details  of  the  appearances 
of  the  Risen  Lord  have  been  preserved  for  us. 
We  have  sought  to  appreciate  the  characteristic 
scenes  in  which  He  brought  personal  conviction 
to  disciples  and  laid  open  before  them  the 
fulness  and  the  power  of  their  social  work.  We 
have  now  to  notice  the  close,  the  necessary  close, 
to  this  form  of  teaching.  Such  a  revelation  as 

that  whereby,  as  we  read  in  the  Acts,  Jesus Acts  i.  3. 

shewed  Himself  alive  after  His  Passion  ~by  many 

proofs  appearing by  the  space  of  forty  days 

,  was  necessarily  preparatory  and  transitional. 

In  this  respect  the  length  of  time  through  which 
it  was  continued  was  not  without  significance. 
The  space  of  forty  days  is  always  in  Scripture 
a  period  of  solemn  waiting  followed  by  issues 
of  momentous  interest.  When  the  hope  of  the 
world  was  sheltered  by  the  ark  there  was  rain 
on  the  earth  for  forty  days  and  forty  nights. 


176  The  forty  days  after  the 

When  the  people  had  been  rescued  from  Egypt 
Moses  was  forty  days  on  the  Mount  before  he 
received  the  Law.  For  forty  days  the  spies  ex 
amined  the  land  of  Canaan,  the  image  of  our 
heavenly  country.  For  forty  days  Elijah  tarried 
in  Horeb  before  he  obtained  the  revelation  of 
God.  For  so  long  repentance  was  offered  to 
the  Ninevites;  for  so  long  Ezekiel  announced 
the  typical  punishment  of  God's  people.  Only 
once  again  the  same  period  is  mentioned  in 
the  Bible,  where  it  is  written  that  the  Lord 
fasted  in  the  wilderness  for  forty  days  before 
He  began  to  proclaim  glad  tidings  to  the  world. 
So  it  was  that  Christ's  ministry  ended  as  it 
began.  The  same  mysterious,  measured,,  space 
in  each  case  separated  and  united  the  old  and 
the  new. 

But  while  there  is  this  correspondence  be 
tween  the  opening  and  the  close  of  the  Lord's 
ministry,  it  is  correspondence  and  not  identity. 
The  forty  days  after  the  Baptism,  the  preparation 
for  His  earthly  conflict,  offer  in  many  respects 
a  remarkable  contrast  to  the  forty  days  after  the 
Resurrection,  the  preparation  for  His  heavenly 
work.  At  first,  like  Moses  or  Elijah,  He  was 
'  led '  or  '  driven '  into  the  wilderness :  at  last 
lie  was  bound  by  no  ties  of  space.  'Then',  as 
Augustine  says,  'He  set  forth  in  Himself  the 


Baptism  and  the  Resurrection.          177 

'greatness  of  our  struggle:  now^He  shews  in  us 
'the  greatness  of  His  consolation/  What  were 
before  the  occasions  for  temptation  are  now  the 
fruits  of  victory.  Then  He  hungered  and  found 
no  food :  now  He  knew  no  bodily  wants  and  yet 
ate  before  His  disciples.  Then  he  refused  the 
kingdoms  of  the  world  which  were  offered  to 
Him  by  Satan :  now  He  bids  His  ministers  pro 
claim  His  sovereignty  over  all  the  nations. 
Then  He  repelled  the  Tempter  who  bade  Him 
cast  Himself  down  from  the  pinnacle  of  the 
Temple:  now  He  moves  as  one  free  from  the 
restraints  of  earth.  In  many  parts  and  in  many 
fashions  the  power  of  the  new  life  was  mani 
fested:  the  idea  of  the  Kesurrection  was  esta 
blished. 

Thus  in  due  course  the  lesson  was  learnt 
and  the  appointed  time  of  teaching  came  to  an 
end.  But  at  the  last  one  desire,  perhaps  one 
misgiving,  remained  to  the  disciples.  They  had 
received,  as  we  have  seen,  their  spiritual  com 
mission.  They  had  been  instructed  in  the  ful 
filment  of  their  office.  They  had  been  directed 
to  the  Scriptures  as  the  certain  exponents  of  the 
counsels  of  God.  They  had  been  strengthened 
by  the  promise  of  a  Divine  Guide  without  them, 
and  of  a  Divine  Power  within  them.  But  they 
were  Jews,  and  they  could  not  forget  the  hopes 
w.  12 


178  The  Resurrection  shewn  in  its 

x.  of  their  nation.  While  it  was  yet  possible — 
and  this  is  the  one  question  which  they  are  re 
lated  to  have  put  to  the  Risen  Christ  —  they 
Acts  i.  6.  sought  for  light  on  this  dark  spot.  Therefore, 
we  read,  when  they  were  come  together — proba 
bly  in  obedience  to  some  command  of  Christ — • 
they  asked  Him,  saying,  Lord,  dost  Thou  at  this 
time  restore  the  kingdom  to  Israel  ?  The  words 
are  not  to  be  taken  as  the  expression  of  an 
unworthy  ambition,  or  of  a  false  view  of  the 
Christian  society.  They  are  rather  the  utterance 
of  a  noble  unselfishness.  The  disciples  had 
known  the  gift  of  God ;  but  it  seemed  to  be  in 
complete  if  it  was  only  for  themselves.  They 
had  no  doubt,  indeed,  as  to  the  final  issue, 
but  they  inquired  as  to  the  time.  Delay  was 
hard  to  understand;  yet  delay  could  be  borne. 
The  Lord's  answer  to  their  question  exactly  corre 
sponds  to  His  answer  to  the  personal  inquiry 
of  St  Peter  by  the  Sea  of  Tiberias.  He  turned 
their  thoughts  from  the  contemplation  of  myste 
ries  to  the  prospect  of  active  duty.  He  said 
unto  them,  It  is  not  for  you  to  know  times  or 
seasons  which  the  Father  hath  set  within  His  own 
authority.  The  consummation  for  which  you 
look — so  it  is  implied — is,  as  you  think,  part 
of  the  Providential  order,  but  it  is  not  for  man 
to  learn  the  date  or  the  manner  of  its  fulfilment, 


glory  by  the  Ascension.  179 

the  long  years  which  must  pass  before  all  things       x. 
are   ready,  or  the   concurrence   of  circumstances 
which   shall   prepare   the   end.     But   meanwhile 
you  have  a  work  to  do,   heavenly  in  its  origin, 
and   boundless  in  its  application.      Ye  shall  re 
ceive  power?  when  the  Holy  Ghost  is  come  upon 
you:  and  ye  shall  he  my  witnesses  both  in  Jeru 
salem  and  in  all  Judaea  and  Samaria,  and  unto 
the  uttermost  part  of  the  earth.     And  when   He 
had  said  these  things — we   may  here  insert  the 
words  of  the  Gospel — He    lifted   up  His  hands,  Luke  xxiv. 
and  blessed  them.     And  it  came  to  pass,  while  He  5° ] 
blessed  them,  He  was  parted  from  them  ;  and  as 
they  were  looking  He  was  taken  up  and  a  cloud 
received  Him  out  of  tlieir  sight. 

So  the  Resurrection  was  finally  shewn  in. 
its  permanence  and  in  its  glory.  The  Lord  no 
longer  vanished  from  sight  as  if  He  might  shortly 
return  again  as  he  had  done  before.  He  with 
drew  in  such  a  way  as  to  suggest  most  impress 
ively  to  those  who  were  assembled  with  Him 
that  He  had  entered  on  a  new  mode  of  con 
nexion  with  His  Church,  As  they  gazed  up  into 
heaven  He  rose,  as  it  appears,  by  the  exertion 
of  His  own  will,  and  not,  as  from  the  grave, 
by  the  power  of  the  Father.  There  were  no 
angels  to  carry  Him  from  among  men,  as  they 
carried  the  body  of  Moses :  no  chariot  of  fire  to 


180  The  Ascension  an  end 

bear  Him  in  a  whirlwind,  as  Elijah  was  borne. 
His  hands  were  raised  to  bless  ;  and  in  the  ful 
ness  of  benediction  He  passed  beyond  the  sphere 
of  man's  sensible  existence  to  the  open  Presence 
of  God.  The  physical  elevation  was  a  speaking 
parable,  an  eloquent  symbol,  but  not  the  Truth 
to  which  it  pointed  or  the  reality  which  it  fore 
shadowed.  The  change  which  Christ  revealed  by 
the  Ascension  was  not  a  change  of  place,  but  a 
change  of  state,  not  local  but  spiritual.  But 
from  the  necessities  of  our  human  condition  the 
spiritual  change  was  represented  sacramentally, 
so  to  speak,  in  an  outward  form. 

This  being  so,  we  can  see  how  the  Ascension 
was  at  once  an  end  and  a  beginning,  the  close 
of  one  dispensation  and  the  dawn  of  another,  the 
last  event  recorded  in  the  Gospel  and  the  first 
event  recorded  in  the  Acts.  It  limits  and  unites 
the  Life  of  Christ  and  the  Life  of  His  Church  ; 
or  rather,  to  express  the  same  thought  differently, 
the  Life  of  Christ  in  His  humiliation  and  the 
Life  of  Christ  in  His  glory. 

The  Ascension  of  Christ  is,  in  a  word,  His 
going  to  the  Father — to  His  Father  and  our 
Father — the  visible  pledge  and  symbol  of  the 
exaltation  of  the  earthly  into  the  heavenly.  It 
is  emphatically  a  revelation  of  heavenly  life,  the 
open  fulfilment  of  man's  destiny  made  possible 


and  a  beginning.  181 

for  all  men.  So  it  proved  to  be  in  the  experience 
of  the  disciples.  While  the  Lord  was  yet  with 
them  they  found  it  a  hard  saying  when  He  spoke 
of  spiritual  communion.  But  henceforward  they 
were  content  to  rest  in  His  love  and  to  labour 
after  His  bidding.  They  accepted  gladly  the  dis 
cipline  of  patience  and  the  law  of  order  as  the 
expression  of  the  wisdom  and  of  the  love  of  God. 

Such  was  the  closing  revelation  of  the  Risen 
Lord ;  and  as  we  ponder  the  history  we  come  to 
see  that  it  stands  written  for  our  learning.  The 
last  question  of  the  disciples,  the  last  words  of 
the  Master,  enter  deeply  into  our  experience. 
The  desire,  the  misgiving  which  found  expression 
and  were  stilled  on  the  eve  of  the  Ascension, 
must  often  rise  in  our  own  hearts.  The  Kingdom 
of  God  seems  to  us  to  linger ;  to  us  who  measure 
by  days  and  by  years.  Our  hope  is  deferred. 
Our  expectations  fail.  At  such  moments  of  trial 
the  Lord's  commission  at  this  revelation  of  the 
Ascension  conies  back  with  a  new  and  living 
force.  Through  that  we  are  enabled  to  learn  that 
we  have  entered  into  fellowship  with  a  world  in 
which  human  standards  of  time  have  no  place ; 
that  it  is  not  for  us  to  determine  or  to  anticipate 
the  method  in  which  the  end  of  the  Divine 
counsels  will  be  gained,  but  to  use  the  gifts  of 
a  heavenly  life  and  to  bear  without  doubt  and 


182  Last  words. 

x.        without  weariness  the  message   of  a   Gospel  to 
the  world. 

In  ordinary  life  nothing  is  treasured  up  with 
more  sacred  affection,  nothing  is  more  powerful 
to  move  us  with  silent  and  abiding  persuasive 
ness,  nothing  is  more  able  to  unite  together  the 
seen  and  the  unseen,  than  the  last  words,  the 
last  look  of  those  who  have  passed  away  from 
us,  the  last  revelation  of  the  life  which  trembles, 
as  it  were,  on  the  verge  of  its  transngurement. 
The  last  words  of  Christ  were  a  promise  and  a 
charge.  The  last  act  of  Christ  was  an  act  of 
"blessing.  The  last  revelation  of  Christ  was  the 
elevation  of  the  temporal  into  the  eternal,  beyond 
sight  and  yet  with  the  assurance  of  an  unbroken 
fellowship.  That  promise,  that  charge,  that 
blessing,  that  revelation,  are  for  us,  the  un 
changed  and  unchangeable  bequest  of  the  Risen 
Lord.  His  hands  are  stretched  out  still.  His 
Spirit  is  still  hovering  about  us.  His  work  is 
still  waiting  to  be  accomplished.  The  Revela 
tion  of  the  Ascension  brings  Him  Who  has  died 
and  risen  again  within  the  reach  of  every  loving 
child  of  man  throughout  all  the  ages  and 
John  xx.  throughout  all  the  earth.  It  makes  that  felt 
to  be  universal  which  was  seen  to  be  limited 
before.  It  shews  that  to  be  abiding  which  was 
hitherto  manifested  under  transitory  forms.  Now, 


Gone  yet  given  for  ever.  183 

when   His   triumph    is    completed,   the   believer        x. 
may  cling  to  the  Lord  with  the  embrace  not  of 
the   hand  but  of  the   heart.     Now  He  is  given 
back  for  ever  by  the  ministration  of  the  Spirit. 

Thus  at  length  it  was  made  plain  how  it  was 
expedient  that  He  should  go  away.  By  that 
return  to  the  Father  His  Presence  was  made 
sovereign  over  all  limits  of  time  and  place.  We 
can  claim  it  and  enjoy  it,  as  our  fathers  have 
done,  as  our  children  will  do,  if  we  bring  before 
our  souls  the  living  image  of  His  divine  bene 
diction;  if  we  believe  in  the  efficacy  of  His 
Life  and  Death  and  Eesurrection ;  if  we  listen 
to  the  still  voice  which  directs  each  one  of  us 
to  the  particular  duty  that  he  has  to  fulfil,  which 
interprets  to  each  one  of  us  the  witness  that  he 
has  to  give. 

That  which  hath  been  is  and  ever  will  be. 
If  the  Presence  of  Christ  seem  in  some  sense 
to  be  taken  from  us  in  these  later  days,  the 
apparent  removal  calls  out  a  blessing  never 
before  given.  Each  moment,  each  semblance,  of 
separation  becomes  for  believers  the  revelation 
of  Divine  Majesty.  The  words  written  of  the 
first  disciples  will  be  found  true  of  every  disciple 
in  every  age:  He  led  them  out  until  they  were  Luke  xxiv. 
over  against  Bethany — out  of  the  sacred  precincts 
which  enclosed  all  that  they  held  most  sacred, 


184  Gone  yet  given  for  ever. 

past  the  scene  of  the  Agony  and  the  scene  of 
the  Weeping— and  He  lifted  up  His  hands  and 
blessed  them.  And  it  came  to  pass  while  He 
blessed  them,  He  parted  from  them,  and  was 
carried  up  into  heaven.  And  they  worshipped 
Him,  and  returned  to  Jerusalem — returned  hav 
ing  lost  the  Lord  from  their  sight  that  they  might 
have  Him  for  ever — with  great  joy  ;  and  were 
continually  in  the  Temple^  blessing  God, 


XL 


THE  REVELATION  FROM  HEAVEN  AND 
ON  EARTH. 


186 


'EN  Ae  Tto  nopeVecGAi  ereNero  AYTON  em'zeiN  TH 

AAMACKtO,    ei:ecf)NHC    TG    AYTON     neplHCTpA^eN     (})GOC    CK 

TOY  OYPANOY,  KA'I  TTGCOJN  eni  THN  |~HN  HKOYCCN 
(J)0)NHN  AeroYCAN  AY'TOJ  ZAOYA  ZAOYA,  TI  MG  Aio^Keic  ; 
elneN  Ae  Tic  el,  Kypie  ;  6  Ae  'Er^»  eiMi  MHCOYC  ON 
CY  AiooKeic'  AAAA  ANA'CTHGI  KAI  ei'ceAOe  eic  THN  noAiN, 
KAI  AAAHGHceTAi  coi  on  ce  Ae?  noie?N.  01  Ae  ANApec 
oi  cYNoAeyoNTec  AYTCO  ICTHKCICAN  eNeoi,  AKOYONTCC 
THC  4)ooNfc  MHAeNA  Ae  GeoopoYNTec.  HfepGH  Ae 
OC  And  THC  pnc,  ANecpfMeNOON  Ae  TCON  64>OAA- 
MOON  AYTOY  oyAeN  e'BAeneN'  xeipApooroYNTec  Ae  AYTON 
eiCHfAroN  eic  AAMACKON.  KAI  HN  HMepAc  Tpelc  MH 
BAenooN,  KAI  OYK  ec^AfeN  oyAe  InietM. 


Ae  MOI  nopeYOMeNO)  KAI  rrizoNTi  TH 
AAMACKCO  nepi  MecHMBpiAN  elAicjDNHC  CK  TOY  ofpANOY 
nepiACTpA^Ai  cpooc  IKANON  nep'i  IMC,  enecA  Te  eic 

TO     eA<\(t)OC    KAI     HKOYCA    (J)CONHC    AefOYCHC    MOI    ^AOfA 

ZAOYA,  TI  Me  AiooKeic  ;  er<i>  Ae  AneKpi'0HN  Tic  ei, 
Kfpie  ;  elneN  Te  npoc  eMe'Era)  eiMi'lncoYC  6  NAZCO- 
pAioc  ON  CY  AiooKeic.  oi  Ae  CYN  eMOi  ONTCC  TO  MGN 
4>ok  eGeACANTO  THN  Ae  C^OONHN  OYK  HKOYCAN  TOY 
AAAOYNTO'C  MOI.  elnoN  Ae  TI  noin'coo,  KTpie;  6  Ae 
KYpioc  elneN  npoc  Me  'ANACTAC  nopefoY  eic  AAMAC 
KON,  KAKe?  coi  AAAHOnceTAi  nepi  TTANTOON  WN  TCTAKTAI 
coi  noiflcAi.  obc  Ae  OYK  eNeBAenoN  And  THC  Ao'luc 
TOY  4><JOTOC  IKGINOY,  xeipAfooroYMeNOc  YTTO  TWN  CYNON- 
TOON  MOI  HA90N  eic  AAMACKON. 


187 


And  as  he  Journeyed,  it  came  to  pass  that  he  drew  nigh 
unto  Damascus  :  and  suddenly  there  shone  round  about  him 
a  light  out  of  heaven :  and  he  fell  upon  the  earth,  and  heard 
a  voice  saying  unto  him,  Saul,  Saul,  why  persecutest  thou 
me?  And  he  said,  Who  art  thou,  Lord?  And  he  said,  I 
am  Jesus  whom  thou  persecutest :  but  rise,  and  enter  into  the 
city,  and  it  shall  be  told  thee  what  thou  must  do.  And  the 
men  that  journeyed  with  him  stood  speechless,  hearing  the 
voice,  but  beholding  no  man.  And  Saul  arose  from  the 
earth  ;  and  when  his  eyes  were  opened,  he  saw  nothing  ;  and 
they  led  him  by  the  hand,  and  brought  him  into  Damascus. 
And  he  was  three  days  without  sight,  and  did  neither  eat 
nor  drink. 

ACTS  ix.  3—9. 


And  it  came  to  pass,  that,  as  I  made  my  journey,  and 
drew  nigh  unto  Damascus,  about  noon,  suddenly  there  shone 
from  heaven  a  great  light  round  about  me.  And  I  fell  unto 
the  ground,  and  heard  a  voice  saying  unto  me,  Saul,  Saul, 
why  persecutest  thou  me  ?  And  I  answered,  Who  art  thou, 
Lord?  And  he  said  unto  me,  I  am  Jesus  of  Nazareth, 
whom  thou  persecutest.  And  they  that  were  with  me  beheld 
indeed  the  light,  but  they  heard  not  the  voice  of  him  that 
spake  to  me.  And  I  said,  What  shall  I  do,  Lord  ?  And 
the  Lord  said  unto  me,  Arise,  and  go  into  Damascus ;  and 
there  it  shall  be  told  thee  of  all  things  which  are  appointed 
for  thee  to  do.  And  when  I  could  not  see  for  the  glory  of 
that  light,  being  led  by  the  hand  of  them  that  were  with  me,  I 
came  into  Damascus. 

ACTS  xxii.  6 — 11. 


188 


'£N  olc  nopeyoMeNOc  eic  THN  AAMACKON  Mef  eloy- 

ClAC  KAI  eTTITpOTTHC  THC  TCON  ApyiepeCON  HMepAC  MeCHC 
KATA  THN  OAON  e?AON,  BAClAey,  OypANOGeN  YTT€p  THN 
AAMTTpOTHTA  TOY  HAlOY  neplAAM^AN  Me  (J)O)C  KA'l 

joyc    CYN    ewo'i   nopeyoMeNOYc'    HANTOON    Te   KATAne- 

CONTOON    HMOON    6IC    THN    fHN    HKOyCA  (})60NHN   AefOyCAN 

npdc  Me  Th?  'EBpAi'Ai  AIAACKTW  ^AoyA  ZAOYA,  TI'  Me 
AIOOKGIC  ;  cKAnpON  coi  npdc  KeNTpA  AAKTIZCIN.  er^ 
Ae  eiTTA  Tic  ei,  Kypie ;  6  Ae  Kypioc  eineN  'Er^  GIMI 
'Incoyc  ON  cy  AIOJKGIC.  AAAA  ANACTHGI  KAI  CTHGI  en'i 
Toyc  TTO'AAC  coy  elc  ToyTO  r^p  co(t>6HN  coi,  npo)(eipi- 
CAC0AI  ce  ynnpeTHN  KAI  MApTypA  O>N  Te  eiAe'c  Me  CON 
Te  OC^OHCOMAI'  coi,  elAipoyMeNOc  ce  CK  Toy  AAOY  KA'I 

6K    TCON     feGNCON,    6IC     ofc     efCO    AHOCTeAACO    CC    ANoIiAl 

o'(J36AAMoyc  AyTcoN,  Toy  InicTpeyAi  And  CKOTOYC  eic 
cj)coc  KAI  THC  eloyciAc  Toy  ZATANA  eni  TON  0eoN;  Toy 

AABe?N    AyTOyC    A(J)eCIN    AMApTICON    KAI    KAnpON    eN    TO?C 

ni'cTei  TH  eic  ev.e. 


189 


Whereupon  as  I  journeyed  to  Damascus  with  the  authority 
and  commission  of  the  chief  priests,  at  midday,  0  king,  I  saw 
on  the  way  a  light  from  heaven,  above  the  brightness  of  the 
sun,  shining  round  about  me  and  them  that  journeyed  with 
me.  And  when  we  were  all  fallen  to  the  earth,  I  heard  a 
voice  saying  unto  me  in  the  Hebrew  language,  Said,  Saul, 
why  persecutest  thou  me?  it  is  hard  for  thee  to  kick  against 
the  goad.  And  I  said,  Who  art  thou,  Lord?  And  the 
Lord  said,  I  am  Jesus  whom  thou  persecutest.  But  arise, 
and  stand  upon  thy  feet :  for  to  this  end  have  I  appeared 
unto  thee,  to  appoint  thee  a  minister  and  a  witness  both  of 
the  things  wherein  thou  hast  seen  me,  and  of  the  things 
wherein  I  will  appear  unto  thee;  delivering  thee  from 
the  people,  and  from  the  Gentiles,  unto  whom  I  send 
thee,  to  open  their  eyes,  that  they  may  turn  from  darkness  to 
light,  and  from  the  power  of  Satan  unto  God,  that  they  may 
receive  remission  of  sins  and  an  inheritance  among  them  that 
are  sanctified  by  faith  in  me. 

ACTS  xxvi.  12 — 18. 


Xpicro)  cYNeCTAY'pooMAi'  203  Ae  OYKGTI  epoo,  ZH  Ae 

tN   6MO)   XplCTOC. 


/  have  been  crucified  with  Christ  ;  yet  I  live  ;  and  yet  no 
longer  I,  but  Christ  liveth  in  me. 

GAL.  ii.  20. 


THE  REVELATION  FROM  HEAVEN  AND 
ON  EARTH. 


have  seen  that  the  recorded  manifesta-  xi. 
tions  of  the  Risen  Christ  were  fitted  to  fur 
nish  the  first  disciples  and  the  Church  in  all  ages 
with  a  sure  foundation  for  the  belief  in  His  true  per 
sonal  Resurrection,  and  of  His  abiding  connexion 
with  His  people.  In  typical  cases  He  quick 
ened  and  confirmed  individual  faith  (i.  n.)  and 
social  faith  (m.  iv.);  and  in  doing  this  He  made 
clear  the  inadequacy  of  all  outward  tests  in  them 
selves  to  establish  the  truth  to  which  outward 
experience  was  the  approach  (v).  Starting  from 
the  belief  in  the  fact  of  His  Resurrection,  which 
was  thus  created  and  defined,  He  afterwards  laid 
open  in  successive  scenes  the  reality  of  His  Pre 
sence  with  believers  through  the  manifold  work 
of  life  (VL  VIL  VIIL).  At  last  He  marked  by 
signal  and  expressive  acts  the  close  of  His  former 
earthly  relationship  with  those  whom  He  had 
chosen  as  being  the  condition  of  a  new  relation- 


192  Cessation  of  the  appearances 

XL  ship  fulfilled  through  the  Spirit  (ix.  x.).  Each 
narrative  conveys  a  distinct  lesson  fitting  in  har 
moniously  with  all  the  others,  and  in  its  proper 
measure  throwing  light  upon  the  unseen  world  in 
which  and  to  which  we  are  moving. 

At  this  point  then  there  is  a  decisive  break  in 
the  history.  No  fresh  events  of  a  like  kind  follow. 
Faith  has  been  quickened  by  a  revelation  com 
plete  and  adequate,  and  it  was  effective  in  opera 
tion.  This  sudden  change  in  the  experience  of 
the  Church  is  equally  significant  negatively  and 
positively.  The  abrupt  cessation  of  the  appear 
ances  of  Christ  is  intelligible  if  they  were  granted 
for  the  specific  end  of  producing  the  faith  which 
they  did  produce:  it  is  not  intelligible  if  they 
were  the  creation  of  enthusiasm. 

Acts  viii.  The  vision  of  St  Stephen  is  no  exception  to 

54  fi''  the  statement  which  has  been  made.  That  is 
presented  as  an  exceptional  encouragement  vouch 
safed  to  the  first  martyr,  wholly  isolated  and  yet 
in  its  form  of  the  deepest  significance.  St  Paul, 
it  is  likely,  heard  St  Stephen's  words,  but  in  his 
enumeration  of  the  Lord's  appearances  he  gives 
no  place  to  this.  A  similar  remark  applies  to  the 
Acts  ix.  communication  to  Ananias.  Of  him  it  is  recorded 
expressly,  the  Lord  said  unto  him  in  a  vision;  and 
the  note  is  the  more  striking  as  it  follows  closely 
on  the  narrative  of  the  call  of  St  Paul.  Besides 


till  the  unique  appearance  to  St  Paul.    193 

these  visions  there  were  many  other  manifesta-       xi. 
tions  of  the  powers  of  the  spiritual  world  ;  but  for  ^i"!^9 ; 
a  long  space,  probably  for  six  or  eight  years,  the  x!*:  7(r7); 
Lord,  as  far  as  we  know,  did  not  reveal  Himself,  x.  3  ff.9' 
Then  finally  'He  was  seen  last  of  all'  by  St  Paul,    "nff?? ; 
Here   again   it   is  of  the  utmost  importance  g  Cor'  xv> 
historically  to  observe  that  the  appearance  was 
unique.     There  was  in  the  apostolic  Church  the 
keenest    expectation    of    the    immediate   visible 
Return  of  the  Lord.     Some  even  taught  that  the  ?  Thess. 
day  of  the  Lord  is  now  present.     But  there  is  not  n*  2' 
the  least  trace  that  any  one  professed  to  have  seen 
Him.     Every  circumstance,  it  may  be  fairly  said, 
was  now  favourable  to  creations  of  enthusiasm, 
but  none  were   alleged.     The   experience   of  St 
Paul  is  no  less  instructive.     He  had  visions  on 
other  occasions.     Once  he  says  that  he  saw  the  Acts  xxil. 
Lord  speaking  to  him,  but  this  was  when  he  had  l8' 
fallen    into    a    trance.     He   received    his    gospel  Gal.i.  uf. 
through  the  revelation  of  Jesus  Christ.     On  an 
other  occasion  it  is  recorded  in  the  Acts  that  the  Acts  xviii. 
Lord  spake  to  him  l>y  night  in  a  vision;  and  yet 
again  that  the  Lord  by  night  stood  ~by  him,  and  Acts  xxiii. 
said,  Be  of  good  courage.     But  these  exhibitions 
of  the  Lord's  power  are  separated  decisively  and 
yet  without  any  conscious  purpose,  as  it  seems, 
from  the  appearance  on  the  road  to  Damascus. 
That  was  on  the  same  line  as  the  appearances 
W.  13 


194  This  appearance  a  revelation: 

ii.  during  the  forty  days,  objective  and  personal,  on 
the  one  side  coming  fully  within  the  range  of  our 
present  human  life,  and  on  the  other  transcending 
it. 

For  this  appearance,  like  those  which  have 
been  already  considered,  was  a  revelation.  It 
brought  a  new  view  of  the  Life  and  Presence  of 
Christ.  It  was  a  revelation  through  sense  and 
yet  in  no  way  measured  by  sense.  That  in  which 
St  Paul  recognised  the  Lord  was  for  those  who 
journeyed  with  him  simply  a  light.  The  voice 
for  them  was  a  mere  sound  not  articulate  in  words. 
Out  of  the  heavenly  glory  Christ  made  Himself 
known  to  the  future  Apostle  as  Jesus  Whom  thou 
persecutest :  from  heaven  He  spoke  of  Himself  as 
still  on  earth. 

It  is  in  the  simultaneous  affirmation  of  these 
two  contrasted  and  complementary  truths  that 
the  revelation  lies.  St  Paul's  characteristic  teach 
ing  is  a  proof  of  the  power  with  which  both  were 
borne  in  upon  his  soul.  If  before  he  knew  a 
i  Cor.  v.  Christ  after  the  flesh  he  now  knew  Him  so  no  more. 
The  idea  of  the  glorified  Christ  fills  all  his 
thoughts.  And  again  the  conception  of  believers 
as  members  of  Christ,  and  of  the  Church  as  His 
Body,  moulds  his  whole  theory  of  the  Christian 
life.  He  first,  and  the  fact  is  one  of  those  unac- 
centuated  and  yet  most  significant  points  in  the 


2O. 


Christ  in  heaven  and  on  earth.  195 

progress  of  the  faith  which  are  apt  to  be  over-       XL 
looked,  proclaimed  Jesus  in  the  Synagogues  that  Acts  ix. 
He  is  the   Son  of   God.     The   mode   in   which 
'Jesus' — still   truly   man — was   made   known   to 
him  carried  with  it  the  conviction,  complete  at 
once,  that  He  was  also  in  nature  truly  Divine. 

In  each  respect  this  last  Kevelation  of  the 
Risen  Lord  crowned  the  Revelations  which  had 
been  given  before.  Those  were  all  suited  in 
various  ways  to  shew  how  the  Lord  who  had  gone 
in  and  out  among  the  disciples  had  entered  upon 
a  divine  life :  this  was  suited  to  make  Him 
known  in  His  divine  being.  By  the  address  to 
St  Thomas  and  by  the  manifestation  at  the  Sea 
of  Tiberias  He  had  in  deed  and  symbol  disclosed 
His  abiding  Presence  with  His  people  :  here  He 
laid  open  the  most  mysterious  fact  of  human 
existence,  that  believers  are  in  Him  and  He  in 
them.  The  appearance  to  St  Paul  was  in  a  word 
a  revelation  of  a  continuous  life  of  the  Risen 
Christ  on  earth  in  virtue  of  His  being  the  Son  of 
God. 

The  natural  dependence  of  the  one  truth  upon 
the  other  is  obvious.  The  apprehension  of  the 
divine  nature  of  Christ  enables  us  to  understand 
in  some  measure  how  He  still  enters  into  human 
life  and  fulfils  His  work  in  and  through  men,  how 
He  is  Sovereign  and  yet  persecuted.  And  from 


196  A  ^Revelation  of 

xi.  the  human  point  of  sight  sufferings  and  labours 
are  shewn  to  be  fruitful  because  they  are  brought 
into  a  living  connexion  with  Christ. 

Perhaps  it  is  in  this  latter  respect  that  the 
power  of  the  Kevelation  is  most  fully  shewn. 
The  words  Why  persecutest  thou  Me  ?  bear  in  them 
sufficient  consolation  for  those  who  endure  for  the 
Truth,  'not  they  but  Christ/  And  the  lesson 
was  made  plain  to  St  Paul  when,  as  the  issue  of 
his  conversion,  it  was  shewn  him  how  many  things 

Acts  ix.  he  must  suffer  for  the  name  of  Christ.  Such 
sufferings,  it  was  now  evidently  seen,  were  suffer 
ings  not  only  for  Christ  but  of  Christ,  and  there 
fore  charged  with  a  heavenly  virtue. 

How  completely  this  new  thought  of  the  cha 
racter  of  faithful  suffering  entered  into  St  Paul's 
estimate  of  the  power  of  life  is  seen  from  his 

Col.  i.  24.  account  of  his  own  feelings.  /  rejoice  in  my 
sufferings  for  your  sake,  and  fill  up  that  which  is 
lacking  of  the  afflictions  of  Christ  in  my  flesh  for 
His  Bodys  sake,  which  is  the  Church.  Christ 
worked  through  him,  yet  so  that  he  now  was  able 
under  the  conditions  of  earth  to  suffer  in  Christ's 
stead.  What  Christ  could  no  longer  do  the  dis 
ciple  did  by  the  inspiration  of  His  Life,  not  indeed 
as  if  his  acts  were  in  themselves  meritorious  or 
(still  less)  had  any  power  of  vicarious  satisfac 
tion,  but  as  discharging  an  office  which  by  divine 


power  in  weakness.  197 

appointment  was  rich  in  beneficent  results  for  the       xi. 
building  up  of  the  Christian  Society. 

Thus  the  revelation  of  the  Risen  Christ  to 
St  Paul  may  be  described  as  a  revelation  of  glory 
and  of  weakness,  of  glory  and  weakness  recon 
ciled  ;  and  in  view  of  the  actual  condition  of  the 
Church  it  is  not  difficult  to  perceive  the  part 
which  it  fulfils  in  the  interpretation  of  the  Gospel. 
Without  it  the  long  times  of  silence  and  apparent 
loneliness,  of  dull  distress  and  oppression,  might 
seem  to  be  inconsistent  with  the  present  sove 
reignty  of  Christ.  As  it  is,  these  are  shewn  to  be 
a  discipline  with  a  divine  purpose.  If  it  behoved  Luke  xxiv. 
the  Christ  to  suffer  and  to  enter  into  His  glory,  the 
same  law  applies  to  the  Church  in  which  His 
earthly  Life,  so  to  speak,  is  continued  'in  the 
flesh/ 

It  is  unnecessary  to  dwell  on  the  practical 
consequences  of  this  view  of  the  position  and 
work  of  the  Church.  One  only  may  be  noticed. 
It  has  been  boldly  urged  against  the  Christian 
Faith  that  the  object  of  worship  which  it  pro 
poses  is  removed  far  from  all  need  of  service ;  and 
that  consequently  believers  are  deprived  of  one  of 
the  noblest  motives  of  labour.  This  Revelation 
of  the  Lord  from  glory  wholly  disposes  of  the 
objection.  Our  Lord,  shewn  to  the  eye  of  faith 
in  His  Majesty,  is  persecuted  still.  He  needs, — 


198  The  type  of  the  common 

the  mystery  is  involved  in  the  Incarnation, — the 
ministry  of  love;  and  He  blesses  the  patience  of 
suffering. 

There  is  yet  another  truth  established  by  the 
Revelation  to  St  Paul.  It  is  the  sensible  confir 
mation  of  the  reality  of  the  personal  fellowship  of 
the  Risen  Lord  and  the  believer.  Just  as  the 
Conversion  of  St  Paul  is  the  type  of  the  common 
martyrdom  of  life,  so  his  Call  is  the  type  of  the 
common  miracle  of  life.  By  this,  in  a  signal 
example,  it  was  shewn  openly  that  the  Lord, 
though  departed  to  the  Father,  still  holds  inter 
course  with  His  disciples.  As  it  was  during  His 
earthly  Life,  as  it  was  during  the  period  of  transi 
tion  from  suffering  to  glory,  so  it  is  now:  He 
watches  over  them  and  is  with  them,  though  the 
form  of  His  Presence  is  changed.  That  which 
was  before  local  arid  temporal  is  now  spiritual  and 
eternal,  while  still  it  is  capable  of  being  mani 
fested  under  the  conditions  of  sense. 

Thus  the  cycle  of  revelations  is  completed. 
The  Risen  Lord  has  so  shewn  Himself  as  to  create 
in  individual  disciples  and  in  the  Christian  Society 
the  conviction  of  His  new  Life,  in  which  all  that 
belonged  to  the  essence  of  his  humanity  was  pre 
served  and  transfigured.  He  has  so  shewn  Him 
self  as  to  establish  the  belief  in  His  providential 


miracle  of  life.  199 

guidance  of  the  fortunes  of  the  Church  and  of  XL 
His  Presence  with  all  who  work  and  wait  in  His 
service.  He  has  at  last  from  the  throne  of  His 
spiritual  Kingdom  so  shewn  Himself  as  to  make 
evident  the  divine  reality  which  underlies  the 
voices  and  visions  of  heaven,  the  divine  purpose 
which  is  slowly  wrought  out  on  the  stage  of  earth. 
The  thought  of  that  Life,  of  that  Providence,  of 
that  Presence,  of  that  Communion,  of  that  Mystery 
of  pain,  has  passed  into  the  world  and  become  part 
of  the  heritage  of  manhood.  The  old  things  are  2  Cor.  v. 
passed  away :  behold,  they  are  become  new. 


CAMBRIDGE  :  FEINTED  BY  C.   J.  CLAY,  M.A.   AT  THE  UNIVERSITY  PKESS. 


December ',   1881. 

A  CATALOGUE  of  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS, 

Published  by 

MACMILLA1N"  AND  CO. 

Bedford  Street,   Strand,  London,   W.C. 


Abbott  (Rev.  E.  A.)— Works  by  the  Rev.  E.  A.  ABBOTT, 
D.D.,   Head  Master  of  the  City  of  London  School  : 

BIBLE  LESSONS.     Second  Edition.     Crown  8vo.     ^s.6d. 

"  Wise,  suggestive,  and  really  profound  initiation  into  religious  thought" 
— Guardian.  The  Bishop  of  St.  David's,  in  his  speech  at  the  Education 
Conference  at  Abergwilly,  says  he  thinks  "  nobody  could  read  them  without 
being  the  better  for  them  himself,  and  being  also  able  to  see  how  this  difficult 
duty  of  imparting  a  sound  religious  education  may  be  effected." 

THE  GOOD  VOICES:  A  Child's  Guide  to  the  Bible. 
With  upwards  of  50  Illustrations.  Crown  8vo,  cloth  gilt.  5^. 

"If  would  not  be  easy  to  combine  simplicity  with  fulness  and  depth  of 
meaning  more  successfully  than  Mr.  Abbott  has  done" — Spectator.  The 
Times  says — "Mr.  Abbott  writes  with  clearness,  simplicity,  and  the  deepest 
religious  feeling. ' ' 

CAMBRIDGE  SERMONS  PREACHED  BEFORE  THE 
UNIVERSITY.  Second  Edition.  8vo.  6s. 

OXFORD  SERMONS  PREACHED  BEFORE  THE 
UNIVERSITY.  8vo.  >js.  6d. 

THROUGH  NATURE  TO  CHRIST  ;  or,  The  Ascent  of 
Worship  through  Illusion  to  the  Truth.  8vo.  I2J.  6d. 

"  The  beauty  of  its  style,  its  tender  feeling,  and  its  perfect  sympathy,  the 
originality  and  suggestiveness  of  many  of  its  thoughts,  would  of  them 
selves  go  far  to  recommend  it.  But  far  besides  these,  it  has  a  certain 
value  in  its  bold,  comprehensive,  trenchant  method  of  apology,  and  in  the 
adroitness  -with  which  it  turns  the  flank  of  the  many  modern  fallacies  that 
caricature  in  order  to  condemn  Christianity" — Church  Quarterly  Review. 

Ainger  (Rev.  Alfred).— SERMONS    PREACHED    IN 

THE  TEMPLE   CHURCH.     By  the  Rev.  ALFRED   AINGER, 

M.  A.  of  Trinity  Hall,  Cambridge,  Reader  at  the  Temple  Church! 

Extra  fcap.  8vo.     6s. 

"If  is, "  the  British  Quarterly  says,  " the  fresh  unconventional  talk  of  a 


S»ooo. 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 


clear  independent  thinker ;   addressed  to  a  congregation  of  thinkers .... 
Thoughtful  men  will  be  greatly  charmed  by  this  little  volume.'''' 

Arnold. — Works  by  MATTHEW  ARNOLD  : 

A  BIBLE  READING  FOR  SCHOOLS.  THE  GREAT 
PROPHECY  OF  ISRAEL'S  RESTORATION  (Isaiah,  Chapters  40—66). 
Arranged  and  Edited  for  Young  Learners.  By  MATTHEW  ARNOLD, 
D.C.L.  Third  Edition.  i8mo.  is. 

The  Times  says — "  Whatever  may  be  the  fate  of  this  little  book  in 
Government  Schools^  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  it  will  be  found  excellently 
calculated  to  further  instruction  in  Biblical  literature  in  any  school  into 
ivhich  it  may  be  introduced. 

ISAIAH  XL.— LXVI.,  with  the  Shorter  Prophecies  allied 
to  it.  Arranged  and  Edited  with  Notes.  Crown  8vo.  5^. 

Bather.— ON  SOME  MINISTERIAL  DUTIES;  CATE 
CHISING,  PREACHING,  &c.  Charges  by  the  late  Archdeacon 
BATHER.  Edited,  with  Preface,  by  Dr.  C.  J.  VAUGHAN.  Extra 
fcap.  8vo.  AfS.  bd. 

Bernard.— THE  PROGRESS  OE  DOCTRINE  IN  THE 
NEW  TESTAMENT.  By  THOMAS  D.  BERNARD,  M.A., 
Rector  of  Walcot  and  Canon  of  Wells.  Third  and  Cheaper  Edi 
tion.  Crown  8vo.  $s.  (Bampton  Lectures  for  1864.) 

Binney.— A  SECOND  SERIES  OF  SERMONS.  By 
THOMAS  BINNEY,  D.D.  Edited  with  Biographical  and  Critical 
Sketch,  by  the  Rev.  HENRY  ALLON,  D.D.  With  Portrait  of  Dr. 
Binney  engraved  by  JEENS.  8vo.  I2s. 

Birks. — Works  by  T.  R.  BIRKS,  M.A.,  Professor  of   Moral 

Philosophy,  Cambridge  : 

THE  DIFFICULTIES  OF  BELIEF  in  connection  with 
the  Creation  and  the  Fall,  Redemption  and  Judgment.  Second 
Edition,  enlarged.  Crown  8vo.  5*. 

AN  ESSAY  ON    THE    RIGHT  ESTIMATION  OF  MS. 

EVIDENCE  IN  THE  TEXT  OF  THE  NEW  TESTAMENT.     Crown 
8vo.     3-y.  bd. 

COMMENTARY  ON  THE  BOOK  OF  ISAIAH,  Critical, 
Historical,  and  Prophetical  j  including  a  Revised  English  Trans 
lation.  With  Introduction  and  Appendices  on  the  Nature  of 
Scripture  Prophecy,  the  Life  and  Times  of  Isaiah,  the  Genuineness 
of  the  Later  Prophecies,  the  Structure  and  History  of  the  whole 
Book,  the  Assyrian  History  in  Isaiah's  Days,  and  various  Difficult 
Passages.  Second  Edition,  revised.  8vo.  12s.  6d. 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 


BIRKS  (Prof.}— continued. 

SUPERNATURAL  REVELATION;    or,  First  Principles 
of  Moral  Theology.     8vo.     Ss. 

Blackie.— LAY  SERMONS.  By  JOHN  STUART  BLACKIE 
Professor  of  Greek  in  the  University  of  Edinburgh.  Crown  8vo.  6s. 
The  subjects  of  these  "Sermons,"  so  called  as  the  author  tells  us  "be 
cause,  though  some  of  them  were  delivered  in  the  form  of  popular  lecttires, 
they  have  all  a  direct  practical  drift,  and  are  intended  either  to  apply 
Christian  ethics  or  to  expound  Christian  doctrine  in  reference  to  matters 
of  special  interest  at  the  present  time." — are  as  follows  :  (i)  The  Creation 
of  the  World,  (2)  The  Jewish  Sabbath  and  the  Christian  Lord's  Day, 
(3)  Faith,  (4)  The  Utilisation  of  Evil,  (5)  Landlords  and  Land-laws, 
(6)  The  Politics  of  Christianity,  (7)  The  Dignity  of  Labour,  (8)  The 
Scottish  Covenanters,  (9)  On  Symbolism,  Ceremonialism,  Formalism, 
and  the  New  Creature;  with  an  Appendix  on  The  Metaphysics  of 
Genesis  I. 

Bradby.— SERMONS  PREACHED  AT  HAILEYBURY. 

By  E.  H.  BRADBY,  M.A.,  Master.     8vo.     IQJ.  6d. 

Brooks.— THE  CANDLE  OF  THE  LORD,  AND  OTHER 
SERMONS.  By  the  Rev.  PHILLIPS  BROOKS,  Rector  of  Trinity 
Church,  Boston.  Crown  8vo.  6s. 

Mr.  Brooks'1  reputation  as  a  preacher  stands  very  high  among  his  own 
countrymen,  and  several  of  his  previous  volumes  which  have  found  their 
way  across  the  Atlantic,  such  as  Lectures  on  Preaching,  &c.,  have  attracted 
attention  here.  It  may  be  hoped,  therefore,  that  this  new  volume  will  be 
welcome  to  English  readers.  The  first  sermon,  which  gives  its  title  to  the 
volume,  was  delivered  in  Westminster  Abbey,  and  ivas  greatly  admired  by 
Dean  Stanley  who  was  a  personal  friend  of  the  preacher. 

Brunton.— THE  BIBLE  AND  SCIENCE.  By  T.  Lauder 
Brunton,  M.D.,  D.Sc.,  F.R.S.,  etc.  With  Illustrations.  Crown 
8vo.  ioj.  6d. 

The  objects  of  the  present  work  are  to  give  a  brief  and  popular  sketch  of 
the  data  on  which  the  doctrine  of  Evolution  is  founded,  and  to  shew  that 
instead  of  being  atheistic  it  is  the  very  reverse,  and  is  no  more  opposed  to 
the  Biblical  account  of  the  Creation  than  those  geological  doctrines  regard 
ing  the  structure  and  formation  of  the  earth's  criist  which  were  once 
regarded  as  heretical  and  dangerous,  but  are  now  to  be  found  in  every 
class-book,  and  are  taught  in  every  school.  The  plan  adopted  has  been  to 
give  a  brief  account,  first,  of  the  living  things  both  animal  and  vegetable 
which  now  exist  on  this  earth,  and  of  their  relation  to  one  another  ;  and, 
secondly,  of  the  forms  of  life  which  existed  in  the  early  ages  of  the  world's 
history,  and  their  relationships  to  one  another,  as  well  as  to  those  of  the 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 


present  day.  After  this  follows  a  discussion  of  the  question,  how  these 
various  forms  of  life,  fast  and  present,  came  into  existence,  whether  by 
sudden  creation  or  gradual  evolution. 

Butcher.— THE    ECCLESIASTICAL   CALENDAR;    its 

Theory  and   Construction.     By   SAMUEL  BUTCHER,   D.D.,  late 
Bishop  of  Meath.     4to.     14^. 

Butler  (Rev.  G.) — Works  by  the  Rev.  GEORGE  BUTLER, 
M.A.,  Principal  of  Liverpool  College  : 

FAMILY  PRAYERS.     Crown  8vo.     5*. 

SERMONS  PREACHED  in  CHELTENHAM  COLLEGE 
CHAPEL.  Crown  8vo.  Js.  6d. 

Butler  (Rev.  H.  M.)— SERMONS  PREACHED  in  the 
CHAPEL  OF  HARROW  SCHOOL.  By  H.  MONTAGU 
BUTLER,  Head  Master.  Crown  8vo.  js.  6d. 

"These  sermons  are  adapted  for  every  household.  There  is  nothing 
more  striking  than  the  excellent  good  sense  with  which  they  are  imbued." 
— Spectator. 

A  SECOND  SERIES.     Crown  8vo.     Js.6d. 

' '  Excellent  specimens  of  what  sermons  should  be — plain,  direct,  prac 
tical,  pervaded  by  the  true  spirit  of  the  Gospel,  and  holding  up  lofty  aims 
before  the  minds  of  the  young" — Athenaeum. 

Butler  (Rev.  W.  Archer). — Works  by  the  Rev.  WILLIAM 

ARCHER  BUTLER,  M.A.,  late  Professor  of  Moral  Philosophy  in 
the  University  of  Dublin  : 

SERMONS,  DOCTRINAL  AND  PRACTICAL.  Edited, 
with  a  Memoir  of  the  Author's  Life,  by  THOMAS  WOODWARD, 
Dean  of  Down.  With  Portrait.  Ninth  Edition.  8vo.  8s. 

A  SECOND  SERIES  OF  SERMONS.  Edited  by  J.  A. 
JEREMIE,  D.D.,  Dean  of  Lincoln.  Seventh  Edition.  8vo.  Js. 

LETTERS    ON    ROMANISM,  in  reply  to   Dr.  Newman's 

'Essay  on  Development.'     Edited  by  the  Dean  of  Down.     Second 

Edition,  revised  by  Archdeacon  HARDWICK.     8vo.     IQT.  6d. 

These  Letters  contain  an  exhaustive  criticism  of  Dr.  Newman 's  famous 

'Essay  on  the  Development  of  Christian  Doctrine.'      "A  work  which 

ought  to  be  in  the  Library  of  every  student  of  Divinity." — BP.  ST.  DAVID'S. 

Calderwood. — Works  by  HENRY  CALDERWOOD,  LL.D., 
Professor  of  Moral  Philosophy  in  the  University  of  Edinburgh  : 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  5 

C  ALDER  WOOD  (Dr.)—  continued. 

THE   PARABLES   OF    OUR  LORD,  interpreted  in  view 

of  their  relations  to  each  other.     Crown  8vo.     6s. 
"  They  are  written  in  a  simple  intelligible  manner,  and  may  be  read 
with  satisfaction" — Westminster  Review. 

THE  RELATIONS  OF  SCIENCE  AND  RELIGION. 
Being  the  Morse  Lecture,  1880,  connected  with  Union  Theologi 
cal  Seminary,  New  York.  Crown  8vo.  5.5-. 

Cambridge  Lent  Sermons,  1864. — Sermons  preached 
during  Lent,  1864,  in  Great  St.  Mary's  Church,  Cambridge.  By 
the  Right  Rev.  the  Lord  Bishop  of  Oxford,  Rev.  H.  P.  Liddon, 
Rev.  T.  L.  Claughton,  Rev.  J.  R.  Woodford,  Rev.  Dr.  Goulburn, 
Very  Rev.  Dean  Hook,  Rev.  W.  J.  Butler,  and  others.  Crown 
8vo.  7-y.  6d. 

Campbell. — Works  by  JOHN  M'LEOD  CAMPBELL  : 

THE  NATURE  OF  THE  ATONEMENT  AND  ITS 
RELATION  TO  REMISSION  OF  SINS  AND  ETERNAL 
LIFE.  Fourth  and  Cheaper  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  6s. 

11  Among  the  first  theological  treatises  of  this  generation." — Guardian. 
"  One  of  the  most  remarkable  theological  books  ever  written." — Times. 

CHRIST  THE  BREAD  OF  LIFE.  An  Attempt  to  give 
a  profitable  direction  to  the  present  occupation  of  Thought  with 
Romanism.  Second  Edition,  greatly  enlarged.  Crown  8vo.  4-r.  6d. 

' '  Deserves  the  most  attentive  study  by  all  who  interest  themselves  in  the 
predominant  religious  controversy  of  the  day." — Spectator. 

REMINISCENCES  AND  REFLECTIONS,    referring  to 
his  Early  Ministry  in  the  Parish  of  Row,   1825 — 31.     Edited  with 
an  Introductory  Narrative  by  his  Son,  DONALD  CAMPBELL,  M.A., 
Chaplain  of  King's  College,  London.     Crown  8vo.     7s.  6d 
"  We  recommend  this  book  cordially  to  all  who  are  interested  in  the 
great  cause  of  religious  reformation." — Times.      " There  is  a  thorough 
ness  and  depth,  as  well  as  a  practical  earnestness,  in  his  grasp  of  each 
truth  on  which  he  dilates,  which  make  his  reflections  very  valuable." — 
Literary  Churchman. 

THOUGHTS  ON  REVELATION,  with  Special  Reference 
to  the  Present  Time.  Second  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  $s. 

RESPONSIBILITY  FOR  THE  GIFT  OF  ETERNAL 
LIFE.  Compiledby  permission  of  the  late  J.  M'LEOD  CAMPBELL, 
D.D.,  from  Sermons  preached  chiefly  at  Row  in  1829 — 31. 
Crown  8vo.  $s. 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 


Campbell  (Lewis).— SOME  ASPECTS  OF  THE  CHRIS 
TIAN  IDEAL.  Sermons  by  the  Rev.  L.  CAMPBELL,  M.A., 
LL.D.,  Professor  of  Greek  in  the  University  of  Glasgow.  Crown 
8vo.  6s. 

Canterbury. — Works  by  ARCHIBALD  CAMPBELL,  Archbishop 

of  Canterbury  : 

THE  CHURCH  OF  THE  FUTURE.  Its  Catholicity; 
its  Conflict  with  the  Atheist  ;  its  Conflict  with  the  Deist ;  its 
Conflict  with  the  Rationalist ;  its  Dogmatic  Teaching  ;  Practical 
Councils  for  its  Work  ;  its  Cathedrals.  Constituting  the  Charge 
delivered  at  his  Third  Quadrennial  Visitation,  A.  D.  1880.  Second 
Edition.  Crown  8vo.  3^.  6d. 

THE  PRESENT  POSITION  OF  THE  CHURCH  OF 
ENGLAND.  Seven  Addresses  delivered  to  the  Clergy  and  Church 
wardens  of  his  Diocese,  as  his  Charge,  at  his  Primary  Visitation, 
1872.  Third  Edition.  8vo.  3^-.  6d. 

SOME  THOUGHTS  ON  THE  DUTIES  OF  THE  ES 
TABLISHED  CHURCH  OF  ENGLAND  AS  A  NATIONAL 
CHURCH.  Seven  Addresses  delivered  at  his  Second  Visitation. 
8v«.  4-y.  6d. 

Cellarius.— A  NEW  ANALOGY  BETWEEN  REVEAL 
ED  RELIGION  AND  THE  COURSE  AND  CONSTITUTION  OF 
NATURE.  By  CELLARIUS.  Crown  8vo.  6s. 

The  argument  from  Analogy,  as  first  applied  by  Butler,  being,  so  far 
as  regards  its  method,  of  eternal  value  and  significance,  there  seems  no 
reason  why  it  may  not  once  more  be  employed  to  combat  the  present  state  of 
mental  incredulity  and  indifference,  due  care  being  taken  to  adapt  the 
course  and  details  of  the  argument  to  the  changes  which  lapse  of  time  and 
alterations  in  the  way  of  thinking  have  produced  in  the  attittide  of  those 
who  cannot  bring  themselves  to  regard  the  Christian  religion  as  being  the 
direct  work  of  God.  The  present  writer  here  addresses  to  his  fellow 
Christians,  more  especially  laymen,  those  reasons  which  have  from  time  to 
time,  appeared  to  himself  to  afford  a  reasonably  strong  presumption  that 
Nature  and  Revelation  have  proceeded  from  the  same  Author,  and  that, 
therefore,  the  materials  of  a  credible  and  rational  religion  are  placed  at  the 
disposal  of  mankind. 

Cheyne.— Works  by  T.  K.  CHEYNE,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Balliol 

College,  Oxford  : 

THE  BOOK  OF  ISAIAH  CHRONOLOGICALLY  AR 
RANGED.  An  Amended  Version,  with  Historical  and  Critical 
Introductions  and  Explanatory  Notes.  Crown  8vo.  'js.  6d. 

NOTES  AND  CRITICISMS  on  the  HEBREW  TEXT 
OF  ISAIAH.  Crown  Svo.  2s.  6d. 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 


Choice    Notes   on   the    Four   Gospels,   drawn  from 

Old  and  New  Sources.      Crown  8vo.      45.  6d.  each  Vol.      (St. 
Matthew  and  St.  Mark  in  one  Vol.  price  gs.) 

Church. — Works  by  the  Very  Rev.  R.  W.  CHURCH,  M.A., 
D.C.L.,  Dean  of  St.  Paul's  : 

ON  SOME  INFLUENCES  OF  CHRISTIANITY  UPON 
NATIONAL  CHARACTER.     Three  Lectures  delivered  in  St. 
Paul's  Cathedral,  Feb.  1873.     Crown  Svo.     4?.  6d. 
"Few  books  that  we  have  met  with  have  given  us  keener  pleasure  than 

this It  would  be  a  real  pleasure  to  quote  extensively,  so  wise  and  so 

true,  so  tender  and  so  discriminating  are  Dean  Church's  judgments,  but 
the  limits  of  our  space  are  inexorable.  We  hope  the  book  will  be  bought. " 
— Literary  Churchman. 

THE  SACRED  POETRY  OF  EARLY  RELIGIONS. 
Two  Lectures  in  St.  Paul's  Cathedral.  i8mo.  I.T.  I.  The  Veclas. 
II.  The  Psalms. 

ST.  ANSELM.     Second  Edition.     Crown  Svo.     6s. 

' '  It  is  a  sketch  by  the  hand  of  a  master,  with  every  line  marked  by 
taste,  learning,  and  real  apprehension  of  the  subject ." — Pall  Mall  Gazette. 

HUMAN  LIFE  AND  ITS  CONDITIONS.  Sermons 
preached  before  the  University  of  Oxford,  1876 — 78,  with  Three 
Ordination  Sermons.  Crown  Svo.  6s. 

THE  GIFTS  OF  CIVILIZATION,  and  other  Sermons  and 
Lectures  delivered  at  Oxford  and  in  St.  Paul's  Cathedral.  New 
Edition.  Crown  Svo.  "js.  6d. 

Clergyman's     Self-Examination    concerning    the 

APOSTLES'  CREED.     Extra  fcap.  Svo.      u.  6d. 

Colenso.— THE  COMMUNION  SERVICE  FROM  THE 
BOOK  OF  COMMON  PRAYER;  with  Select  Readings  from 
the  Writings  of  the  Rev.  F.  D.  MAURICE,  M. A.  Edited  by  the 
Right  Rev.  J.  W.  COLENSO,  D.D.,  Lord  Bishop  of  Natal.  New 
Edition.  i6mo.  2s.  6d. 

Collects  of  the  Church  of  England.  With  a  beauti 
fully  Coloured  Floral  Design  to  each  Collect,  and  Illuminated 
Cover.  Crown  Svo.  12s.  Also  kept  in  various  styles  of  morocco. 

Congreve. — HIGH  HOPES,  AND  PLEADINGS  FOR  A  REA 
SONABLE  FAITH,  NOBLER  THOUGHTS,  LARGER  CHARITY. 
Sermons  preached  in  the  Parish  Church  of  Tooting  Graveney,  Surrey. 
By  J.  CONGREVE,  M.  A.,  Rector.  Cheaper  Issue.  Crown  Svo.  $s. 


8  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 

Cooke.— RELIGION  AND  CHEMISTRY  :  A  Re-state 
ment  of  an  Old  Argument.  By  J.  P.  COOKE,  Erving  Professor 
of  Chemistry  and  Mineralogy  in  Harvard  University.  Crown 
8vo.  yj.  6d. 

Cotton. — Works  by  the  late  GEORGE  EDWARD  LYNCH 
COTTON,  D.  D. ,  Bishop  of  Calcutta  : 

SERMONS  PREACHED  TO  ENGLISH  CONGREGA 
TIONS  IN  INDIA.  Crown  8vo.  75.  6d. 

EXPOSITORY  SERMONS  ON  THE  EPISTLES  FOR 
THE  SUNDAYS  OF  THE  CHRISTIAN  YEAR.  Two 
Vols.  Crown  8vo.  15^. 

Cunningham. — Works  by  the  Rev.  WILLIAM  CUNNINGHAM, 

M.A.  : 

CHRISTIAN  CIVILISATION.  With  special  reference  to 
India.  Fcap.  8vo.  5^. 

THE  CHURCHES  OF  ASIA.  A  Methodical  Sketch  of 
the  Second  Century.  Crown  8vo.  6s. 

"  Not  merely  is  such  a  treatise  interesting'  to  the  believer ;  its  interest 
extends  to  all" — Morning  Post.  "  We  think  it  on  the  ^vhole  a  pains 
taking  and  accurate  delineation  of  the  development  of  the  ecclesiastical 
constitution  of  the  Church" — London  Quarterly. 

Curteis. — DISSENT  in  its  RELATION  to  the  CHURCH 
OF  ENGLAND.  Eight  Lectures  preached  before  the  University 
of  Oxford,  in  the  year  1871,  on  the  foundation  of  the  late  Rev. 
John  Bampton,  M.  A.,  Canon  of  Salisbury.  By  GEORGE  HERBERT 
CURTEIS,  M.A.,  late  Fellow  and  Sub-Rector  of  Exeter  College  ; 
Principal  of  the  Lichfield  Theological  College,  and  Prebendary  of 
Lichfield  Cathedral ;  Rector  of  Turweston,  Bucks.  New  Edition. 
Crown  8vo.  "js.  6d. 

"Mr.  Curteis  has  done  good  service  by  maintaining  in  an  eloquent, 
temperate,  and  practical  manner,  that  discussion  among  Christians  is 
really  an  evil,  and  that  an  intelligent  basis  can  be  found  for  at  least  a 
proximate  union." — Saturday  Review.  "A  well-timed,  learned,  and 
thoughtful  book." 

Davies. — Works  by  the  Rev.  J.  LLEWELYN  DAVIES,  M.A., 
Rector  of  Christ  Church,  St.  Marylebone,  etc.  : 

THE  GOSPEL  AND  MODERN  LIFE;  with  a  Preface 
on  a  Recent  Phase  of  Deism.  Second  Edition.  To  which  is 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 


DAVIES  (Rev.  J.  LI.)—  continued. 

added,  Morality  according  to  the  Sacrament  of  the  Lord's  Supper; 
or,  Three  Discourses  on  the  Names,  Eucharist,  Sacrifice,  and  Com 
munion.  Extra  fcap.  8vo.  6s. 

WARNINGS  AGAINST  SUPERSTITION.  IN  FOUR 
SERMONS  FOR  THE  DAY.  Extra  fcap.  8vo.  2s.  6d. 

' '  We  have  seldom  read  a  wiser  little  book.  The  Sermons  are  short, 
terse,  and  full  of  true  spiritual  wisdom,  expressed  with  a  lucidity  and  a 
moderation  that  must  give  them  weight  even  with  those  who  agree  least 

with  their  author. Of  the  volume  as  a  whole  it  is  hardly  possible  to 

speak  with  too  cordial  an  appreciation. " — Spectator. 

THE  CHRISTIAN  CALLING.  Sermons.  Extra  fcap. 
8vo.  6s. 

Donaldson — THE  APOSTOLICAL  FATHERS:  a  Critical 
Account  of  their  Genuine  Writings  and  of  their  Doctrines.  By 
JAMES  DONALDSON,  LL.D.  Crown  8vo.  is.bd. 

Eadie. — Works  by  JOHN  EADIE,  D.D.,  LL.D.,  Professor  of 
Biblical  Literature  and  Exegesis,  United  Presbyterian  Church  : 

THE  ENGLISH  BIBLE.  An  External  and  Critical  History 
of  the  various  English  Translations  of  Scripture,  with  Remarks  on 
the  Need  of  Revising  the  English  New  Testament.  Two  vols. 
8vo.  28-5-. 

"Accurate,  scholarly,  full  of  completest  sympathy  with  the  translators 
and  their  work,  and  marvellously  interesting." — Literary  Churchman. 
"  The  work  is  a  very  valuable  one.  It  is  the  result  of  vast  labour ', 
sound  scholarship,  and  large  erudition." — British  Quarterly  Review. 

ST.  PAUL'S  EPISTLES  TO  THE  THESSALONIANS. 
A  Commentary  on  the  Greek  Text.  Edited  by  the  Rev.  W. 
YOUNG,  M.A.,  with  a  Preface  by  the  Rev.  Professor  CAIRNS, 
D.D.  8vo.  12s. 

Ecce  Homo.      A  SURVEY  OF  THE  LIFE  AND  WORK  OF 

JESUS  CHRIST.  Fourteenth  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  6s. 
"A  very  original  and  remarkable  book,  full  of  striking  thought  and 
delicate  perception ;  a  book  which  has  realised  with  wonderful  vigour  and 
freshness  the  historical  magnitude  of  Chrisfs  work,  and  which  here  and 
there  gives  us  readings  of  the  finest  kind  of  the  probable  motive  of  His  indi 
vidual  words  and  actions" — Spectator.  "  The  best  and  most  established 
believer  will  find  it  adding  some  fresh  buttresses  to  his  faith" — Literary 


io  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 

Churchman.  "If  we  have  not  misunderstood  him,  -we  have  before  us  a 
writer  who  has  a  right  to  claim  deference  from  those  who  think  deepest 
and  know  most." — Guardian. 

Ecclesiastes.  A  TREATISE  ON  THE  AUTHORSHIP  OF 
ECCLESIASTES.  To  which  is  added  a  Dissertation  on  that  which 
was  spoken  through  Jeremiah  the  Prophet,  as  quoted  in  Matthew 
xxvii.  9,  io.  Crown  8vo.  14^. 

Faber.— SERMONS  AT  A  NEW  SCHOOL.     By  the  Rev. 

ARTHUR    FABER,    M.A.,    Head    Master    of    Malvern    College. 
Crown  8vo.     6s. 

Farrar. — Works  by  the  Rev.  F.  W.  FARRAR,  D.D.,  F.R.S., 

Canon  of  Westminster,  late  Head  Master  of  Marlborough  College: 

THE  FALL  OF  MAN,  AND  OTHER  SERMONS. 

Fourth  Edition.     Crown  Svo.     6^. 

"  Ability,  eloquence,  scholarship,  and  practical  usefulness,  are  in  these 
Sermons  combined  in  a  very  unusual  degree. " — British  Quarterly. 

THE   WITNESS    OF    HISTORY  TO   CHRIST.      Being 

the  Hulsean  Lectures  for  1870.  Sixth  Edition.  Crown  Svo.  5-r. 
The  following  are  the  subjects  of  the  Five  Lectures : — /.  "  The  Ante 
cedent  Credibility  of  the  Miraculous."  II.  "  The  Adequacy  of  the  Gospel 
Records."  III.  "  The  Victories  of 'Christianity.'1''  IV.  "Christianity and 
the  Individual."  V.  "Christianity  and  the  Race. "  The  subjects  of  the 
four  Appendices  are: — A.  "  The  Diversity  of  Christian  Evidences" 
B.  "Confucius."  C.  "Buddha."  D.  "  Comte." 

SEEKERS  AFTER  GOD.     The  Lives  of  Seneca,  Epictetus, 

and  Marcus  Aurelius.      Eighth  Edition.     Crown  Svo.     6s. 
"  A  very  interesting  and  valuable  book." — Saturday  Review. 

THE  SILENCE  AND  VOICES  OF  GOD  :  University 
and  other  Sermons.  Fifth  Edition.  Crown  Svo.  6s. 

"We  can  most  cordially  recommend  Dr.  Farrar's  singularly  beautiful 

volume  of  Sermons For  beauty  of  diction,  felicity  of  style,  aptness  of 

illustration  and  earnest  loving  exhortation,  tJie  volume  is  without  its 
parallel. " — John  Bull.  "  They  are  marked  by  great  ability,  by  an  honesty 
which  does  not  hesitate  to  acknowledge  difficulties  and  by  an  earnestness 
which  commands  respect." — Pall  Mall  Gazette. 

"IN  THE  DAYS  OF  THY  YOUTH."  Sermons  on  Prac 
tical  Subjects,  preached  at  Marlborough  College  from  1871 — 76. 
Sixth  Edition.  Crown  Svo.  gs. 

"All  Dr.  Farrar' s  peculiar  charm  of  style  is  apparent  here,  all  that 
care  and  subtleness  of  analysis,  and  an  even-added  distinctness  and  clear- 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  11 

FARRAR  (Rev.  F.  W.)—  continued. 

ness  of  moral  teaching,  which  is  what  every  kind  of  sermon  wants,  and 

especially  a  sermon  to  boys" — Literary  Churchman. 

ETERNAL  HOPE.  Five  Sermons  preached  in  Westminster 
Abbey,  in  1876.  With  Preface,  Notes,  etc.  Contents  :  What 
Heaven  is. — Is  Life  Worth  Living? — 'Hell,'  What  it  is  not. — 
Are  there  few  that  be  saved  ? — Earthly  and  Future  Consequences 
of  Sin.  Eighteenth  Thousand.  Crown  8vo.  6s. 

SAINTLY  WORKERS.  Lenten  Lectures  delivered  in  St. 
Andrew's,  Holborn,  March  and  April,  1878.  Third  Edition. 
Crown  8vo.  6s. 

EPHPHATHA  ;  or  the  Amelioration  of  the  World.  Sermons 
preached  at  Westminster  Abbey.  With  Two  Sermons  at  St. 
Margaret's,  Westminster,  on  the  Opening  of  Parliament.  Crown 
8vo.  6s. 

MERCY  AND  JUDGMENT.  A  Few  Last  Words  on  Chris 
tian  Eschatology,  with  reference  to  Dr.  Pusey's  "  What  is  of 
Faith?"  Crown  8vo.  los.  6d. 

This  volume  contains  afiirther  development  of  the  doctrines  propounded 
in  Canon  Farrar"1  s  former  work  on  '  Eternal  Hope J  dealing  in  full  with 
the  objections  that  have  been  raised  to  the  validity  of  those  doctrines.  It  is, 
therefore,  an  indispensable  companion  to  the  previous  volume. 

Fellowship :     LETTERS     ADDRESSED     TO     MY     SISTER 

MOURNERS.     Fcap.  Svo,  cloth  gilt.     3^-.  6d. 

Ferrar.— A  COLLECTION  OF  FOUR  IMPORTANT 
MSS.  OF  THE  GOSPELS,  viz.,  13,  69,  124,  346,  with  a  view 
to  prove  their  common  origin,  and  to  restore  the  Text  of  their 
Archetype.  By  the  late  W.  H.  FERRAR,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Latin 
in  the  University  of  Dublin.  Edited  by  T.  K.  ABBOTT,  M.A., 
Professor  of  Biblical  Greek,  Dublin.  4to,  half  morocco.  IGJ.  6d. 

Forbes. — Works    by   GRANVILLE    H.   FORBES,   Rector    of 

Broughton  : 
THE  VOICE  OF  GOD  IN  THE  PSALMS.    Cr.  Svo.  6s.6d. 

VILLAGE  SERMONS.  By  a  Northamptonshire  Rector. 
Crown  Svo.  6s. 

' '  Such  a  volume  as  the  present .  .  .  is  as  great  an  accession  to  the  cause 
of  a  deep  theology  as  the  most  refined  exposition  of  its  fundamental  prin 
ciples.  .  .  .  It  is  part  of  the  beauty  of  these  sermons  that  while  they 
apply  the  old  truth  to  the  new  modes  of  feeling  they  seem  to  preserve 
the  whiteness  of  its  simplicity  ....  There  will  be  plenty  of  critics  to 


12  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 

acciise  this  volume  of  inadequacy  of  doctrine  because  it  says  no  more 
than  Scripture  about  vicarious  suffering  and  external  retribution.  For 
ourselves  we  'welcome  it  most  cordially  as  expressing  adequately  what  we 
believe  to  be  the  true  burden  of  the  Gospel  in  a  manner  which  may  take 
hold  either  of  the  least  or  the  most  cultivated  intellect" — Spectator. 

Gaskoin.— CHILDREN'S    TREASURY    OF    BIBLE 

STORIES.     By  Mrs.  HERMAN  GASKOIN.     Edited,  with  Preface, 

by  the  Rev.  G.  F.  MACLEAR,  D.  D. 

PART  I.— Old  Testament.     i8mo.      is. 

PART  II. — New  Testament.     i8mo.      u. 

PART  III. — The  Apostles.      i8mo.      I.T. 

"  This  very  careful  and  well-written  work  is  as  good  an  introduction  to 
Biblical  History  as  we  remember  to  have  come  across." — Educational 
Times. 

Hardwick. — Works  by  the  Ven.  ARCHDEACON  HARDWICK  : 
CHRIST  AND  OTHER  MASTERS.  A  Historical  Inquiry 
into  some  of  the  Chief  Parallelisms  and  Contrasts  between  Christ 
ianity  and  the  Religious  Systems  of  the  Ancient  World.  New 
Edition,  revised,  and  a  Prefatory  Memoir  by  the  Rev.  FRANCIS 
PROCTER,  M.A.  New  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  IQJ-.  6d. 

A  HISTORY  OF  THE  CHRISTIAN  CHURCH.  Middle 
Age.  From  Gregory  the  Great  to  the  Excommunication  of  Luther. 
Edited  by  WILLIAM  STUBBS,  M.A.,  Regius  Professor  of  Modern 
History  in  the  University  of  Oxford.  With  Four  Maps  constructed 
for  this  work  by  A.  KEITH  JOHNSTON.  New  Edition.  Crown 
8vo.  IQS.  6d. 

'  'As  a  Manual  for  the  student  of  ecclesiastical  history  in  the  Middle 
Ages,  we  know  no  English  work  which  can  be  compared  to  Mr.  Hardwick' 's 
book. " — Guardian. 

A  HISTORY  of  the  CHRISTIAN  CHURCH  DURING 
THE  REFORMATION.  New  Edition,  revised  by  Professor 
STUBBS.  Crown  8vo.  los.  6d. 

This  volume  is  intended  as  a  sequel  and  companion  to  the  'History 
of  the  Christian  Church  during  the  Middle  Age. ' 

Hare. — Works  by  the  late  ARCHDEACON  HARE  : 

THE  VICTORY  OF  FAITH.  By  JULIUS  CHARLES 
HARE,  M.  A.,  Archdeacon  of  Lewes.  Edited  by  Prof.  PLUMPTRE. 
With  Introductory  Notices  by  the  late  Prof.  MAURICE  and  Dean 
STANLEY.  Third  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  6s.  6d. 

THE  MISSION  OF  THE  COMFORTER.  With  Notes. 
New  Edition,  edited  by  Prof.  E.  H.  PLUMPTRE.  Crn.Svo.  7-r.  6d. 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  13 

Harper.— THE  METAPHYSICS  OF  THE  SCHOOL.    By 
Thomas  Harper,  S.J.    In  5  vols.    Vols.  I.  and  II.,  8vo.    iSs.  each. 
tc  7f  the  Clergy  of  either  communion  in  this  country  could  be  brought 
to  study  Father  Harper"1*  book,  we  should  augur  well  for  a  sounder  the 
ology  even  in  the  next  generation. " — Church  Quarterly  Review. 

Harris. — SERMONS.  By  the  late  GEORGE  COLLYER 
HARRIS,  Prebendary  of  Exeter,  and  Vicar  of  St.  Luke's,  Torquay. 
With  Memoir  by  CHARLOTTE  M.  YONGE,  and  Portrait.  Extra 
fcap.  8vo.  6s. 

Hervey.— THE  GENEALOGIES  OF  OUR  LORD  AND 
SAVIOUR  JESUS  CHRIST,  as  contained  in  the  Gospels  of 
St.  Matthew  and  St.  Luke,  reconciled  with  each  other,  and  shown 
to  be  in  harmony  with  the  true  Chronology  of  the  Times.  By  Lord 
ARTHUR  HERVEY,  Bishop  of  Bath  and  Wells.  8vo.  icxr.  6d. 

Hort.— TWO  DISSERTATIONS.   I.  On  MONOFENHS  0EO5 

in  Scripture  and  Tradition.  II.  On  the  "  Constantinopolitan" 
Creed  and  other  Eastern  Creeds  of  the  Fourth  Century.  By  F.  J.  A. 
HORT,  D.D.,  Fellow  and  Divinity  Lecturer  of  Emmanuel  Col 
lege,  Cambridge.  8vo.  7s.  6d. 

Howson  (Dean) — Works  by  : 

BEFORE  THE  TABLE.  An  Inquiry,  Historical  and  Theo 
logical,  into  the  True  Meaning  of  the  Consecration  Rubric  in  the 
Communion  Service  of  the  Church  of  England.  By  the  Very  Rev. 
J.  S.  HOWSON,  D.D.,  Dean  of  Chester.  With  an  Appendix  and 
Supplement  containing  Papers  by  the  Right  Rev.  the  Bishop  of 
St.  Andrew's  and  the  Rev.  R.  W.  KENNION,  .A.  8vo.  •js.  6d. 

THE  POSITION  OF  THE  PRIEST  DURING  CON 
SECRATION  IN  THE  ENGLISH  COMMUNION  SERVICE.  A 
Supplement  and  a  Reply.  Crown  8vo.  2s.  6d. 

Hughes.— THE  MANLINESS  OF  CHRIST.     By  THOMAS 

HUGHES,  Author  of  'Tom  Brown's  School  Days.'  Cr.  8vo.  qs.bd. 
*  (ffe  has  given  to  the  world  a  volume,  which  so  truly,  and  in  some  places  so 
picturesquely  and  strikingly,  represents  the  life  of  our  Lord,  that  we  can 
only  express  the  hope  that  it  may  find  its  way  into  the  hands  of  thousands 
of  English  working  men." — Spectator. 

Hutton.— ESSAYS  :  THEOLOGICAL  AND  LITERARY. 
By  RICHARD  HUTTON,  .A.  New  and  cheaper  issue.  2  vols. 
8vo.  i8j. 

Hymni  Ecclesise. — Fcap.  8vo.    js.bd. 

This  collection  was  edited  by  Dr.  Newman  while  he  lived  at  Oxford. 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 


Hyacinthe.-CATHOLIC    REFORM.      By    FATHER 
HYACINTHE.     Letters,    Fragments,    Discourses.      Translated   bv 
Madame  HYACINTH  E-LovsoN.     With  a  Preface  by  the  Very  Rev 
A.  P.  STANLEY,  D.D.,  Dean  of  Westminster.     Cr.  8vo.     -js.  6d.  ' 


1  CiC 


.          .         .         .      . 
A  valuable  contribution  to  the  religious  literature  of  the  day.  "—Daily 


Illingworth.-SERMONS  preached  in  a  College  Chapel. 
With  an  Appendix.  By  ].  R.  IllingwortK,  M.  A.,  Fellow  of 

Jesus    College,    and   Tutor   of  Keble    College,    Oxford.       Crown 
8vo.     5J-. 

"  These  sermons  have  a  rare  intensity  and  reality  of  tone.  .  .  .  It  is  full 
of  strength,  and  we  should  be  glad  to  induce  any  one  to  read  it  "— 
Spectator. 

Imitation  of  Christ.—  FOUR  BOOKS.  Translated  from  the 
Latin,  with  Preface  by  the  Rev.  W.  BENHAM,  B.D.,  Vicar  of 
Margate.  Printed  with  Borders  in  the  Ancient  Style  after  Holbein, 
Diirer,  and  other  Old  Masters.  Containing  Dances  of  Death,  Acts 
of  Mercy,  Emblems,  and  a  variety  of  curious  ornamentation.'  Cr 
ovo,  gilt  edges,  'js.  6d. 

Also  in  Latin,  uniform  with  the  above.     New  Edition.    Js.6d. 
Jacob.—  BUILDING    IN    SILENCE,    AND    OTHER    SER 
MONS.     By  J.  A.  JACOB,  M.A.,  Minister  of  St.  Thomas's,  Pad- 
dmgton.     Extra  fcap.  8vo.     6s. 

Jellett—  THE  EFFICACY  OF  PRAYER:  being  the  Don- 
nellan  Lectures  for  1877.  By  J.  II.  IELLETT,  B^D.,  Senior 
Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Dublin,  formerly  President  of  the  Royal 
Irish  Academy.  Second  Edition.  8vo.  $s. 

Jennings  and  Lowe.—  THE  PSALMS,  with  Introduc 
tions  and  Critical  Notes.  By  A.  C.  JENNINGS,  B.  A.,  Jesus  Col 
lege,  Cambridge,  Tyrwhitt  Scholar,  Crosse  Scholar,  Hebrew 
University  Scholar,  and  Fry  Scholar  of  St.  John's  College;  helped 
in  parts  by  W.  H.  LOWE,  M.  A.,  Hebrew  Lecturer  and  late  Scholar 
of  Christ's  College,  Cambridge,  and  Tyrwhitt  Scholar.  Complete 
in  two  vols.  crown  8vo.  ior.  6d.  each.  Vol.  i,  Psalms  i.—  Ixxii.,  with 
Prolegomena  ;  Vol.  2,  Psalms  Ixxiii.  —  cl. 

Killen.—  THE   ECCLESIASTICAL   HISTORY  OF  IRE 

LAND  from  the  Earliest  Period  to  the  Present  Time.     By  W.  D 

KILLEN,    D.D.,    President  of  Assembly's   College,   Belfast,  'and 

Professor  of  Ecclesiastical  History.     Two  vols.  8vo.     25^. 

*'  Those  who  have  the  leisure  will  do  well  to  read  these  two  vohimes. 

They  are  full  of  interest,  and  are  the  result  of  great  research."  —Spec 

tator. 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  15 


Kingsley. — Works  by  the  late  Rev.  CHARLES  KINGSLEY, 
M.A.,  Rector  of  Eversley,  and  Canon  of  Westminster  : 

THE  WATER  OF  LIFE,  AND  OTHER  SERMONS. 
New  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  6s. 

THE  GOSPEL  OF  THE  PENTATEUCH  ;  AND  DAVID. 

New  Edition.     Crown.  8vo.     6s. 

GOOD   NEWS  OF  GOD.     New  Edition.     Crown  8vo.  6s. 
SERMONS    FOR   THE   TIMES.     New  Edition.     Crown 
8vo.     6s. 

VILLAGE  AND  TOWN  AND  COUNTRY  SERMONS. 

New  Edition.     Crown  8vo.     6s. 

SERMONS  on  NATIONAL  SUBJECTS,  THE  KING  OF 
THE  EARTH,  AND  OTHER  SERMOISS.  New  Edition.  Crn.  8vo.  6s. 

DISCIPLINE,  AND  OTHER  SERMONS.  New  Edition.  Crown 
8vo.  6s. 

WESTMINSTER  SERMONS.  With  Preface.  New 
Edition.  Crown  8vo.  6s. 

OUT  OF  THE  DEEP.  Words  for  the  Sorrowful.  From 
the  Writings  of  CHARLES  KINGSLEY.  Extra  fcap.  8vo.  3^-.  6d. 

Kynaston. — SERMONS  PREACHED  IN  THE  COL 
LEGE  CHAPEL,  CHELTENHAM,  during  the  First  Year 
of  his  Office.  By  the  Rev.  HERBERT  KYNASTON,  M.A.,  Princi 
pal  of  Cheltenham  College.  Crown  8vo.  6s. 

Lightfoot. — Works  by  J.  B.  LIGHTFOOT,  D.D.,  Bishop  of 

Durham  : 

ST.  PAUL'S  EPISTLE  TO  THE  GALATIANS.  A  Re 
vised  Text,  with  Introduction,  Notes,  and  Dissertations.  Seventh 
Edition,  revised.  8vo,  cloth.  12s. 

While  the  Author's  object  has  been  to  make  this  commentary  generally 
complete,  he  has  paid  special  attention  to  everything  relating  to  St.  Paul's 
personal  history  and  his  intercourse  'with  t/ie  Apostles  and  Church  of  the 
Circumcision,  as  it  is  this  feature  in  the  Epistle  to  the  Galatians  which 
has  given  it  an  overwhelming  interest  in  recent  theological  controversy. 
The  Spectator  says — "  There  is  no  commentator  at  once  of  sounder  judg 
ment  and  more  liberal  than  Dr.  Lightfoot. " 

ST.  PAUL'S  EPISTLE  TO  THE  PHILIPPIANS.  A 
Revised  Text,  with  Introduction,  Notes,  and  Dissertations.  Sixth 
Edition,  revised.  8vo.  12s. 


16  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 

LIGHTFOOT  (Dr.)— continued. 

"JVb  commentary  in  the  English  language  can  be  compared  with  it  in 
regard  to  fulness  of  information,  exact  scholarship,  and  laboured  attempts 
to  settle  everything  about  the  epistle  on  a  solid  foundation. " — Athenaeum. 

ST.  PAUL'S  EPISTLES  TO  THE  COLOSSIANS  AND 
TO  PHILEMON.  A  Revised  Text  with  Introduction,  Notes,  etc. 
Fifth  Edition,  revised.  8vo.  I2s. 

' '  It  bears  marks  of  continued  and  extended  reading  and  research,  and 
of  ampler  materials  at  command.  Indeed,  it  leaves  nothing  to  be  desired 
by  those  who  seek  to  study  thoroughly  the  epistles  contained  in  it,  and  to  do 
so  with  all  known  advantages  presented  in  sufficient  detail  and  in  conve 
nient  form. " — Guardian. 

ST.  CLEMENT  OF  ROME.  An  Appendix  containing  the 
newly  discovered  portions  of  the  two  Epistles  to  the  Corinthians, 
with  Introductions  and  Notes,  and  a  Translation  of  the  whole. 
8vo.  8s.  6d. 

ON  A  FRESH  REVISION  OF  THE  ENGLISH  NEW 
TESTAMENT.  Second  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  6s. 

The  Author  sheivs  in  detail  the  necessity  for  a  fresh  revision  of  tJie 
authorized  version  on  the  following  grounds: — I.  False  Readings.  2. 
Artificial  distinctions  created.  3.  Real  distinctions  obliterated.  4.  Faults 
of  Grammar.  5.  Faults  of  Lexicography.  6.  Treatment  of  Proper 
Names,  official  titles,  etc.  7.  Archaisms,  defects  in  the  English,  errors 
of  the  press,  etc.  "  The  book  is  marked  by  careful  scholarship,  familiarity 
with  the  subject,  sobriety,  and  circumspection." — Athenseum. 

Maclaren — SERMONS  PREACHED  at  MANCHESTER. 

By  ALEXANDER  MACLAREN.    Sixth  Edition.    Fcap.  8vo.   ^s.  6d. 

These  Sermons  represent  no  special  school,  but  deal  with  the  broad  prin 
ciples  of  Christian  truth,  especially  in  their  bearing  on  practical,  every-day 
life.  A  few  of  the  titles  are: — "The  Stone  of  Stumbling,"  "Love  and 
Forgiveness,"  "The  Living  Dead,"  "Memory  in  Another  World" 
Faith  in  Christ,"  "Love  and  Fear,"  "The  Choice  of  Wisdom,"  "The 
Food  of  the  World" 

A  SECOND  SERIES  OF  SERMONS.  Fourth  Edition. 
Fcap.  8vo.  4-r.  6d. 

The  Spectator  characterises  them  as  "vigorous  in  style,  full  of  thought, 
rich  in  illustration,  and  in  an  unusual  degree  interesting." 

A  THIRD  SERIES  OF  SERMONS.  Third  Edition. 
Fcap.  8vo.  4J.  6d. 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  17 

MACLAREN  (A.)—  continued. 

"  Sermons  more  sober  and  yet  more  forcible,  and  with  a  certain  wise  and 
practical  spirituality  about  them  it  would  not  be  easy  to  find" — Spectator. 

WEEK-DAY  EVENING  ADDRESSES.  Delivered  in 
Manchester.  Extra  Fcap.  8vo.  2s.  6d, 

Maclear. — Works  by  the  Rev.  G.  F.  MACLEAR,  D. p.,  Warden 

of  St.  Augustine's,  Canterbury,  late  Head  Master  of  King's  College 
School : 

A  CLASS-BOOK  OF  OLD  TESTAMENT  HISTORY. 
With  Four  Maps.  New  Edition.  i8mo.  4J-.  6d. 

"  The  present  volume,"  says  the  Preface,  "forms  a  Class- Book  of  Old 
Testament  History  from  the  Earliest  Times  to  those  of  Ezra  and  Nehe- 
miah.  In  its  preparation  the  most  recent  authorities  have  been  consulted, 
and  wherever  it  has  appeared  useful,  Notes  have  been  subjoined  illustra 
tive  of  the  Text,  and,  for  the  sake  of  more  advanced  students,  references 
added  to  larger  works.  The  Index  has  been  so  arranged  as  to  form  a 
concise  Dictionary  of  the  Persons  and  Places  mentioned  in  the  course  of  the 
Narrative"  The  Maps,  prepared  by  Stanford,  materially  add  to  the 
value  and  usefulness  of  the  book.  The  British  Quarterly  Review  calls  it 
"A  careful  and  elaborate,  thoiigh  brief  compendium  of  all  that  modern 
research  has  done  for  the  illustration  of  the  Old  Testament.  We  know  of 
no  work  which  contains  so  much  important  information  in  so  small  a 
compass." 

A  CLASS-BOOK  OF  NEW  TESTAMENT  HISTORY. 
Including  the  Connexion  of  the  Old  and  New  Testament.  New 
Edition.  i8mo.  5-r.  6d. 

The  present  volume  forms  a  sequel  to  the  Author's  Class- Book  of  Old 
Testament  History,  and  continues  the  narrative  to  the  close  of  St.  Paul's 
second  imprisonment  at  Rome.  The  work  is  divided  into  three  Books — 
/.  The  Connexion  between  the  Old  and  New  Testament.  II.  The 
Gospel  History.  III.  The  Apostolic  History.  In  the  Appendix  are  given 
Chronological  Tables.  The  Clerical  Journal  says,  "It  is  not  often  that 
such  an  amount  of  useful  and  interesting  matter  on  biblical  subjects  is 
found  in  so  convenient  and  small  a  compass  as  in  this  well-arranged 
volume. " 

A  CLASS-BOOK  OF  THE  CATECHISM  OF  THE 
CHURCH  OF  ENGLAND.  New  and  Cheaper  Edition.  i8mo. 
is.  6d. 

The  present  work  is  intended  as  a  sequel  to  the  two  preceding  books. 
"Like  them,  it  is  furnished  with  notes  and  references  to  larger  works, 
and  it  is  hoped  that  it  may  be  found,  especially  in  {he  higher  forms  of  our 


1 8  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 

MACLEAR  (Dr.  G.  F.)—  continued. 

Public  Schools,  to  supply  a  suitable  manual  of  instruction  in  the  chief 
doctrines  of  our  Church,  and  a  useful  help  in  the  preparation  of  Can 
didates  for  Confirmation"  The  Literary  Churchman  says,  "It  is  indeed 
the  work  of  a  scholar  and  divine,  and  as  such,  though  extremely  simple,  it 
is  also  extremely  instructive.  There  are  few  clergy  ivho  would  not  find 
it  useful  in  preparing  Candidates  for  Confirmation;  and  there  are  not  a 
fnv  who  would  find  it  useful  to  themselves  as  well. " 

A  FIRST  CLASS-BOOK  OF  THE  CATECHISM  OF 
THE  CHURCH  OF  ENGLAND,  with  Scripture  Proofs  for 
Junior  Classes  and  Schools.  New  Edition.  i8mo.  6d. 

This  is  an  epitome  of  the  larger  Class-book,  meant  for  junior  students 
and  elementary  classes.  The  book  has  been  carefully  condensed,  so  as  to 
contain  clearly  and  fully  the  most  important  part  of  the  contents  of  the 
larger  book. 

A  SHILLING-BOOK  of  OLD  TESTAMENT  HISTORY, 

New  Edition.      i8mo. 

This  Manual  bears  the  same  relation  to  the  larger  Old  Testament  His 
tory,  that  the  book  just  mentioned  does  to  the  larger  work  on  the  Catechism. 
It  consists  of  Ten  Books,  divided  into  short  chapters,  and  subdivided  into 
sections,  each  section  treating  of  a  single  episode  in  the  history,  the  title  of 
which  is  given  in  bold  type. 

A  SHILLING-BOOK  of  NEW  TESTAMENT  HISTORY. 

New  Edition.      i8mo. 

A  MANUAL  OF  INSTRUCTION  FOR  CONFIRMA 
TION  AND  FIRST  COMMUNION,  with  Prayers  and  Devo 
tions.  32mo.  2s. 

This  is  an  enlarged  and  improved  edition  of  '  The  Order  of  Confirm  a- 
twnS  To  it  have  been  added  the  Communion  Office,  with  Notes  and 
Explanations,  together  with  a  brief  form  of  Self -Examination  and  De 
motions  selected  from  the  works  of  Cosin,  JCen,  Wilson,  and  others. 

THE  ORDER  OF  CONFIRMATION,  with  Prayers  and 
Devotions.  321110.  6d. 

THE  FIRST  COMMUNION,  with  Prayers  and  Devotions 

for  the  Newly  Confirmed.     321110.     6d, 

THE  HOUR  OF  SORROW  ;  or,  The  Order  for  the  Burial 
of  the  Dead.  With  Prayers  and  Hymns.  32mo.  2s. 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  19 


MACLEAR  (Dr.  G.  F '.)— continued. 
APOSTLES  OF  MEDIEVAL  EUROPE.   Cr.  Svo.  43.  6d. 

"Mr.  Maclear  will  have  done  a  great  work  if  his  admirable  little  volume 
shall  help  to  break  up  the  dense  ignorance  which  is  still  prevailing  amonv 
people  at  large." — Literary  Churchman. 

Macmillan.— Works  by  the  Rev.  HUGH  MACMILLAN,  LL.D., 
F.  R.  S.  E.  (For  other  Works  by  the  same  Author,  see  CATALOGUE 
OF  TRAVELS  and  SCIENTIFIC  CATALOGUE). 

TWO  WORLDS  ARE  OURS.     Globe  Svo.     6s. 

THE  TRUE  VINE;  or,  the  Analogies  of  our  Lord's 
Allegory.  Third  Edition.  Globe  Svo.  6s. 

The  Nonconformist  says — "It  abounds  in  exquisite  bits  of  description* 
and  in  striking  facts  clearly  stated. "  The  British  Quarterly  says— ' '  Readers 
and  preachers  who  are  imscientific  will  find  many  of  his  illustrations  as 
valuable  as  they  are  beautiful. " 

BIBLE  TEACHINGS  IN  NATURE.  Twelfth  Edition. 
Globe  Svo.  6s. 

In  this  volume  the  author  has  endeavoured  to  sheiv  that  the  teaching  of 
Natitre  and  the  teaching  of  the  Bible  are  directed  to  the  same  great  end; 
that  the  Bible  contains  tJie  spiritual  truths  which  are  necessary  to  make  its 
wise  unto  salvation,  and  the  objects  and  scenes  of  Nature  are  the  pictures 
by  which  these  truths  are  illustrated.  "He  has  made  the  world  more 
beautiful  to  us,  and  ttnsealed  our  ears  to  voices  of  Braise  and  messages  of 
love  that  might  othenvise  have  been  unheard. " — British  Quarterly  Review. 
"Dr.  Macmillan  has  produced  a  book  which  may  be  fitly  described  as  one 
of  the  happiest  efforts  for  enlisting  physical  science  in  the  direct  service  of 
religion. " — Guardian. 

THE  SABBATH  OF  THE  FIELDS.  A  Sequel  to  <  Bible 
Teachings  in  Nature. '  Second  Edition.  Globe  Svo.  6s. 

"  This  volume,  like  all  Dr.  Macmillan 's  productions,  is  very  delight 
ful  reading,  and  of  a  special  kind.  Imagination,  nat^iral  science,  and 

religious  instruction  are  blended  together  in  a  very  charming  way." 

British  Quarterly  Review. 

THE  MINISTRY  OF  NATURE.  Fourth  Edition.  Globe 
Svo.  6s. 

"  Whether  the  reader  agree  or  not  with  his  conclusions,  he  -will  ac 
knowledge  he  is  in  the  presence  of  an  original  and  thoughtful  writer. " 

Pall  Mall  Gazette.  "  There  is  no  class  of  educated  men  and  women  that 
will  not  profit  by  these  essays. " — Standard. 

OUR  LORD'S  THREE  RAISINGS  FROM  THE  DEAD. 
Globe  Svo.  6s. 


20      .  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 

Materialism  :  Ancient  and  Modern.    By  a  late  Fellow 
of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge.     Crown  8vo.     2s. 

Maurice. — Works  by  the  late  Rev.  F.  DENISON  MAURICE, 
M.A.,  Professor  of  Moral  Philosophy  in  the  University  of  Cam 
bridge  : 
The  Spectator  says — "Few  of  those  of  our  own  generation  whose  names 

will  live  in  English  history  or  literature  have  exerted  so  profound  and  so 

permanent  an  influence  as  Mr.  Maurice" 

THE  PATRIARCHS  AND  LAWGIVERS  OF  THE 
OLD  TESTAMENT.  Third  and  Cheaper  Edition.  Crown 

Svo.     5-y. 

The  Nineteen  Discourses  contained  in  this  volume  were  preached  in  the 
chapel  of  'Lincoln 's  Inn  during  the  year  1851. 

THE  PROPHETS  AND  KINGS  OF  THE  OLD  TES 
TAMENT.  New  Edition.  Crown  Svo.  IQJ.  6d. 

Mr,  Maurice,  in  the  spirit  which  animated  the  compilers  of  the  Church 
Lessons,  has  in  these  Sermons  regarded  the  Prophets  more  as  preachers  of 
righteousness  than  as  mere  predictors— an  aspect  of  their  lives  which,  he 
thinks,  has  been  greatly  overlooked  in  our  day,  and  than  which  there  is 
none  we  have  more  need  to  contemplate.  He  has  found  that  the  Old 
Testament  Prophets,  taken  in  their  simple  natural  sense,  clear  up  many 
of  the  difficulties  which  beset  us  in  the  daily  work  of  life;  make  the  past 
intelligible,  the  present  endurable,  and  the  future  real  and  hopeful. 

THE  GOSPEL  OF  THE  KINGDOM  OF  HEAVEN. 
A  Series  of  Lectures  on  the  Gospel  of  St.  Luke.  New  Edition. 
Crown  Svo.  gs. 

Mr.  Maurice,  in  his  Preface  to  these  Twenty-eight  Lectiires,  says — 
"In  these  Lectures  I  have  endeavoured  to  ascertain  what  is  told  us  respect 
ing  the  life  of  Jesus  by  one  of  those  Evangelists  who  proclaim  Him  to  be 
the  Christ,  who  says  that  He  did  come  from  a  Father,  that  He  did  baptize 
with  the  Holv  Spirit,  that  He  did  rise  from  the  dead.  I  have  chosen  the 
one  who  is  most  directly  connected  with  the  later  history  oj  the  Church, 
who  was  not  an  Apostle,  who  professedly  wrote  for  the  use  of  a  man 
already  instructed  in  the  faith  of  the  Apostles.  I  have  followed  the  course 
of  the  -writer's  narrative,  not  changing  it  under  any  pretext.  I  have 
adhered  to  his  phraseology,  striving  to  avoid  the  substitution  of  any  other 
for  his." 

THE  GOSPEL   OF    ST.  JOHN.     A  Series  of  Discourses. 

New  Edition.     Crown  Svo.     6s. 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  21 

MAURICE  (Rev.  F.  D.)—  continued. 

The  Literary  Churchman  thus  speaks  of  this  volume:  "Thorough 
honesty,  reverence,  and  deep  thought  pervade  the  work,  which  is  every 
way  solid  and  philosophical,  as  well  as  theological,  and  abounding  with 
suggestions  which  the  patient  student  may  draw  out  more  at  length  for 
himself." 

THE  EPISTLES  OF  ST.  JOHN.  A  Series  of  Lectures 
on  Christian  Ethics.  Second  and  Cheaper  Edition.  Cr.  8vo.  6s. 

These  Lectures  on  Christian  Ethics  were  delivered  to  the  students  of  the 
Working  Men's  College,  Great  Ormond  Street,  London,  on  a  series  of 
Sunday  mornings.  Mr.  Maurice  believes  that  the  question  in  which  we 
are  most  interested,  the  question  which  most  affects  our  studies  and  our  daily 
lives,  is  the  question,  whether  there  is  a  foundation  for  human  morality, 
or  whether  it  is  dependent  upon  the  opinions  and  fashions  of  different  ages 
and  countries.  This  important  question  will  be  found  amply  and  fairly 
discussed  in  this  volume,  which  the  National  Review  calls  "  Mr. 
Maurices  most  effective  and  instructive  work.  He  is  peculiarly  fitted 
by  the  constitution  of  his  mind,  to  throw  light  on  St.  Johris  writings. " 
Appended  is  a  note  on  ' Positivism  and  its  Teacher* 

EXPOSITORY  SERMONS  ON  THE  PRAYER-BOOK. 

The  Prayer-book  considered  especially  in  reference  to  the  Romish 
System  ;  and  the  Lord's  Prayer.     Crown  8vo.     gs. 

After  an  Introductory  Sermon,  Mr.  Maurice  goes  over  the  various  parts 
of  the  Church  Service,  expounds  in  eighteen  Sermons  their  intention  and 
significance,  and  shews  how  appropriate  they  are  as  expressions  of  the 
deepest  longings  and  wants  of  all  classes  of  men. 

WHAT  IS  REVELATION?  A  Series  of  Sermons  on  the 
Epiphany;  to  which  are  added,  Letters  to  a  Theological  Student 
on  the  Bampton  Lectures  of  Mr.  Mansel.  Crown  8vo.  los.  6d. 

Both  Sermons  and  Letters  were  called  forth  by  the  doctrine  maintained 
by  Mr.  Mansel  in  his  Bampton  Lectures,  that  Revelation  cannot  be  a  direct 
Manifestation  of  the  Infinite  Nature  of  God.  Mr.  Maurice  maintains 
the  opposite  doctrine,  and  in  his  Sermons  explains  why,  in  spite  of  the  high 
authorities  on  the  other  side,  he  must  still  assert  the  principle  which  he 
discovers  in  the  Services  of  the  Church  and  throughout  the  Bible. 

SEQUEL  TO  THE  INQUIRY,  'WHAT  IS  REVELA 
TION  ? '  Letters  in  Reply  to  Mr.  Mansel's  Examination  of 
'  Strictures  on  the  Bampton  Lectures.'  Crown  8vo.  6s. 

'  This,  as  the  title  indicates,  was  called  forth  by  Mr.  ManseVs  examina 
tion  of  Mr.  Maurice's  Strictures  on  his  doctrine  of  the  Infinite. 


22  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 

MAURICE  (Rev.  F.  D.)—  continued. 

THEOLOGICAL  ESSAYS.  Third  Edition.  Crown  8vo. 
los.  6d. 

"  The  book,"  says  Mr.  Maurice,  "expresses  thoughts  which  have  been 
working  in  my  mind  for  years ;  the  method  of  it  has  not  been  adopted 
carelessly ;  even  the  composition  has  undergone  frequent  revision" 

THE  DOCTRINE  OF  SACRIFICE  DEDUCED  FROM 
THE  SCRIPTURES.  New  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  'js.  6d. 

THE  RELIGIONS  OF  THE  WORLD,  AND  THEIR 
RELATIONS  TO  CHRISTIANITY.  Fifth  Edition.  Crown 
8vo.  5-r. 

ON  THE  SABBATH  DAY  ;  the  Character  of  the  Warrior, 
and  on  the  Interpretation  of  History.  Fcap.  8vo.  2s.  6d. 

THE  LORD'S  PRAYER,  THE  CREED,  AND  THE 
COMMANDMENTS.  A  Manual  for  Parents  and  Schoolmasters. 
To  which  is  added  the  Order  of  the  Scriptures.  i8mo,  cloth 
limp.  is. 

DIALOGUES  ON  FAMILY  WORSHIP.    Crown  8vo.    6s. 

SOCIAL  MORALITY.  Twenty-one  Lectures  delivered  in 
the  University  of  Cambridge.  New  and  Cheaper  Edition.  Cr. 
8vo.  los.  6d. 

"Whilst  reading  it  we  are  charmed  by^  the  freedom  from  exdusiveness 
and  prejudice,  the  large  charity,  the  loftiness  of  thought,  the  eagerness  to 
recognise  and  appreciate  whatever  there  is  of  real  worth  extant  in  the 
world,  which  animates  it  from  one  end  to  the  other.  We  gain  ne?v 
thoughts  and  new  ways  of  viewing  things,  even  more,  perhaps,  from  being 
brought  for  a  time  under  the  influence  of  so  noble  and  spiritual  a  mind." 
— Athenaeum. 

THE  CONSCIENCE:  Lectures  on  Casuistry,  delivered  in 
the  University  of  Cambridge.  Second  and  Cheaper  Edition. 
Crown  8vo.  5-r. 

The  Saturday  Review  says — "  We  rise  from  the  perusal  of  these  lec 
tures  with  a  detestation  of  all  that  is  selfish  and  mean,  and  with  a  living 
impression  that  there  is  such  a  thing  as  goodness  after  all. " 

LECTURES  ON  THE  ECCLESIASTICAL  HISTORY 
OF  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  CENTURIES.  8vo.  ior.  6^. 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  23 

MAURICE  (Rev.  F.  D.)— -continued, 

LEARNING  AND  WORKING.  Six  Lectures  delivered 
in  Willis's  Rooms,  London,  in  June  and  July,  1854. — THE 
RELIGION  OF  ROME,  and  its  Influence  on  Modern  Civilisa 
tion.  Four  Lectures  delivered  in  the  Philosophical  Institution  of 
Edinburgh,  in  December,  1854.  Crown  8vo.  5^. 

SERMONS  PREACHED  IN  COUNTRY  CHURCHES. 
New  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  los.  6d. 

"Earnest,  practical,  and  extremely  simple." — Literary  Churchman. 
*' Good  specimens  of  his  simple  and  earnest  eloquence.  The  Gospel  inci 
dents  are  realized  with  a  vividness  which  we  can  well  believe  made  the 
common  people  hear  him  gladly.  Moreover,  they  are  sermons  which  must 
have  done  the  hearers  good" — John  Bull. 

Milligan.— THE  RESURRECTION  OF  OUR  LORD. 
The  Croail  Lecture  for  1879—80.  By  the  Rev.  Professor  MILLI- 
GAN,  D.D.,  Professor  of  Divinity  and  Biblical  Criticism  in  the 
University  of  Aberdeen.  8vo.  <)s. 

Moorhouse. — Works  by  JAMES  MOORHOUSE,  M.A.,  Bishop 
of  Melbourne : 

SOME  MODERN  DIFFICULTIES  RESPECTING  the 
FACTS  OF  NATURE  AND  REVELATION.  Fcap.  8vo. 
2s.  6d. 

JACOB.  Three  Sermons  preached  before  the  University  of 
Cambridge  in  Lent,  1870.  Extra  fcap.  8vo.  3^.  6d. 

O'Brien.— PRAYER.  Five  Sermons  preached  in  the  Chapel 
of  Trinity  College,  Dublin.  By  JAMES  THOMAS  O'BRIEN,  D.D., 
Bishop  of  Ossory  and  Ferns.  8vo.  6s. 

Palgrave. — HYMNS.      By  FRANCIS  TURNER  PALGRAVE. 

Third  Edition,  enlarged.      i8mo.      I.?.  6d. 

This  is  a  collection  of  twenty  original  Hymns,  which  the  Literary 
Churchman  speaks  of  as  "so  choice,  so  perfect,  and  so  refined, — so  tender 
in  feeling,  and  so  scholarly  in  expression.'1'' 

Paul  of  Tarsus.     An  Inquiry  into  the  Times  and  the  Gospel 

of  the  Apostle  of  the  Gentiles.     By  a  GRADUATE.    8vo.    \QS.  6d. 

"  Turn  where  we  will  throughout  the  volume,  we  find  the  best  fruit 

of  patient  inquiry,  sound  scholarship,  logical  argument,  and  fairness  oj 

conclusion.     No  tJwughtful  reader  will  rise  from  its  perusal  without  a 

real  and  lasting  profit  to  himself,  and  a  sense  of  permanent  addition  t& 

tfie  cause  of  truth" — Standard. 


24  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 

Philochristus.— MEMOIRS  OF  A  DISCIPLE  OF  THE 

LORD.     Second  Edition.     8vo.     12s. 

"  The  winning  beauty  of  this  book  and  the  fascinating  pmver  "with 
which  the  subject  of  it  appeals  to  all  English  minds  will  secure  for  it 
many  readers. " — Contemporary  Review. 

Picton.— THE  MYSTERY  OF  MATTER ;  and  other  Essays. 
By  J.  ALLANSON  PICTON,  Author  of  '  New  Theories  and  the 
Old  Faith.'  Cheaper  Edition.  With  New  Preface.  Crown  8vo.  6s. 

Contents — The  Mystery  of  Matter :  The  Philosophy  oj  Ignorance:  The 
A  ntithesis  of  Faith  and  Sight :  The  Essential  Nature  of  Religion : 
Christian  Pantheism, 

Plumptre — MOVEMENTS  IN  RELIGIOUS  THOUGHT. 

Sermons  preached  before  the  University  of  Cambridge,  Lent  Term, 
1879.  By  E.  H.  PLUMPTRE,  D.D.,  Professor  of  Divinity,  King's 
College,  London,  Prebendary  of  St.  Paul's,  etc.  Fcap.  8vo.  3^.  6d. 

Prescott.— THE  THREEFOLD  CORD.  Sermons  preached 
before  the  University  of  Cambridge.  By  J.  E.  PRESCOTT,  B.D. 
Fcap.  8vo.  3-r.  6d. 

Procter.— A  HISTORY  OF  THE  BOOK  OF  COMMON 
PRAYER :  With  a  Rationale  of  its  Offices.  By  FRANCIS  PROCTER, 
M.A.  Fifteenth  Edition,  revised  and  enlarged.  Cr.  8vo.  los.  6d. 

The  Athenaeum  says — "  The  origin  of  every  part  of  the  Prayer-book 
has  been  diligently  investigated, — and  there  are  feio  questions  or  facts  con 
nected  with  it  which  are  not  either  sufficiently  explained,  or  so  referred  to 
that  persons  interested  may  work  out  the  truth  for  themselves^ 

Procter  and  Maclear.— AN  ELEMENTARY  INTRO 
DUCTION  TO  THE  BOOK  OF  COMMON  PRAYER. 
Re-arranged  and  Supplemented  by  an  Explanation  of  the  Morning 
and  Evening  Prayer  and  the  Litany.  By  F.  PROCTER,  M.A.,  and 
G.  F.  MACLEAR,  D.D.  New  Edition.  Enlarged  by  the  addition 
of  the  Communion  Service  and  the  Baptismal  and  Confirmation 
Offices.  iSmo.  2s.  6d. 

The  Literary  Churchman  characterises  it  as  "  by  far  the  completest 
and  most  satisfactory  book  of  its  kind  we  know.  We  wish  it  were  in 
the  hands  of  every  schoolboy  and  every  schoolmaster  in  the  kingdom." 

Psalms  of  David  CHRONOLOGICALLY  ARRANGED. 

An  Amended  Version,  with  Historical  Introductions  and  Ex 
planatory  Notes.  By  FOUR  FRIENDS.  Second  and  Cheaper 
Edition,  much  enlarged.  Crown  8vo.  8s.  6d. 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  25 

One  of  the  chief  designs  of  the  Editors,  in  preparing  this  volume,  was 
to  restore  the  Psalter  as  far  as  possible  to  the  order  in-  which  the  Psalms 
were  written.  They  give  the  division  of  each  Psalm  into  strophes,  and 
of  each  strophe  into  the  lines  which  composed  it,  and  amend  the  errors  of 
translation.  The  Spectator  calls  it  " one  of  the  most  instrtictiue  and 
•valuable  books  that  have  been  published  for  many  years." 

Psalter  (Golden  Treasury). — THE  STUDENT'S  EDITION. 

Being  an  Edition  of  the  above  with  briefer  Notes.     iSmo.    3-r.  6d. 
The  aim  of  this  edition  is  simply  to  put  the  reader  as  far  as  possible  in 
possession  of  the  plain  meaning  of  the  writer.      "  It  is  a  gem,"  the  Non 
conformist  says. 

Pulsford.— SERMONS  PREACHED  IN  TRINITY 
CHURCH,  GLASGOW.  By  WILLIAM  PULSFORD,  D.D. 
Cheaper  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  4-5-.  6d. 

Ramsay.— THE    CATECHISER'S    MANUAL;    or,    the 

Church  Catechism  Illustrated  and  Explained,  for  the  Use  of 
Clergymen,  Schoolmasters,  and  Teachers.  By  ARTHUR  RAMSAY, 
M.A.  Second  Edition.  i8mo.  is.  6d. 

Rays  of  Sunlight  for  Dark  Days.    A  Book  of  Selec 
tions  for  the  Suffering.     With  a  Preface  by  C.  J.  VAUGHAN,  D.D. 
i8mo.     Eighth  Edition.     3^.  bd.     Also  in  morocco,  old  style. 
Dr.  Vaughan  says  in  the  Preface,  after  speaking  of  the  general  run  of 
Books  of  Comfort  for  Mourners — "It  is  because  I  think  that  the  little 
volume  now  offered  to  the  Christian  sufferer  is  one  of  greater  wisdom  and 
of  deeper  experience,  that  I  have  readily  consented  to  the  request  that  I 
would  introduce  it  by  a  few  words  of  Preface.'1'1     The  book  consists  of  a 
series  of  very  brief  extracts  from  a  great  variety  of  authors,  in  prose  and 
poetry,   suited  to   the  many  moods  of  a   mourning  or  suffering  mind. 
'•'•Mostly  gems  of  the  first  water.  "—Clerical  Journal. 

Reynolds. — NOTES  OF  THE  CHRISTIAN   LIFE.      A 

Selection  of  Sermons  by  HENRY  ROBERT  REYNOLDS,  B.A., 
President  of  Cheshunt  College,  and  Fellow  of  University  College, 
London.  Crown  8vo.  Js.  6d. 

Roberts. — DISCUSSIONS  ON  THE  GOSPELS.  By  the 
Rev.  ALEXANDER  ROBERTS,  D.D.  Second  Edition,  revised  and 
enlarged.  8vo.  i6s. 

Robinson.— MAN  IN  THE  IMAGE  OF  GOD  ;  and  other 

Sermons  preached  in  the  Chapel  of  the  Magdalen,  Streatham, 
1874—76.  By  H.  G.  ROBINSON,  M.A.,  Prebendary  of  York. 
Crown  8vo.  "js.  6d. 


26  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 

Romanes.— CHRISTIAN  PRAYER  AND  GENERAL 
LAWS,  being  the  Burney  Prize  Essay  for  1873.  With  an  Ap 
pendix,  examining  the  views  of  Messrs.  Knight,  Robertson,  Brooke, 
Tyndall,  and  Galton.  By  GEORGE  J.  ROMANES,  M.A.  Crown 
8vo.  5-y. 

Rushbrooke.— SYNOPTICON:  An  Exposition  of  the 
Common  Matter  of  the  Synoptic  Gospels.  By  W.  G.  RUSHBROOKE, 
M.  L.,  Fellow  of  St.  John's  College,  Cambridge.  Printed  in  colours. 
In  Six  Parts  and  Appendices.  4to.  Part  I.  3-r.  6d.  Parts  II.  and 
III.  7s.  Parts  IV.  V.  and  VI.  With  Indices.  IQJ.  6d.  Ap 
pendices,  ioj.  6c/.,  or  the  complete  work,  in  one  vol.  cloth,  35^. 

Salmon.— NON-MIRACULOUS     CHRISTIANITY,    and 

other  Sermons,  preached  in  the  Chapel  of  Trinity  College,  Dublin, 
By  GEORGE  SALMON,  D.D.,  Chancellor  of  St.  Patrick's  Cathe 
dral,  and  Regius  Professor  of  Divinity  in  the  University  of  Dublin. 
Crown  8vo.  6s. 

Sanday.— THE  GOSPELS  IN  THE  SECOND  CEN 
TURY.  An  Examination  of  the  Critical  part  of  a  Work  entitled 
'Supernatural  Religion.'  By  WILLIAM  SANDAY,  M.A.,  late 
Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Oxford.  Crown  8vo.  &s.  6d. 

Scotch  Sermons,  1880. — By  Principal  CAIRD  ;  Rev.  J. 
CUNNINGHAM,  D.D.  ;  Rev.  D.  J.  FERGUSON,  B.D.  ;  Professor 
WM.  KNIGHT,  LL.D.  ;  Rev.  W.  MACKINTOSH,  D.D.  ;  Rev. 
W.  L.  M'FARLAN;  Rev.  ALLAN  MENZIES,  B.D.  ;  Rev.  T. 
NICOLL;  Rev.  T.  RAIN,  M.A.  ;  Rev.  A.  SEMPLE,  B.D.  ;  Rev. 
J.  STEVENSON  ;  Rev.  PATRICK  STEVENSON  ;  Rev.  R.  H.  STORY, 
D.D.  8vo.  Third  Edition.  IQJ.  6d. 

The  Pall  Mall  Gazette  says—"  The  publication  of  a  volume  of  Scotch 
Sermons,  contributed  by  members  of  the  Established  Church,  seems  likely 
to  cause  as  much  commotion  in  that  body  as  '  Essays  and  Reviews '  did 
in  the  Church  of  England" 

Selborne.— THE  BOOK  OF  PRAISE:  From  the  Best 
English  Hymn  Writers.  Selected  and  arranged  by  Lord  SELBORNE. 
With  Vignette  by  T.  WOOLNER,  R.A.  i8mo.  4^.  6d. 

It  has  been  the  Editor's  desire  and  aim  to  adhere  strictly,  in  all  cases  in 
"which  it  could  be  ascertained,  to  the  genuine  uncorrupted  text  of  the  authors 
themselves.  The  names  of  the  authors  and  date  of  composition  of  the 
hymns,  when  known,  are  affixed,  "while  notes  are  added  to  the  volume, 
giving  further  details.  The  Hymns  are  arranged  according  to  subjects. 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  27 

SELBORNE  (Lord)—  continued. 

"  There  is  not  room  for  two  opinions  as  to  the  value  of  the  'Book  of  Praise. ' " 
— Guardian.  '•''Approaches  as  nearly  as  one  can  conceive  to  perfection." 
— Nonconformist. 

BOOK  OF  PRAISE  HYMNAL.     See  end  of  this  Catalogue. 

Service.  — SALVATION    HERE    AND    HEREAFTER. 

Sermons  and  Essays.  By  the  Rev.  JOHN  SERVICE,  D.D.,  Minister 

of  Inch.     Fourth  Edition.     Crown  8vo.     6s. 

"We  have  enjoyed  to-day  a  rare  pleasure,  having  just  closed  a  volume 
of  sermons  which  rings  true  metal  from  title  page  to  finis,  and  proves  that 
another  and  very  powerful  recruit  has  been  added  to  that  small  band  of 
ministers  of  the  Gospel  who  are  not  only  abreast  of  the  religious  thought 
of  their  time,  but  have  faith  enough  and  courage  enough  to  handle ^the 
questions  which  are  the  most  critical,  and  stir  men's  minds  most  deeply, 
with  frankness  and  thoroughness." — Spectator. 

Shipley.— A  THEORY  ABOUT  SIN,  in  relation  to  some 
Facts  of  Daily  Life.     Lent  Lectures  on  the  Seven  Deadly  Sins. 
By  the  Rev.  ORBY  SHIPLEY,  M.A.     Crown  8vo.     fs.  6d. 
"Two  things  Mr.  Shipley  has  done,  and  each  of  them  is  of  considerable 

worth.     He  has  grouped  these  sins  afresh  on  a  philosophic  principle 

and  he  has  applied  the  touchstone  to  the  facts  of  our  moral  life. . .  so  wisely 
and  so  searchingly  as  to  constitute  his  treatise  a  powerful  antidote  to  self- 
deception.  " — Literary  Churchman. 

Smith.— PROPHECY  A  PREPARATION  FOR  CHRIST. 
Eight  Lectures  preached  before  the  University  of  Oxford,  being  the 
Bampton  Lectures  for  1869.     By  R.  PAYNE  SMITH,  D.D.,   Dean 
of  Canterbury.     Second  and  Cheaper  Edition.     Crown  8vo.     6s. 
The  author's  object  in  these  Lectures  is  to  shew  that  there  exists  in  the 
Old  Testament  an  element,  which  no  criticism  on  naturalistic  principles 
can  either  account  for  or  explain  away:  that  element  is  Prophecy.      The 
author  ^endeavours  to  prove  that  its  force  does  not  consist  merely  in  its 
predictions.      "These  Lectures  overflow  with  solid  learning. " — Record. 

Smith.— CHRISTIAN  FAITH.  Sermons  preached  before 
the  University  of  Cambridge.  By  W.  SAUMAREZ  SMITH,  M.A., 
Principal  of  St.  Aidan's  College,  Birkenhead.  Fcap.  8vo.  3^-.  6d. 

Stanley. — Works  by  the  late  Very  Rev.  A.  P.  STANLEY,  D.D., 
Dean  of  Westminster  : 

THE  ATHANASIAN  CREED,  with  a  Preface  on  the 
General  Recommendations  of  the  RITUAL  COMMISSION.  Cr. 
8vo.  2s. 


28  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 

STANLEY  (Dean)— continued. 

11  Dr.  Stanley  puts  with  admirable  force  the  objections  which  maybe 
made  to  the  Creed ;  equally  admirable,  we  think,  in  his  statement  of  iU 
ad-vantages. " — Spectator. 

THE  NATIONAL  THANKSGIVING.  Sermons  preached 
in  Westminster  Abbey.  Second  Edition.  Crown  Svo.  2s.  6d. 

ADDRESSES   AND    SERMONS   AT   ST.   ANDREW'S 

in  1872,  1875  and  1876.  Crown  Svo.  $s. 

Stewart  and  Tait.— THE  UNSEEN  UNIVERSE  ;  or, 

Physical  Speculations  on  a  Future  State.  By  Professors  BALFOUR 
STEWART  and  P.  G.  TAIT.  Tenth  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged. 
Crown  Svo.  6s. 

"A  most  remarkable  and  most  interesting  volume,  which,  probably 
more  than  any  that  has  appeared  in  modern  times,  will  affect  religious 
thought  on  many  momentous  questions — insensibly  it  may  be,  but  very 
largely  and  very  beneficially." — Church  Quarterly.  "  This  book  is  one 

which  well  deserves  the  attention  of  thoughtful  and  religious  readers 

It  is  a  perfectly  safe  enquiry,  on  scientific  grounds,  into  the  possibilities  of 
a  future  existence" — Guardian. 

Stubbs. — Works  by  Rev.  CHARLES  WILLIAM  STUBBS,  M.A., 

Vicar  of  Granborough,  Bucks.  : 

VILLAGE  POLITICS.  Addresses  and  Sermons  on  the 
Labour  Question.  Extra  fcap.  Svo.  3*.  6d. 

"  The  sermons  in  this  book  are  all  worth  reading.  ....  They  are  full 
of  warm  sympathy  for  the  labourers  and  sound  practical  advice  to  all 
classes  concerned  in  the  struggle. " — Guardian.  ' '  It  is  a  most  encouraging 
sign  of  the  times,  that  a  clergyman  of  the  Church  of  England  can  be 
found  to  deliver  such  discourses  as  these." — Westminster  Review. 

THE  MYTHE  OF  LIFE,  and  other  Sermons,  with  an 
Introduction  on  the  Social  Mission  of  the  Church.  Extra  fcap. 
Svo.  3.5".  £>d. 

Taylor.— THE  RESTORATION  OF  BELIEF.     New  and 
Revised  Edition.     By  ISAAC  TAYLOR,  Esq.     Crown  Svo.     8s.  6d. 

Temple.— SERMONS   PREACHED    IN  THE  CHAPEL 
of  RUGBY  SCHOOL.     By  F.  TEMPLE,  D.D.,  Bishop  of  Exeter. 
New  and  Cheaper  Edition.     Extra  fcap.  Svo.     $s.  6d. 
This  volume  contains  Thirty-five  Sermons  on  topics  more  or  less  inti 
mately  connected  with  every-day  life.      The  following  are  a  few  of ^  the 
subjects  discoursed  upon: — "Love  and  Duty  f    "Coming  to  Christ;1 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  29 

TEMPLE  (Dr. ) — continued. 

"Great  Men;"  "Faith;"  "Doubts;"  "Scruples;"  "Original  Sin;" 
"Friendship;"  "Helping  Others;"  "The  Discipline  of  Temptation;" 
"Strength  a  Duty;"  "  Worldliness ;"  "III  Temper;"  "The  Burial  of 
the  Past." 

A   SECOND  SERIES  OF  SERMONS  PREACHED  IN 

THE   CHAPEL   OF    RUGBY    SCHOOL.      Second   Edition. 

Extra  fcap.  8vo.     6s. 

This  Second  Series  of  Forty-tivo  brief,  pointed,  practical  Sermons,  on 
topics  intimately  connected  with  the  every-day  life  of  young  and  old,  will  be 
acceptable  to  all  who  are  acquainted  with  the  First  Series.  The  following 
are  a  few  of  the  subjects  treated  of: — "Disobedience"  "Almsgiving" 
"The  Unknown  Guidance  of  God"  "  Apathy  one  of  our  Trials,"  "High 
Aims  in  Leaders"  "Doing  our  Best"  "  The  Use  of  Knowledge ,"  "Use 
of  Observances,"  "Martha  and  Mary,"  "John  the  Baptist,"  "Severity 
before  Mercy ,"  "Even  Mistakes  Punished,"  "Morality  and  Religion," 
"Children,"  "Action  the  Test  of  Spiritual  Life,"  "Self -Respect,"  "Too 
Late, "  ' '  The  Tercentenary. " 

A  THIRD  SERIES  OF  SERMONS  PREACHED  IN 
RUGBY  SCHOOL  CHAPEL  IN  1867—1869.  Extra  fcap.  8vo.  6^. 

This  Third  Series  of  Bishop  Temple's  Rugby  Sermons,  contains  thirty-six 
brief  discourses,  including  the  "  Good-bye"  sermon  preached  on  his  leaving 
Rugby  to  enter  on  the  office  he  now  holds. 

Thornely.— THE  ETHICAL  AND  SOCIAL  ASPECT 
OF  HABITUAL  CONFESSION  TO  A  PRIEST.  By 
THOMAS  THORNELY,  B.A.,  LL.M.,  Lightfoot  and  Whewell 
Scholar  in  the  University  of  Cambridge,  Law  Student  at  Trinity 
Hall  and  Inns  of  Court,  Student  in  Jurisprudence  and  Roman 
Law.  Crown  8vo.  4^.  6d. 

' '  The  calm  and  judicial  spirit  in  which  the  inquiry  is  conducted  is  in 
keeping  ^vith  the  aim  of  the  writer,  and  we  are  heartily  in  sympathy  with 
him  in  his  conclusions  as  far  as  he  goes." — London  Quarterly.  "//  is 
marked  by  an  evident  desire  to  avoid  over-statement,  and  to  be  strictly 
impartial. " — Cambridge  Review. 

Thring.— THOUGHTS  ON  LIFE-SCIENCE.  By  Rev. 
EDWARD  THRING,  M.A.  New  Edition,  enlarged  and  revised. 
Crown  8vo.  JS.  6d. 

Thrupp.— AN  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  STUDY  AND 
USE  OF  THE  PSALMS.  By  the  Rev.  J.  F.  THRUPP,  M.A,, 
late  Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge.  New  Edition.  2  vols. 
8vo.  25-r. 


30  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 

Trench. — Works  by  R.  CHENEVIX  TRENCH,  D.D.,    Arch 
bishop  of  Dublin  : 

NOTES  ON  THE  PARABLES  OF  OUR  LORD. 
Thirteenth  Edition.  8vo.  izs. 

This  work  has  taken  its  place  as  a  standard  exposition  and  interpreta 
tion  of  Christ's  Parables.  The  book  is  prefaced  by  an  Introductory  Essay 
in  four  chapters : — /.  On  the  definition  of  the  Parable.  II.  On  Teach 
ing  by  Parables.  III.  On  the  Interpretation  of  the  Parables.  IV.  On 
other  Parables  besides  those  in  the  Scriptures.  The  author  then  proceeds 
to  take  up  the  Parables  one  by  one,  and  by  the  aid  of  philology,  history, 
antiquities,  and  the  researches  of  travellers,  shews  forth  the  Significance, 
beauty,  and  applicability  of  each,  concluding  with  what  he  deems  its  true 
moral  interpretation.  In  the  numerous  Notes  are  many  valuable  references, 
illustrative  quotations,  critical  and  philological  annotations,  etc.,  and  ap 
pended  to  the  volume  is  a  classified  list  of  fifty-six  works  on  the  Parables. 

NOTES     ON     THE     MIRACLES     OF     OUR     LORD. 

Eleventh  Edition,  revised.     Svo.      12s. 

In  the  ''Preliminary  Essay J  to  this  work,  all  the  momentous  and  in 
teresting  questions  that  have  been  raised  in  connection  with  Miracles,  are 
discussed  with  considerable  fulness.  The  Essay  consists  of  six  chapters : — 
/.  On  the  Names  of  Miracles,  i.e.  the  Greek  words  by  which  they  are 
designated  in  the  New  Testament.  II.  The  Miracles  and  Nature —  What 
is  the  difference  between  a  Miracle  and  any  event  in  the  ordinary  course 
of  Nature  ?  _  ///.  The  Authority  of  Miracles — Is  the  Miracle  to  command 
absolute  obedience  ?  IV.  The  Evangelical,  compared  with  the  other  cycles 
of  Miracles.  V.  The  Assaults  on  the  Miracles — I.  The  Jewish.  2.  The 
Heathen  (Celsus,  etc.).  3.  The  Pantheistic  ( Spinosa,  etc.).  4.  The 
Sceptical  (Hume).  5.  The  Miracles  only  relatively  miraculous  ( Schleier- 
macher).  6.  The  Rationalistic  (Paulus).  7.  The  Historico- Critical 
(  Woolston,  Strauss).  VI.  The  Apologetic  Worth  of  the  Miracles.  The 
author  then  treats  the  separate  Miracles  as  he  does  the  Parables. 

SYNONYMS  OF  THE  NEW  TESTAMENT.  Ninth 
Edition,  enlarged.  Svo.  12s. 

This  Edition  has  been  carefully  revised,  and  a  considerable  number  oj 
new  Synonyms  added.  Appended  is  an  Index  to  the  Synonyms,  and  an 
Index  to  many  other  words  alluded  to  or  explained  throughout  the  work. 
11  He  is"  the  Athenaeum  says,  "  a  guide  in  tJiis  department  of  knowledgt 
to  whom  his  readers  may  intrust  themselves  with  confidence.  His  sober 
judgment  and  sound  sense  are  barriers  against  the  misleading  influence  of 
arbitrary  hypotheses. " 

ON   THE  AUTHORIZED   VERSION    OF  THE    NEW 

TESTAMENT.     Second  Edition.     Svo.     7*. 

After  some  Introductory  Remarks,  in  which  the  propriety  of  a  revision 
is  briefly  discussed,  the  whole  question  of  the  merits  of  the  present  version 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  31 

TRENCH  (Archbishop)— continued. 

is  gone  into  in  detail,  in  eleven  chapters.  Appended  is  a  chronological  list 
of  works  bearing  on  the  subject,  an  Index  of  the  principal  Texts  con 
sidered,  an  Index  of  Greek  Words,  and  an  Index  of  other  Words  re 
ferred  to  throughout  the  book. 

STUDIES  IN  THE  GOSPELS.  Fourth  Edition,  revised. 
8vo.  los.  6d. 

This  book  is  published  under  the  conviction  that  the  assertion  often 
made  is  untrue, — viz.  that  the  Gospels  are  in  the  main  plain  and  easy, 
and  that  all  the  chief  difficulties  of  the  New  Testament  are  to  be  found 
in  the  Epistles.  These  '  Studies, ,'  sixteen  in  number,  are  the  fruit  of  a 
much  larger  scheme,  and  each  Study  deals  with  some  important  episode 
mentioned  in  the  Gospels,  in  a  critical,  philosophical,  and  practical  man 
ner.  Many  references  and  quotations  are  added  to  the  Notes.  Among 
the  subjects  treated  are: — The  Temptation;  Christ  and  the  Samaritan 
Woman;  The  Three  Aspirants;  The  Transfiguration;  Zacchceus  ;  The 
True  Vine;  The  Penitent  Malefactor ;  Christ  and  the  Two  Disciples  on 
the  way  to  Emmaus. 

COMMENTARY  ON  THE  EPISTLES  to  the  SEVEN 
CHURCHES  IN  ASIA.  Third  Edition,  revised.  8vo.  8s.  6d. 

The  present  work  consists  of  an  Introduction,  being  a  commentary  on 
Rev.  i.  4 — 20,  a  detailed  examination  oj  each  of  the  Seven  Epistles,  in  all 
its  bearings,  and  an  Excursus  on  the  Historico- Prophetical  Interpreta 
tion  of  the  Epistles. 

THE  SERMON  ON  THE  MOUNT.  An  Exposition 
drawn  from  the  writings  of  St.  Augustine,  with  an  Essay  on  his 
merits  as  an  Interpreter  of  Holy  Scripture.  Fourth  Edition,  en 
larged.  8vo.  IOJ-.  6d. 

The  first  half  of  the  present  work  consists  of  a  dissertation  in  eight 
chapters  on  '  Augustine  as  an  Interpreter  of  Scripture,''  the  titles  of  the 
several  chapters  being  as  follow : — /.  Augustine's  Genei'al  Views  of  Scrip 
ture  and  its  Interpretation.  II.  The  External  Helps  for  the  Interpreta 
tion  of  Scripture  possessed  by  Augustine.  III.  Augustine's  Principles 
and  Canons  of  Interpretation.  IV.  Aitgustine 's  Allegorical  Interpretation 
of  Scripture.  V.  Illustrations  of  Augustine 'j  Skill  as  an  Interpreter  of 
Scripture.  VI.  Augustine  on  John  the  Baptist  and  on  St.  Stephen. 
VII.  Augustine  on  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans.  VIII.  Miscellaneous 
Examples  of  Augustine1  s  Intei'pretation  of  Scripture.  The  latter  half  of 
the  work  consists  of  Augustine's  Exposition  of  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount, 
not  however  a  mere  series  of  quotations  from  Augustine,  but  a  connected 
account  of  his  sentiments  on  the  various  passages  of  that  Sermon,  inter 
spersed  with  criticisms  by  Archbishop  Trench. 

SHIPWRECKS  OF  FAITH.  Three  Sermons  preached 
before  the  University  of  Cambridge  in  May,  1867.  Fcap.  8vo.  2s.  6d. 


32  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 

TRENCH  (Archbishop)  —continued. 

These  Sermons  are  especially  addressed  to  young  men.  The  subjects 
are  "Balaam"  "Saul,"  and  "Judas  Iscariot,"  These  lives  are  set 
forth  as  beacon-lights^  ' '  to  warn  us  off  from  perilous  reefs  and  quick 
sands,  which  have  been  the  destruction  of  many,  and  which  might  only  too 
easily  be  ours.''''  The  John  Bull  says — "  they  -are,  like  all  he  writes,  af 
fectionate  and  earnest  discourses. " 

SERMONS  Preached  for  the  most  part  in  Ireland.  8vo. 
ios.  6d. 

This  volume  consists  of  Thirty-two  Sermons,  the  greater  part  of  which 
were  preached  in  Ireland ;  the  subjects  are  as  follow : — Jacob,  a  Prince 
with  God  and  ^mth  Men — Agrippa —  The  Woman  that  was  a  Sinner — 
Secret  Faults—  The  Seven  Worse  Spirits — Freedom  in  the  Truth — Joseph 
and  his  Brethren— Bearing  one  another's  Burdens — Chrisfs  Challenge  to 
the  World — The  Love  of  Money — The  Salt  of  the  Earth — The  Armour  of 
God— Light  in  the  Lord— The  Jailer  of  Philippi—  The  Thorn  in  the  Flesh 
— Isaiahs  Vision — Selfishness — Abraham  interceding  for  Sodom — Vain 
Thoughts — Pontius  Pilate — The  Brazen  Serpent — The  Death  and  Burial 
of  Moses — A  Word  from  the  Cross — 77ie  Church's  Worship  in  the 
Beauty  of  Holiness — Every  Good  Gift  from  Above — On  the  Hearing  of 
Prayer — The  Kingdom  which  cometh  not  with  Observation — Pressing 
towards  the  Mark — Saul — The  Good  Shepherd- — The  Valley  of  Dry  Bones 
—All  Saints. 

LECTURES    ON    MEDIEVAL    CHURCH    HISTORY. 

Being  the   Substance  of  Lectures   delivered  in   Queen's  College, 
Lonclon.     Second  Edition,  revised.     8vo.      12s. 

Contents: — The  Middle  Ages  Beginning — The  Conversion  of  Eng 
land — -Islam — The  Conversion  of  Germany — The  Iconoclasts — The 
Crusades — The  Papacy  at  its  Height— The  Sects  of  the  Middle  Ages — 
77ie  Mendicant  Orders — The  Waldenses — The  Revival  of  Learning — 
Christian  Art  in  the  Middle  Ages,  &c.  &c. 

THE  HULSEAN  LECTURES,  1845-1846.  Fifth  Edition, 
revised.  Svo.  JS.  6d. 

This  volume  consists  of  Sixteen  Sermons,  eight  being  on  '  The  Fitness 
of  Holy  Scripture  for  unfolding  the  Spiritual  Life  of  Men, '  the  others 
on  '  Christ,  tJie  Desire  of  all  Nations ;  or,  the  unconscious  Prophecies 
of  Heathendom. ' 

Tulloch.— THE  CHRIST  OF  THE  GOSPELS  AND 
THE  CHRIST  OF  MODERN  CRITICISM.  Lectures  on 
M.  KENAN'S  'Vie  de  Jesus.'  By  JOHN  TULLOCH,  D.D., 
Principal  of  the  College  of  St.  Mary,  in  the  University  of  St. 
Andrew's.  Extra  fcap.  Svo.  4-r.  6d. 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  33 

Vaughan — Works  by  theveryRev.  CHARLES  JOHN  VAUGHAN 

D.D.,  Dean  of  Llandaff  and  Master  of  the  Temple  : 
CHRIST    SATISFYING    THE    INSTINCTS    OF    HU 
MANITY.      Eight   Lectures   delivered   in   the  Temple  Church. 
Second  Edition.     Extra  fcap.  8vo.     3^.  6d. 

^We  are  convinced  that  there  are  congregations,  in  mtmber  unmistakably 
increasing,  to  whom  such  Essays  as  these,  full  of  thought  and  learning 
are  infinitely  more  beneficial,  for  they  are  more  acceptable,  than  the  reco«- 
nised  type  of  sermons. " — John  Bull. 

THE  BOOK  AND  THE  LIFE,  and  other  Sermons 
preached  before  the  University  of  Cambridge.  Third  Edition.' 
Fcap.  8vo.  4s.  6d. 

TWELVE  DISCOURSES  on  SUBJECTS  CONNECTED 
WITH  THE  LITURGY  and  WORSHIP  of  the  CHURCH 
OF  ENGLAND.  Fourth  Edition.  Fcap.  8vo.  6s. 
LESSONS  OF  LIFE  AND  GODLINESS.  A  Selection 
of  Sermons  preached  in  the  Parish  Church  of  Doncaster.  Fourth 
and  Cheaper  Edition.  Fcap.  8vo.  3.5-.  6d. 

This  volume  consists  of  Nineteen  Sermons,  mostly  on  subjects  connected 
with  the  every-day  walk  and  conversation  of  Christians.  The  Spectator 
styles  them  "earnest  and  human.  They  are  adapted  to  every  class  and 
order  in  the  social  system,  and  will  be  read  with  wakeful  interest  by  all 
who  seek  to  amend  whatever  may  be  amiss  in  their  natural  disposition 
or  in  their  acquired  habits. " 

WORDS  FROM  THE  GOSPELS.  A  Second  Selection 
of  Sermons  preached  in  the  Parish  Church  of  Doncaster.  Third 
Edition.  Fcap.  8vo.  qs.  6d. 

The  Nonconformist  characterises  these  Sermons  as  ' '  of  practical  earnest 
ness,  of  a  thoughtfulness  that  penetrates  the  common  conditions  and  ex 
periences  of  life,  and  brings  the  huths  and  examples  of  Scripture  to  bear 
on  them  with  singular  force,  and  of  a  style  that  owes  its  real  elegance  to 
the  simplicity  and  directness  which  have  fine  culture  for  their  roots. " 

LIFE'S    WORK    AND    GOD'S     DISCIPLINE.       Three 

Sermons.     Third  Edition.     Fcap.  8vo.     2s.  6d. 
THE    WHOLESOME    WORDS    OF   JESUS    CHRIST 
Four  Sermons  preached  before  the  University  of  Cambridge  in 
November,  1866.     Second  Edition.     Fcap.  8vo.     3,5-.  6d. 
Dr.   Vaughan   uses   the  word   "Wholesome"    here  in  its  literal  and 
original  sense,  the  sense  in  which  St.  Paul  tises  it,  as  meaning  healthy 
sound,   conducing  to  right  living ;   and  in  these  Sermons  he  points  out 
and  ilhistrates  several  of  the  "-wholesome"  characteristics  of  the  Gospel 
—the  Words  of  Christ.      The  John  Bull  says  this  volume  is  "  replete  with 
all  the  author's  well-known  vigour  of  thought  and  richness  of  expression  " 


34  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 

VAUGHAN  (Dr.  C.  J.)— continued. 

FOFS    OF    FAITH.     Sermons  preached  before  the   Uni 
versity  of  Cambridge  in  November,  1868.     Second  Edition.  Fcap. 

rfj^'Foes  of  Faith"  preached  against  in  these  Four  Sermons  are:— 
L   "Unready"     If.   "Indolence"     III.   "Irreverence"     IV.  "Incon- 

^LECTURES  ON  THE  EPISTLE  to  the  PHILIPPIANS. 

Fourth  and  Cheaper  Edition.     Extra  fcap.  8vo.     5*. 
Each  Lecture  is  prefaced  by  a  literal  translation  from   the  Greek  of 
thftaraxraph  which  forms  its  subject,  contains  first  a  minute  explanation 
of  the  passage  on  which  it  is  based,  and  then  a  practical  application  of 
the  verse  or  clause  selected  as  its  text. 

LECTURES   ON  THE  REVELATION   OF   ST.  JOHN. 

Fourth  Edition.  Two  Vols.  Extra  fcap.  8vo.  gs. 
In  this  Edition  of  these  Lectures,  the  literal  translations  of  the  passages 
expounded  will  be  found  interwoven  in  the  body  of  the  Lectures  themselves. 
™PDTvaughan'sJ Sermons"  the  Spectator  says,  -are  the  most  prac 
tical  discourses  on  the  Apocalypse  with  which  we  are  acquainted.  Pre- 
fixea >is< Synopsis  of 'the  Bool "of  Revelation,  and  appended  is  an  Index 
of  passages  illustrating  the  language  of  the  Book. 

EPIPHANY,    LENT,    AND    EASTER.     A   Selection   of 

Expository  Sermons.     Third  Edition.     Crown  8vo.      iw.  6tf. 
THE  EPISTLES  OF  ST.  PAUL.      For  English  Readers. 
PART  L,  containing  the  FIRST  EPISTLE  TO  THE  THESSALONIANS. 

It^th^^ofthis^ork'to  enable  English  readers,  unacquainted 
with  Greek,  to  enter  with  intelligence  into  the  meaning,  connexion,  and 
phraseology  of  the  writings  of  the  great  Apostle. 

ST  PAUL'S  EPISTLE  TO  THE  ROMANS.     The  Greek 
Text    with  English  Notes.     Fifth  Edition.     Crown  8vo.     >js.  6d. 
The  Guardian  says  of  the  work-" For  educated  young  men  his  com 
mit  seems  to  fill  a  gap  hitherto  unfilled.  .  .  .  As  a  Me  Dr.  Vaughan 
Clears  to  us  to  have  given  to  the  world  a  valuable  book  of  original  and 
Ireful  and  earnest  thought  bestowed  on  the  accomplishment  of  a  work 
•which  will  be  of  much  service  and  which  is  much  needed. 
THE  CHURCH  OF  THE  FIRST  DAYS. 
Series  I.     The  Church  of  Jerusalem.       Third  Edition. 
IT      The  Church  of  the  Gentiles.    Third  Edition. 
',',  III!     The  Church  of  the  World.       Third  Edition. 
Fcao  8vo.     &s.  6W.  each.  . 

The  British  Quarterly  says-"  These  Sermons  are  worthy  of  all  praise, 
and  are  models  of  pulpit  teaching:' 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  35 

VAUGHAN  (Dr.  C.  J.)—  continued. 

COUNSELS  for  YOUNG  STUDENTS.  Three  Sermons 
preached  before  the  University  of  Cambridge  at  the  Opening  of 
the  Academical  Year  1870-71.  Fcap.  8vo.  2s.  6d. 

NOTES     FOR     LECTURES     ON     CONFIRMATION, 

with  suitable  Prayers.     Eleventh  Edition.     Fcap.  8vo.     is.  6d. 

THE  TWO  GREAT  TEMPTATIONS.  The  Tempta- 
tion  of  Man,  and  the  Temptation  of  Christ.  Lectures  delivered  in 
the  Temple  Church,  Lent  1872.  Second  Edition.  Extra  fcap. 
8vo.  3.?.  6d. 

WORDS  FROM  THE  CROSS  :  Lent  Lectures,  1875  ;  and 
Thoughts  for  these  Times:  University  Sermons,  1874.  Extra  fcap. 
8vo.  4J-.  6d. 

ADDRESSES  TO  YOUNG  CLERGYMEN,  delivered  at 
Salisbury  in  September  and  October,  1875.  Extra  fcap.  8vo.  4^.  6d. 

HEROES  OF  FAITH  :  Lectures  on  Hebrews  xi.  Extra 
fcap.  8vo.  6s. 

THE  YOUNG  LIFE  EQUIPPING  ITSELF  FOR  GOD'S 
SERVICE  :  Sermons  before  the  University  of  Cambridge.  Sixth 
Edition.  Extra  fcap.  8vo.  3^.  6d. 

THE  SOLIDITY  OF  TRUE  RELIGION  ;  and  other 
Sermons.  Second  Edition.  Extra  fcap.  8vo.  3-r.  6d. 

MEMORIALS  OF  HARROW  SUNDAYS.  A  Selection 
of  Sermons  preached  in  the  Chapel  of  Harrow  School.  Fifth 
Edition.  Crown  8vo.  los.  6d. 

SERMONS  IN  HARROW  SCHOOL  CHAPEL  (1847). 
8vo.  los.  6d. 

NINE   SERMONS   IN    HARROW  SCHOOL  CHAPEL 

(1849).     Fcap.  8vo.     5-r. 

"MY  SON,  GIVE  ME  THINE  HEART;"  Sermons 
preached  before  the  Universities  of  Oxford  and  Cambridge,  1876 
—78.  Fcap.  8vo.  5.?. 

THE  LORD'S  PRAYER.  Second  Edition.  Extra  fcap. 
8vo.  3-r.  6d. 

REST  AWHILE  :  Addresses  to  Toilers  in  the  Ministry. 
Extra  fcap.  8vo.  $s. 

TEMPLE  SERMONS.     Crown  8vo.     ior.  6d. 

This  volume  contains  a  selection  of  the  Sermons  preached  by  Dr. 
Vaughan  in  the  Temple  Church  diiring  the  twelve  years  that  he  has  held 
the  dignity  of  Master. 


36  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 

Vaughan  (E.  T.)— SOME  REASONS  OF  OUR  CHRIS 
TIAN  HOPE.  Hulsean  Lectures  for  1875.  By  E.  T.  VAUGHAN, 
M.A.,  Rector  of  Harpenden.  Crown  8vo.  6s.  6d. 

Vaughan  (D.  J.) — Works  by  CANON  VAUGHAN, of  Leicester: 

SERMONS    PREACHED    IN    ST.  JOHN'S    CHURCH, 

LEICESTER,  during  the  Years  1855  and  1856.     Cr.  8vo.    5*.  6d. 

CHRISTIAN  EVIDENCES   AND  THE  BIBLE.      New 
Edition,  revised  and  enlarged.     Fcap.  8vo.     $s.  6d. 

THE  PRESENT  TRIAL  OF  FAITH.     Sermons  preached 
in  St.  Martin's  Church,  Leicester.     Crown  8vo.     qs. 

Venn.— ON  SOME   OF  THE  CHARACTERISTICS  OF 
BELIEF,   Scientific  and  Religious.     Being  the  Hulsean  Lectures 
for  1869.     By  the  Rev.  J.  VENN,  M.  A.     Svo.     6s.  6d. 
These  discourses  are  intended  to  illustrate,  explain,  and  work  out  into 

some  of  their  consequences,  certain  characteristics  by  which  the  attainment  of 

religious  belief  is  prominently  distinguished  jrom  the  attainment  of  belief 

upon  most  other  subjects. 

Vita. — LINKS    AND    CLUES.     By  Vita.     Crown  Svo. 

"  It  is  a  long  time  since  we  have  read  a  book  so  full  of  the  life  of  a  true 
spiritual  mind.  .  .  .  Indeed,  it  is  not  so  much  a  book  to  read  througJi,  as 
to  read  and  return  to  as  you  do  to  the  Bible  itself,  from  which  its  whole 
significance  is  derived,  in  passages  suited  to  the  chief  interest  and  difficulties 

of  the  moment We  cannot  too  cordially  recommend  a  book  which 

awakens  the  spirit,  as  hardly  any  book  of  the  last  few  years  has  awakened 
it,  to  the  real  meaning  of  the  Christian  life." — The  Spectator. 

Warington. — THE    WEEK    OF    CREATION  ;    or,  The 

Cosmogony  of  Genesis  considered  in  its  Relation  to  Modern  Sci 
ence.  By  GEORGE  WARINGTON,  Author  of  'The  Historic 
Character  of  the  Pentateuch  vindicated.'  Crown  Svo.  4^.  6d. 

Westcott. — Works   by   BROOKE   Foss   WESTCOTT,  D.D., 

Regius    Professor   of  Divinity  in   the   University  of  Cambridge ; 

Canon  of  Peterborough  : 

The  London  Quarterly,  speaking  of  Mr.  Westcott,  says — "  To  a  learn 
ing  and  accuracy  which  command  respect  and  confidence,  he  unites  what 
are  not  always  to  be  found  in  union  with  these  qualities,  the  no  less  valuable 
faculties  of  lucid  arrangement  and  graceful  and  facile  expression." 

AN  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE  STUDY  OF  THE 

GOSPELS.    Fifth  Edition.     Crown  Svo.     IOT.  6d. 
The  author's  chief  object  in  this  work  has  been  to  shew  that  there  is 
a  true  mean  between  the  idea  of  a  formal  harmonization  of  the  Gospels 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  37 

WESTCOTT  (Dr.)—  continued. 

and  the  abandonment  of  their  absolute  truth.  After  an  Introduction  on 
the  General  Effects  of  the  co^lrse  of  Modern  Philosophy  on  the  popular 
"views  of  Christianity,  he  proceeds  to  determine  in  vvhat  way  the  principles 
therein  indicated  may  be  applied  to  the  study  of  the  Gospels. 

A  GENERAL  SURVEY  OF  THE  HISTORY  OF  THE 
CANON  OF  THE  NEW  TESTAMENT  during  the  First  Four 

Centuries.       Fifth   Edition,    revised,    with  a  Preface   on   '  Super 
natural  Religion.'    Crown  8vo.     icxr.  6d. 

The  object  of  this  treatise  is  to  deal  with  the  New  Testament  as  a  whole, 
and  that  on  purely  historical  grounds.  The  separate  books  of  which  it  is 
composed  are  considered  not  individiially,  but  as  claiming  to  be  parts  of  the 
apostolic  heritage  of  Christians.  ' '  The  treatise, "  says  the  British  Quarterly, 
"is  a  scholarly  performance,  learned,  dispassionate,  discriminating, 
worthy  of  his  subject  and  of  the  present  state  of  Christian  literature  in 
relation  to  it." 

THE  BIBLE  IN  THE  CHURCH.  A  Popular  Account 
of  the  Collection  and  Reception  of  the  Holy  Scriptures  in  the 
Christian  Churches.  Seventh  Edition.  i8mo.  4^.  6d. 

A   GENERAL   VIEW    OF    THE    HISTORY    OF   THE 

ENGLISH  BIBLE.     Second  Edition.     Crown  8vo.      icw.  6d. 
The  Pall  Mall  Gazette  calls  the  work  "A  brief,  scholarly,  and,  to  a 
great  extent,  an  original  contribution  to  theological  literature." 

THE    CHRISTIAN     LIFE,    MANIFOLD    AND    ONE. 

Six  Sermons  preached  in  Peterborough  Cathedral.     Crown  8vo 
2s.  6d. 

THE  GOSPEL  OF  THE  RESURRECTION.  Thoughts 
on  its  Relation  to  Reason  and  History.  Fourth  Edition,  revised. 
Crown  8vo.  6s. 

The  present  Essay  is  an  endeavour  to  consider  some  of  the  elementary 
truths  of  Christianity,  as  a  miraculous  Revelation,  from  the  side  of  History 
and  Reason.  The  author  endeavours  to  she^v  that  a  devout  belief  in  the 
Life  of  Christ  is  quite  compatible  with  a  broad  view  of  the  course  of  human 
progress  and  a  frank  trust  in  the  taws  of  our  own  minds.  In  the  third 
edition  the  author  has  carefully  reconsidered  the  whole  argument,  and  by 
the  help  of  several  kind  critics  has  been  enabled  to  correct  some  faults  and 
to  remove  some  ambiguities,  which  had  been  overlooked  before. 

ON  THE    RELIGIOUS   OFFICE    OF   THE   UNIVER 
SITIES.     Crown  8vo.     ^s.  6d. 
There  is  wisdom,  and  truth,  and  thought  enough,  and  a 


38  THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS. 

WESTCOTT  (Dr.)—  continued. 

harmony  and  mutual  connection  running  through  them  all,  which  makes 
the  collection  of  more  real  value  than  many  an  ambitious  treatise." — 
Literary  Churchman. 

Westcott — Hort — THE  NEW  TESTAMENT  IN  THE 
ORIGINAL  GREEK.  The  Text  Revised  by  B.  F.  WESTCOTT, 
D.D.,  Regius  Professor  of  Divinity,  Canon  of  Peterborough,  and 
F.  J.  A.  HORT,  D.D.,  Hulsean  Professor  of  Divinity,  Fellow  of 
Emmanuel  College,  Cambridge  :  late  Fellows  of  Trinity  College, 
Cambridge.  2  vols.  Crown  8vo.  los.  6d.  each. 

Vol.  I.  TEXT.    Vol.  II.  INTRODUCTION  and  APPENDIX. 

"  The  Greek  Testament  as  printed  by  the  two  Professors  must  in  future 
rank  as  one  of  the  highest  critical  authorities  amongst  English  scholars. " 
— Guardian. 

"  It  is  probably  the  most  important  contribution  to  Biblical  learning  in 
our  generation. " — Saturday  Review. 

"  The  object  in  view  is  to  present  the  original  words  of  the  New  Testa 
ment  as  nearly  as  they  can  be  determined  at  the  present  time,  to  arrive  at 
the  texts  of  the  autographs  themselves  so  far  as  it  is  possible  to  obtain  it  by 

the  help  of  existing  materials We  attach  much  excellence  to  this 

manual  edition  of  the  Greek  Testament,  because  it  is  the  best  contribution 
which  England  has  made  in  modern  times  towards  the  production  of  a 
pure  text.  .  .  .  It  bears  on  its  face  evidences  of  calm  judgment  and  com 
mendable  candour.  The  student  may  avail  himself  of  its  aid  with  much 
confidence.  The  Introduction  and  Appendix  specially  deserve  minute 
attention." — The  Athenoeum. 

Wilkins. — THE  LIGHT  OF  THE  WORLD.     An  Essay, 
by  A,  S.  WILKINS,  M.A.,   Professor  of  Latin  in  Owens  College, 
Manchester.     Second  Edition.     Crown  8vo.     3-r.  6d. 
"  It  would  be  difficult  to  praise  too  highly  the  spirit,   the  burden,  the 
conclusions,  or  the  scholarly  finish  of  this  beautiful  Essay. " — British  Quar 
terly  Review. 

Wilson.— THE  BIBLE  STUDENT'S  GUIDE  TO  THE 

MORE  CORRECT  UNDERSTANDING  of  the   ENGLISH 

TRANSLATION  OF  THE  OLD  TESTAMENT,  by  Reference 

to  the  Original  Hebrew.     By  WILLIAM  WILSON,  D.D.,  Canon  of 

Winchester.      Second  Edition,  carefully  revised.    4to.    2$s. 

The  author  believes  that  the  present  work  is  the  nearest  approach  to 

a  complete  Concordance  of  every  word  in  the  original  that  has  yet  been 

made;  and  as  a  Concordance  it  may  be  found  of  great  use  to  the  Bible 

student,  while  at  the  same  time  it  serves  the  important  object  of  furnishing 

the  means  of  comparing  synonymous  words  and  of  eliciting  their  precise 

and  distinctive  meaning.     The  knowledge  of  the  Hebrew  language  is  not 

absolutely  necessary  to  the  profitable  use  of  the  work. 


THEOLOGICAL  BOOKS.  39 

Worship  (The)   of  God  and    Fellowship    among 

Men.     Sermons  on  Public  Worship.     By  Professor  MAURICE, 
and  others.     Fcap.  8vo.     3-r.  6d. 

Yonge  (Charlotte  M.)— Works  by  CHARLOTTE  M.YONGE, 

Author  of  '  The  Heir  of  Redclyffe ': 

SCRIPTURE  READINGS  FOR   SCHOOLS   AND    FA 
MILIES.   5  vols.  Globe  8vo.    is.  6d.  With  Comments,  3J.  6d.  each. 
FIRST  SERIES.     Genesis  to  Deuteronomy. 
SECOND  SERIES.     From  Joshua  to  Solomon. 
THIRD  SERIES.     The  Kings  and  Prophets. 
FOURTH  SERIES.     The  Gospel  Times. 
FIFTH  SERIES.     Apostolic  Times. 

Actual  need  has  led  the  author  to  endeavour  to  prepare  a  reading  book 
convenient  for  study  with  children,  containing  the  very  words  of  the 
Bible,  with  only  a  few  expedient  omissions,  and  arranged  in  Lessons  of 
such  length  as  by  experience  she  has  found  to  suit  with  children's  ordinary 
power  of  accurate  attentive  interest.  The  verse  form  has  been  retained  be 
cause  of  its  convenience  for  children  reading  in  class,  and  as  more  re 
sembling  their  Bibles  ;  but  the  poetical  portions  have  been  given  in  their 
lines.  Professor  Huxley  at  a  meeting  of  the  London  School-board,  par 
ticularly  mentioned  the  Selection  made  by  Miss  Yonge,  as  an  example  of 
how  selections  might  be  made  for  School  reading.  "Her  Comments  are 
models  of  their  kind" — Literary  Churchman. 

THE    PUPILS    OF    ST.   JOHN    THE    DIVINE.     New 

Edition.     Crown  8vo.     6s. 

"  Young-  and  old  will  be  equally  refreshed  and  taught  by  these  pages, 
in  which  nothing  is  dull,  and  nothing  is  far-fetched. " — Churchman. 

PIONEERS  AND  FOUNDERS  ;  or,  Recent  Workers  in 
the  Mission  Field.  With  Frontispiece  and  Vignette  Portrait  of 
Bishop  HEBER.  Crown  8vo.  6s. 

The  missionaries  whose  biographies  are  here  given,  are — John  Eliot, 
the  Apostle  of  the  Red  Indians;  David  Brainerd,  the  Enthusiast;  Chris 
tian  F.  Schwartz,  the  Councillor  of  Tanjore;  Henry  Martyn,  the  Scholar- 
Missionary ;  William  Carey  and  Joshua  Marshman,  the  Serampore  Mis 
sionaries ;  the  Judson  Family;  the  Bishops  of  Calcutta — Thomas 
Middleton,  Reginald  Heber,  Daniel  Wilson;  Samuel  Marsden,  the  Aus 
tralian  Chaplain  and  Friend  of  the  Maori ;  John  Williams,  the  Martyr 
of  Erromango;  Allen  Gardener,  the  Sailor  Martyr;  Charles  Frederick 
Mackenzie,  the  Martyr  of  Zambesi. 


THE    'BOOK  OF  PRAISE"  HYMNAL, 

COMPILED   AND   ARRANGED   BY 

LORD   SELBORNE. 

In  the  following  four  forms : — 

A.  Beautifully  printed  in  Koyal  32mo.,  limp  cloth,  price  6d. 

B.  ,,  ,,      Small  18mo.,  larg-ertype,  cloth  limp,  Is. 

C.  Same  edition  on  fine  paper,  cloth,  Is.  6d. 

Also  an  edition  with  Music,  selected,  harmonized,  and  composed 
by  JOHN  HTJLiLAH,  in  square  18mo.,  cloth,  3s.  6d. 

The  large  acceptance  which  has  been  given  to  "  The  Book  of  Praise" 
by  all  classes  of  Christian  people  encourages  the  Publishers  in  entertaining 
the  hope  that  this  Hymnal,  which  is  mainly  selected  from  it,  may  be  ex 
tensively  ^lsed  in  Congregations,  and  in  some  degree  at  least  meet  the 
desires  of  those  "who  seek  uniformity  in  common  worship  as  a  means 
towards  that  unity  which  pious  souls  yearn  after,  and  which  our  Lord 
prayed  for  in  behalf  of  his  Church.  "The  office  of  a  hymn  is  not  to 
teach  controversial  Theology,  but  to  give  the  voice  of  song  to  practical 
religion.  No  doubt,  to  do  this,  it  must  embody  sound  doctrine ;  but  it 
ought  to  do  so,  not  after  the  manner  of  the  schools,  but  with  the  breadth, 
freedom,  and  simplicity  of  the  Fountain-head. "  On  this  principle  has 
Sir  R.  Palmer  proceeded  in  the  preparation  of  this  book. 

The  arrangement  adopted  is  the  following  : — 

PART  I.  consists  of  Hymns  arranged  according  to  the  subjects  of  the 
Creed— "God  the  Creator,'"  "Christ  Incarnate,"  "Christ  Crucified,'" 
"Christ  Risen"  "Christ  Ascended"  "Christ's  Kingdom  and  Judg 
ment,"  etc. 

PART  II.  comprises  Hymns  arranged  according  to  the  subjects  of  the 
Lord1  s  Prayer. 

PART  III.  Hymns  for  natural  and  sacred  seasons. 
There  are  320  Hymns  in  all. 


CAMBRIDGE:  PRINTED  BY  j.  PALMER. 


Jj